TH 6711 
.J7 
1919 




OHNSON'S NEW 



Handy Manua 



ON 



PLUMBING 
HEATING 

VENTILATING 



AND 



MECHANICAL 
REFRIGERATION 





A PRACTICAL BOOK 

for 

PRACTICAL MEN 




Class jrhL^Ui 
Book . jy 



COPYRIGHT DEPOSED 




JOHN W. JOHNSON, 

Author and Publisher of "Johnson's Handy Manual" 
and Mechanical Engineer 



Any question pertaining to this book will be answered in a 

practical way providing you send three cent stamp for 

a reply. Address all letters to Week Engineering 

Company, 850 Cass St., Chicago, 111., U. S. A. 



JOHNSON'S NEW 
HANDY MANUAL 

PLUMBING 
HEATING 

VENTILATING 

AND 

MECHANICAL 
REFRIGERATION 



NINTH EDITION 



PRICE by Parcel Post 1.25 



JOHN W. JOHNSON 

850 CASS^kTREET 
CHICAGO. ILUNOIS 



TH' 



A ( 



1 C'- 



^etflcaiion 



TO THE STEAM-FITTERS AND PLUMBERS 

WYld WHOM I HAVE SPENT 
SO MANY PLEASANT YEARS, 
I DEDICATE THIS MANUAL 



Copyrighted by 

JOHN W- JOHNSON, M. E. 

'« 905-1913-1919 



JUL 10 1919 



^ 

< 






©CU5301j|5 



Johnson'*s Handy Manual. 




Cross- Connected Pumps 

Fig. A shows a battery of boilers with cross-con- 
nected pumps. Feed water heater and tank on the 
roof. 

The installation is as follows: 



For Suction: 

Connect pumps No. 1 and No. 2, as in illustration, 
by 4"x3" tees to the city main. Between the tees and 
pump' connections insert gate valves A and B and 
flange unions. Valve must in all cases be next to the 
tee so that in case either pump should have to be 
disconnected, valves A or B can be closed and the 
pump disconnected without interfering with the 
water supply. 

From the tee, connecting pump No. 1, run a 4" 
pipe to a point directly under the roof tank and 
with a long sweep elbow continue the pipe up 
through the roof and connect to the bottom of the 
tank on this pipe, marked 4" tank suction on the 
illustration, at a convenient place, insert a 4x2" 
tee and connect with 2" pipe, marked "feed to boiler 
through heater," using valve C and flange union. 
When feed from tank dircQt to boilers close valve D 
and open valve C. When feed which has passed 
through the heater is wanted close valve C and open 
valve D. Check valve E. E. must be set to open with 
the flow of water from tank or heater. 



4 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Pump Discharge: 

When pumping to roof tank close valves F. and G. 
and open valves H. and I. Check valve J. must be 
set to opo^n with the flow of water to the tank. 

If direct feed from pump No. 1 to boiler is wanted 
proceed as follows: 

Close valves H., G. and L. and open valves F. and 
M. The flow will open check valve E and close 
check valve E. E. If direct feed from Pump No. 2 
to boiler is wanted close valves I., F. and L. and 
open valves G. and M. Check valves E. and E. E. 
have the same action as when pump No. 1 is used. 

Feed to Heater: 

When using pump No. 1 to supply water to heater, 
close valves H., G. and M. and open valves F. and L. 
When pump No. 2 is used close valves I., F. and 
M. and open valves G. and L. 

Note: 

Illustration being an elevation to show all pipes, 
valves and unions, the position of the pipes must 
necessarily be somewhat extorted. 

Pipes should not be higher frorri the floor but what 
a man could easily reach all valves when standing on 
the floor. — 

All valves on branches should be placed as near as 
possible to the supply pipe from which its duty is to 
stop the supply when not wanted; for instance: 
Valves, H. and I. with their unions should be placed 
as near the tees N. and O. as possible. 

Steam to pumps, exhaust from pumps to heater 
and feed to boiler through heater are shown so 
plainly in the illustration that any explanation is 
unnecessary. 




PLAN OF PAIR OF MODERN BOX 
TO BE APPROXIMATELY IB-FT W 
1N5I0E AND ABOVE RAIL. WILL E 
FEET BOARD MEASURE (AN AVERi 
LUMBER 16-FT LONG. 
AIR SPACE IN WALL, CONCRETE I 
ODORS AND PLATFORMS. 

COURTE 



/"Mi l I I I I I H 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 





lANSFER CAR AND TRACK 



DRY KILNS FOR LUMBER EACH 
IDE BY 27-FT LONG lO-FT HIGH 
ACH HOLD APPRDXIMATELY I5D00 
IGE RAILROAD CAR) OF ONE INCH 
TO BE ERECTED OF BRICK WITH 
FOUNDATIONS^ TILE ROOF, WDOD 



;5Y OF GRAND RAPIDS DRY KILN 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Overhead System of Hot Water 
Heating Apparatus. 



CMsw ftvt & r f >^ 



n^ — I— » 




Fig. 1. 








PLAN OF PAIR OF MODERN BOX ORY KILNS FOR LUMBER EACH 
TO BE APPROXIMATELY IB-FT WIOE BY 27-FT LONG 10-FT HIGH 
IN5I0E AND ABOVE RAIL . WILL EACH HOLD APPROXIMATELY 15000 
FEET BOARD MEASURE (AN AVERAGE RAILROAD CAR) OF ONE INCH 
LUMBER IB-FT LONG. TO BE ERECTED OF BRICK WITH 

AIR SPACE IN WALL, CONCRETE FOUNDATIONS, TILE ROOF, WOOD 
DOORS AND PLATFORMS. 

COURTESY OF GRAND RAPIDS DRY KILN 



10 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL, 



Single Pipe Hot Water System. 



0" 



=n 




t 1 



m f\- 



:4t= 



•<tVH 



\ 

IS 



2 »* 



1 1 



:»' 



b« 



< 

5 ^ 






JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



11 



Overhead Open Hot Water System. 



m. 




A ffii i 'ii' iiro ri! 







Fig. 3. 



12 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 







I 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



13 




14 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

An Easy and Correct Method of Ascertaining 
Length of Pipe Required in 45° Angles 

In the pipe fitting of steam and hot water heating 
plants, 45 degree elbows are brought into use exten- 
sively and it is not every mechanic who has 
mastered mathematics sufficiently to be able to fig- 
ure square root in order to find the hypotenuse of an 
angle, and on this account we give the following 
methods of getting the measurements of 45 degree 
angles, which is approximately correct for pipe use. 

-For each inch of offset add ^Vi28 of an inch and the 
result will be the distance from center to center of 
the 45 degree angle. 

For instance: Referring to illustration, Fig 4, we 
will suppose that a pipe is to be brought up from a 
lower floor near a wall, and it is to pass through 
the ceiling of a room at a distance of 20 inches 
farther away from the wall than that which it rises 
through the floor, as indicated in the illustration by 
the figures, 20 inches, which is shown by the plumb- 
bob. This shows that the distance in a straight line 
from center to center of the two points is 20 inches. 
Now it is simply necessary to add to the 20 inches 
20 times 53, and divide the result by 128, to get the 
additional length necessary for the 45 degre-e angle. 
Thus:— 20X53=1060, 1060-M28=:8V32, which added 
to the 20 inches, makes the distance of the angle, as 
shown, 28V32 inch. 

In any case it will be necessary to allow for the 
distance taken up by the fittings from center to cen- 
ter of same, as shown in Fig. 5. 

By this system it will make no difference how 
many inches the offset may be; simply add for each 
inch an additional fraction of Vi28 of an inch. Again, 
suppose the offset is to be 5 inches, we multiply 5 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



15 




Fig. 4 



16 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



by 53, which gives us 265. We now divide the 265 by 
128, which gives us 2Vi8; this result we now add to 
5 inches, which is the distance of offset, and we have 
TVie inches from center to center of the 45 degree 
angle. Any distance may be obtained in the same 
manner. 




Fig. 5 



JOHNSON'S HANDY, MANUAL. 



Vt 



Table of Diagonals for 45° Triangles Measuring from 
1 Inch to 20 Feet on the Sides. 





Sides. 


Diagonal. 




Sides, 


Diagonal. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 




1 




ITle 


3 


1 


4 


4%6 




2 




213^6 


3 


2 


4 


5% 




3 




4^4 


3 


3 


4 


7%6 




4 




6% 


3 


4 


4 


8%6 




6 




7^6 


3 


5 


4 


10 




6 




8^2 


3 


6 


4 


11% 




7 




9% 


3 


7 


6 


1%6 




8 




11%6 


3 


8 


5 


2^4 




9 




12% 


3 


9 


5 


3% 




10 




2y8 


3 


10 


5 


5%6 




11 




3%6 


3 


11 


5 


e^Ae 




12 




5 


4 




5 


7% 




1 




6% 


4 


1 


5 


9%6 




2 




71%6 


4 


2 


5 


101^6 




3 




9%6 


4 


3 


6 


Vs 




4 




10% 


4 


4 


6 


1%6 




5 


2 


He 


4 


6 


6 


21%6 




6 


2 


F/l6 


4 


6 


6 


4% 




7 


2 


2% 


4 


7 


6 


6% 




8 


2 


45/16 


4 


8 


6 


7%6 




9 


2 


51^6 


4 


9 


6 


8% 




10 


2 


7^8 


4 


10 


6 


10 




11 


2 


SVa 


4 


11 


6 


11%6 


2 




2 


9i%6 


5 




7 


Vs 


2 


1 


2 


11% 


5 


1 


7 


2^4 


2 


2 


3 


% 


5 


2 


7 


31^6 


2 


3 


3 


2%6 


5 


3 


7 


SVLe 


2 


4 


3 


3%6 


5 


4 


7 


6% 


2 


5 


3 


5 


5 


6 


7 


71%6 


2 


6 


3 


eVie 


5 


6 


7 


95^6 


2 


7 


3 


mu 


5 


7 


7 


10% 


2 


8 


3 


m 


5 


8 


8 


%6 


2 


9 


3 


lOHie 


5 


9 


8 


1%6 


2 


10 


4 


Vie 


6 


10 


8 


3 


2 


11 


4 


iy2 


5 


11 


8 


47^6 


3 




4 


2i%6 


6 




8 


5--%6 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off 
centers of fittings in these measurements. 



18 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Table of Diagonals for 45° Triangles Measuring frona 
1 Inch to 20 Feet on the Sides. 





Sides. 


Diagonal 




Sides. 


Diagonal. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 


6 


'' l^ 


8 


71/4 


9 


1 


12 


10% 


6 


2 


8 


8% 


9 


2 


12 


11%6 


6 


3 


8 


IO1/16 


9 


3 


13 


1 


6 


4 


8 


IIV2 


9 


4 


13 


2% 


6 


5^ 


9 


% 


9 


5 


13 


313/iQ 


6 


6 


9 


25/16 


9 


6 


13 


5y4 


6 


7 


9 


3% 


9 


7 


13 


6% 


6 


8 


9 


51/8 


9 


8 


13 


81/16 


6 


9 


9 


61/2 


9 


9 


13 


9716 


6 


10 


9 


715/16 


9 


10 


13 


1078 


6 


11 


9 


9% 


9 


11 


14 


5/16 


7 




9, 


1013/16 


10 




14 


111/16 


7 


1 


10 


%6 


10 


1 


14 


31/8 ■ 


7 


2 


10 


1% ' 


10 


2 


14 


4%6- 


7 


3 


10 


3 


10 


3 


14 


515/lQ 


7 


4 


10 


4^16 


10 


4 


14 


7% ^ 


7 


6 


10 


bVs 


10 


6 


14 


8% ' 


7 


6 


10 


71/4 


10 


6 


14 


10%6' 


7 


7 


10 


811/16 


10 


7 


14 


11% : 


7 


8 


10 


lOVs 


10 


8 


15 


1 


7 


9 


10 


IIV2 


10 


9 


15 


2ViQ- 


7 


10 


11 


1%6 


10 


10 


15 


3% ■ 


7 


11 


11 


2% 


10 


11 


15 


51/4 


8 




11 


3% 


11 




15 


611/16 


8 


1 


11 


53/16 


11 


1 


15 


81/16 


8 


2 


11 


6% 


11 


2 


15 


91/2 


8 


3 


11 


8 


11 


3 


15 


1015/16 


8 


4 


11 


9%6 


11 


4 


16 


% 


8 


5 


11 


101%6 


11 


6 


16 


1% 


8 


6 


12 


1/4 


11 


6 


16 


3%6 


8 


7 


12 


IIV16 


11 


7' 


16 


4%8 


8 


8 


12 


3Vi6 


11 


8 


16 


6 


8 


9 


12 


41/2 


11 


9 


16 


• 7% 


8 


10 


12 


6"/8 


11 


10 


16 


81%6 


8 


11 


12 


75/16 


11 


11 


16 


101/4 


9 




12 


8% 


12 




16 


11% 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off 
centers of fittings in these measurements. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



19 



Table of Diagonal's for 45° Triangles "Measuring from 
1 Inch to 20 Feet on the Sides. 





Sides. 


Di 


agonal. 




Sides. 


Diagonal. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 


12 


1 


17 


11/16 


15 


1 


21 


4 


12 


2 


17 


2716 


15 


2 


21 


5% 


12 


3 


17 


878 


15 


3 


21, 


6i%6 


V2 


4 


17 


6%6 


15 


4 


21 


8%6 


12 


5 


17 


611/16 


15 


6 


21 


95/8 


12 


6 


17 


8y8 


15 


6 


21 


II1/16 


12 


7 


17 


9%6 


15 


7 


22 


%6 


12 


8 ' 


17 


» 1015/16 


15 


8 


22 


178 


12 


9 


18 


% 


15 


9 


22 


35/16 


12 


10 


18 


111%6 


15 


10 


22 


4IH6 


12 


11 


18 


33/16 


15 


11 


22 


61/8 


13 




18 


4% 


16 




22 


1V2 


18 


1 


18 


6 


16 


1 


22 


815/16 


13 


2 


18 


7yi6 


16 


2 


22 


10% 


18 


3 


18 


^ 8% 


16 


3 


22 


11% 


18 


4 


18 


10% 


16 


4 


23 


1%6 


13 


5 


18 


I11/16 


18 


5 


23 


25/8 


13 


6 


19 


IVs 


16 


6 


23 


4 


13 


7 


19 


21/2 


16 


7 


23 


5716 


13 


8 


19 


315/16 


16 


8 


23 


61%6 


13 


9 


19 


5%6 


16 


9 


23 


874 


13 


10 


19 


6% 


16 


10 


23 


91716 


13 


11 


19 


8%6 


16 


11 


23 


II1/16 


14 




19 


99/16 


17 




24 


72 


14 


1 


19 


11 


17 


1 


24 


115/16 


14 


2 


20 


yi6 


17 


2 


24 


35/16 


14 


3 


20 


11%6 


17 


3 


24 


4% 


14 


4 


20 


3V4 


17 


4 


24 


678 


14 


5- 


20 


411/16 


17 


5 


24 


7%6 


14 


6 


20 


61/16 


17 


6 


24 


9 


14 


7 


20 


71/2 


17 


7 


24 


10% 


14 


8 


20 


8% 


17 


8 


24 


111%6 


14 


9 


20 


105/16 


17 


9 


25 


174 


14 


10 


20 


11% 


17 


10 


25 


25,^ 


14 


11 


21 


1% 


17 


11 


25 


47i6 


15 




21 


2%6 


18 




25 


572 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off 
centers of fittings in these measurements. 



20 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Table of JDiagonals for 45° Trianffles Measuring from 
1 Inch to 20 Feet on the Sides. 





Sides. 


Diagonal. 




Sides. 


Diagonal, 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. In. 


18 


1 


25 6% 


19 


1 


26 11% 


18 


_ 2 


25 8%6 


19 


2 


27 IV4 


18 


3 


25 91^6 


19 


3 


27 21^6 


18 


4 


25 111^8 


19 


4 


27 4^i6 


18 


6 


26 %6 


19 


6 


27 bV2 


18 


6 


26 li%6 


19 


6 


27 6i%e 


18 


7 


26 3% 


19 


7 


27 8%a 


18 


8 


26 4^3/16 


19 


• 8 


27 9% 


18 


9 


26 63/16 


19 


9 


27, 11%6 


18 


10 


26 7% 


19 


10 


28 %6 


18 


11 


26 9 


19 


11 


28 2 


19 




26 107/16 


20 




28 3%e 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off 
centers of fittings in these measurements. 



OFFSETS 

STAMDAHD FLGa£LL^ 

B 
A 




^^GAiUBr 




•^^GASHET. 



45" 


£/.!« 


SIZE 


orraeT 

A 


z 


3|fe 


ai 


4i 


3 


4i 


3^ 


5 


4 


5ii 


4i 


5ts 


5 


6* 


6 


7i 


7 


7\| 


& 


rti 


9 


8i 


10 


9i 


12 


10 f 


14 


io| 


IS 


Ml 


16 


Hi 


18 


iZJt 


ao 


I3i 


22 


14^ 


24 


151 



45'5^No90**£I£.5. 



3fze 


OFFser 
B 


z 


5 


Zk 


SS 


3 


6^ 


3t 


61- 


4 


7h 


4K 


7il 


5 


8i 


6 


9i 


7 


9 it 


8 


iOh 


3 


IJ i 


10 


lail 


12 


I3H 


14 


I5i 


15 


I5i| 


16 


16^ 


18 


I7fi 


20 


19i 


ZZ 


21^ 


24 


"1 



21 



OFPSEia. 
£XTRA H£/Wr FLQb, 




.TGA3K£r 




6-ASKET 



45° 


ELLS 




SI Z E 


OFPser 
A 




Z 


4i 




tk 


5 




3 


5 




3i 


5 le 




4 


6i 




4 \ 


61 




{ 5,;, 


7^ 




' ■■©. : 


7?. 




■ ■ 7:ro 


8i 




8 


8i 




i 9 ■,. 


9t 




■ »0 


9^ 




\Z 


lif 




14 


HI 




15 


I2f« 




16 


12i 




i' vBvi 


1 3 % 




20; 


141^ 




22 


>4| 




24 


I6f. 


- 


r, 





45*ANo90'»ELL5 



22 



SIZE 


OFFSET , 


Z 


- -it' ii"-- 
tfe 


2t 


6 1^, ; 


3 


61- , 


3t 


7^. s 


A 


&h \ 


4^. 


■ Sir! 


5 


9i 


6 


y Th 


7 


>o i 


8 


11 i 


9 


»2 TS 


SO 


i 13 i 


la 


14 i ^ 


14 


J5\l : 


: 15 


16 V ■ 


16 


17 ii i 


: IS 


18 1 i 


20 


20 \ ; 


2a 


211 i 


a 4 23.7 1 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



23 



^/4' 



2Zi' 



33%' 




^ 


^ 


\" 


i- 


Iw 


Kj 


\v^>» 


' 




r 






2'~/g 




3-2 



3'- 2 



Fig. 6 




3'-Z 



24 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Table of Long and Short Legs and Diagonals for 

IIM, 223^, 33^, 60, 673^ and 72 
Degree Triangles. 

As Shown in Fig. 6 

Suppose, for example, that you wish to know the 
diagonal distance and short leg for the several 
triangles or any one of them corresponding to a long 
leg distance of 3 feet, 2 inches. 

Look in the first column of the table for 3 feet, 
2 inches. On the same line will be found the corres- 
ponding diagonal arid short leg distances for the 
several triangles, each in its proper column. 

For instance, the diagonal distance for a 11J4' 
triangle having a long leg of 3' 2" is 3' 2^4" and the 
short leg is 7Vi«. Similarly for a 22^** triangle the 
diagonal is 3' 5%" and the short leg is 1' 3^" and 
80 on. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



29 



Table of Diagonals for \\%° Triangles Measuring from 
1 Inch to 10 Feet on the Sides, 



.Long Leg 


Sh. Leg 




Diag. 


Long Leg 


Sh. Leg Diag. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


1 


%6 




1 


3 





73/16 


3 1^6 


2 


% 




2H6 


3 


1 


73/8 


3 11^6 


3 


% 




3^6 


3 


2 


7%6 


3 23/4 


4 


1%6 




41^6 


3 


3 


713/16 


3 33.4 


- 5 


1 




hVs 


3 


4 


8 


3 43/4 


& 


1%6 




•6^8 


3 


5 


83.46 


3 513/ie 


7 


1% 




7y8 


3 


6 


83/8 


3 613^6 


8 


P/l6 




8^8 


3 


7 


8%6 


3 713^6 


9 


1^%6 




9%6 


3 


8 


83/4 


3 813^6 


10 


2 




103/16 


3 


9 


9 


3 9% 


11 


2%6 




113/16 


3 


10 


93^6 


3 loys 


1 


2% 




¥4 


3 


11 


93/8 


3 11% 


1 1 


2%6 




Ui 


4 





9%6 


4 15/,Q 


1 2 


23/4 




25/16 


4 


1 


934 


4 115^6 


1 3 


3 




3%6 


4 


2 


915/16 


4 3 


1 4 


3%6 




45A6 


4 


3 


103A6 


4 4 


1 5 


3% 




53/8 


4 


4 


103/8 


4 5 


1 6 


8%6 




63/8 


4 


5 


10%6 


4 6^16 


1 7 


3% 




73/8 


4 


6 


103.4 


4 71.46 


1 8 


31%6 




83/8 


4 


7 


101^6 


4 8^6 


1 9 


43/16 




9%6 


4 


8 


iiy8 


4 9V46 


1 10 


4% 




IOV16 


4 


9 


113/8 


4 lOVs 


1 11 


4%6 




lF/i6 


4 


10 


11% 


4 llVs 


2 


4% 


2 


¥2 


4 


11 


111%6 


5 % 


2 1 


41%6 


2 


iy2 


5 





1 


5 13,46 


2 2 


SVs 


2 


2%6 


5 


1 


1 %6 


5 23^6 


2 3 


5% 


2 


39/16 


6 


2 


1 % 


5 3V4 


2 4 


5»/l6 


2 


49/16 


5 


3 


1 % 


5 4V4 


2 5 


5% 


2 


5% 


5 


4 


1 13^6 


5 514 


2 6 


515/16 


2 


6% 


5 


5 


1 1 


5 6%6 


2 7 


evs 


2 


7% 


5 


6 


1 1%6 


5 75^6 


2 8 


65/16 


2 


8% 


5 


7 


1 13/8 


5 8%6 


2 9 


6%6 


2 


9Hi6 


5 


8 


1 P/ie 


5 9%6 


2 10 


6% 


2 


io*yi6 


5 


9 


1 13.4 


5 10% 


2 11 


61%6 





m^e 


5 


10 


1 11%6 


5 113/8 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking oS 
centers of fittings in these measurements. 



26" 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Table of Diagonals for 11^° Triangles Measuring from 
I Inch to 1 G Feet on the Sides. 



Long Leg- 


Sb. Leg 


Diag. 


Long Leg 


Sh.Leg 


Diag. 


Ft. In. 




Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In 


5 11 


1 21/s 


6 % 


8 





1 71/16 


8 178 * 


6 


1 25/16 


6 IV16 


8 


1 


1 71/4 


8 278 


6 1 


1 21/2 


6 2716 


8 


2 


1 7%6 


8 315/18 


6 2 


1 2H46 


6 31/2 


8 


3 


1 7iyi6 


8 415/ifl 


68 


1 215/16 


6 41/2 


8 


4 


1 77/8 


8 6i%« 


6 4 


1 2% 


6 51/2 


8 


•5 


1 81/16 


8 7 


6 5 


1 35/16 


6 61/2 


8 


6 


1 81/4 


8 8 


6 6 


1 S1/2 


6 71/2 


8 


7 


1 8716 


8 9 


6 7 


1 311/16 


6 81/2 


8 


8 


1 8% 


8 10 


6 8 


1 3% 


6 91/2 


8 


9 


1 878 


8 11 7ie 


6 9 


1 4% 


6 10% 


8 


10 


1 91/16 


9 i/ie 


6 10 


1 4%6 


6 11% 


8 


11 


1 91/4 


9 I1/16 


6 11 


1 41/2 


7 % 


9 





1 91/2 


9 278 


7 


1 411/16 


7 1% 


9 


1 


1 911/16 


9 - 31/8 


7 1 


1 4% 


7 2% 


9 


2 


1 978 


9 478 


7 2 


1 61/16 


7 311/16 


9 


3 


1 IQi/s 


9 53/16 


7 3 


1 55/16 


7 411/16 


9 


4 


1 105/19 


9 63Ae 


7 4 


1 5V2 


7 51V16 


9 


6 


1 1072 


9 73/16 


7 5 


1 6iyi6 


7 6% 


9 


6 


1 IO1716 


9 874 


7 6 


1 6% 


7 7% 


9 


7 


1 1078 


9 91/4 


7 7 


1 61/16 


7 8% 


9 


8 


1 117l6 


9 1074 • 


7 8 


1 61/4 


7 9% 


9 


9 


1 111/4 


9 115/16 


7 9 


1 61/2 


7 1013/16 


9 


10 


1 117l6 


10 %g 


7 10 


1 611/16 


7 1113/16 


9 


11 


1 11% 


10 1%6 


7 11 

; >. 


1 6% 


8 13/16 


10 





1 111%6 


10 23/8 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off 
centers of fittings in these measurements. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



•27 



Table of Diagonals for 223^° Triangles Measuring from 
1 Inch to 10 Feet on the Sides. 



Long Leg 


Short Leg. 


Diagonal. 


Long Leg 


Short Leg 


Diagonal 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft, In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


1 


; yi6 


iyi6 


3 1 


1 35/16 


3 41/46 


2 


1%6 


23/16 


3 2 


1 '33/4 .; 


3; 5% 


3 


1^4 


31/4 


3 3 


1 41/8 


3 63/16 


4 


U^ie 


45/16 


3 4 


1 4%6 


3, 75/16 


5 


2yi6 


5716 


3 5 


1 6 


3. 83/8 


6 


2y2 


61/2 


3 6 


1 5% 


3 9%6 


7 


278 


7%6 


3 7 


1 513/16 


3 10%6 


. 8- 


3%6 


' 8iyi6 


3 8 


1 61/4 


3 11% 


9 


3% 


93/4 


3 9 


1 65/8 


4 ii/ie 


10 


41/8 


101%6 


3 10 


1 7yi6 


4. 113/46 


11 


4%6 


1178 


3 11 


1 77i6 


.4 278 


1 


5 


1 1 


4 


i 778 


4 315/46 


1 1 


6% 


1 21/16 


4 1 


1 85/16 


4 51/16 


1 2 


513/16 


1 31/8 


4 2 


1 8II/16 


4 61/8 


1 3 


6y4 


1 41/i 


4 3 


1 91/8 


4. 73/16 


1 4 


611/i6 


1 65/16 


4 4 


1 99/16' 


4 85/16 


1 5 


7I/16 


1 63/8 


4 6 


1 915/16 


4 9% 


1 6 


71/2 


1 7y2 


4 6 


1 103/8 


4 107i6 


1 7 


778 


1 8%6 


4 7 


1 103/4 


4 1172 


1 8 


8%6 


1 9% 


4 8 


1 113/16 


5 5/g 


1 9 


8% 


1 ]03/4 


4 9 


1 11% 


5 111/46 


1 10 


91/8 


1 1113/16 


4 10 


2 


5 234 


1 11 


9%6 


2 78 


4 11 


2 %6 


5 378 


2 


9i%6 


2 2 


5 


2 % 


6 415/46 


2 1 


10% 


2 31/16 


5 1 


2 11/4 


5 6 


" 2 2 


10% - 


2 41/8 


5 2 


2 I11/16 


5 71/8 


2 3 


11%6 


2 51/4 


6 3 


2 21/8 


5 83/16 


2 4 


11% 


2 6%6 


5 4 


2 2y2 


5 91/4 


2 5 


1 


2 7% 


5 5 


2 215/16 


6 103/8 


2 6 


1 yi6 


2 81/2 


5 6 


2 35/46 


5 11%6 


2 7 


1 1%6 


2 9%6 


5 7 


2 33/4 


6 1/2 


2 8 


1 11/4 


2 105/8 


5 8 


2 43/i6 


6 15/8 


2 9 


1 111/16 


2 1111/16 


5 9 


2 4%6 


6 211/16 


2 10 


1 21/16 


3 18/16 


5 10 


2 5 


6 33/4 


2 11 


1 2y2 


3 178 


5 11 


2 5% 


6 478 


3 


1 215/16 


3 215/16 


6 


2 513/16 


6 515/46 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off 
centers of fittings in these measurements. 



28 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Table of Diagonals for 2 2 3^° Triangles Measuring from 
1 Inch to 10 Feet op the Sides. 



LongLeg 


Short Legr. 


Diagonal. 


LongLeg 


Short Leg. 


Diagonal. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


6 1 


2 61/4 


6 7 


8 


1 


3 43/16 


8 9 


6 2 


2 6% 


6 81/8 


8 


2 


3 49/16 


8 IOM0 


6 3 


2 71A6 


6 93/16 


8 


S 


3 5 


8 llVs 


6 4 


2 71/2 


6 101/4 


8 


4 


3 5716 


9 V4 


6 6 


2 77/8 


6 11% 


8 


5 


3 6^13/16 


9 1%0 


6 6 


2 85/16 


7 %6 


8 


6 


3 6y4 


9 2% 


6 7 


2 S% 


7 11/2 


8 


7 


3 6Hl6 


9 31/2 


6 8 


2 9y8 


7 2% 


8 


8 


3 71/16 


9 4%6 


6 9 


2 9%6 


7 31^6 


8 


9 


3 71/2 


9 5% 


6 10 


2 9i%6 


7 4% 


8 


10 


3 V/8 


9 63/4 


6 11 


2 10% 


7 513/16 


8 


11 


3 8%6 


9 713/16 


7 


2 10i%6 


7 6i%6 


9 





3 83/4 


9 8% 


7 1 


2 113/16 


7 8 


9 


1 


3 91/8 


9 10 


7 2 


2 11% 


7 91,16 


9 


2 


3 9%6 


9 lli/ie 


7 3 


3 Vie 


7 103/16 


9 


3 


3 10 


10 Vs 


7 4 


3 Vie 


7 im 


9 


4 


3 103/8 


10 1% 


7 5 


3 % 


8 %Q 


9 


5 


3 1013/16 


10 25/iQ 


7 6 


3 U4 


8 K/ie 


9 


6 


3 IIV4 


10 33/8 


7 7 


3 IIV16 


8 21/2 


9 


7 


3 11% 


10 4^2 


7 8 


3 21/8 


8 3%6 


9 


8 


4 %6 


10 6%6 


7 9 


3 21/2 


8 4iyi6 


9 


9 


4 Tie 


10 6% 


7 10 


3 2i%6 


8 b% 


9 


10 


4 Vs 


10 73/4 


7 11 


3 3% 


8 613/16 


9 


11 


4 P/16 


10 813/46 


8 


3 3% 


8 715/16 


10 





4 lii/ie 


10 9% 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off 
centers of fittings in these measurements. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



29 



Table of Diagonals of 33^° Triangles Measufing from 
1 Inch to 1 Feet on the Sides. 



Long Leg 


Short Leg. 


Diagonal. 


1 

Long 


Leg 


Short Leg. 


Diagonal 


Ft. In. 


Ft 


. In. 


Ft 


. In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


1 




Hie 




1%6 


3 


1 


2 % 


3 8I/2 


2 




1%6 




2% 


3 


2 


2 1% 


3 911/16 


3 




2 




3% 


3 


3 


2 21/16 


3 10% 


4 




211/16 




41%6 


3 


4 


2 2% 


4 % 


5 




85/16 




6 


3 


5 


2 3% 


4 15/16 


6 




4 




7%6 


3 


6 


2 41/16 


4 2y2 


7 




411/16 




8yi6 


3 


7 


2 4% 


4 311/16 


8 




5% 




9% 


3 


8 


2 6% 


4 415/16 


9 




6 




1013/16 


3 


9 


2 61/16 


4 6% 


10 




611A6 







3 


10 


2 6% 


4 75/16 


11 




7% 




m 


3 


11 


2 7% 


4 8y2 


1 




8 




2%6 


4 





2 81/16 


4 93/4 


1 1 




811/16 




3% 


4 


1 


2 8% 


4 1015^6 


1 2 




9% 




413/16 


4 


2 


2 9% 


5 % 


1 3 




10 




6^16 


4 


3 


2 lOVie 


5 15/16 


1 4 




10Hi6 




71/2 


4 


4 


2 10% 


5 2%6 


1 5 




11% 




8^16 


4 


5 


2 IIV16 


5 33/4 


1 6 









9% 


4 


6 


3 1/16 


5 4i%6 


1 7 




11/16 




10% 


4 


7 


3 % 


5 6% 


1 8 




1% 


2 


1/16 


4 


8 


3 1%6 


5 73/8 


1 9 




2 


2 


11/4 


4 


9 


3 21/16 


5 89/16 


1 10 




211/i6 


2 


2716 


4 


10 


3 2% 


5 93/4 


1 11 




3% 


2 


311/16 


4 


11 


3 3%6 


5 1015/16 


2 




41,16 


2 


4% 


5 





3 41/16 


6 8/16 


2 1 




411/16 


2 


61/16 


6 


1 


3 4% 


6 13/8 


2 2 




5% 


2 


71/4 


5 


2 


3 57/16 


6 29/16 


2 3 




61/16 


2 


81/2 


5 


3 


3 6% 


6 33/4 


2 4 




611/16 


2 


911/16 


5 


4 


3 6% 


6 5 


2 6 




7% 


2 1078 1 


5 


5 


3 7-/16 


6 63/16 


2 6 




8^16 


3 


Vie 


6 


6 


3 81/8 


6 73/8 


2 7 




811/16 


3 


11/8 


5 


7 


3 83/4 


6 89/16 


2 8 




9% 


3 


21/2 


5 


8 


3 me 


6 913^6 


2 9 


1 lOVie 


3 


3II/16 


5 


9 


3 101/8 


6 11 


2 10 


1 1013^6 


3 


4% 


6 


10 


3 103/4 


7 ?16 


2 11 




11% 


3 


61/8 


5 


11 


3 IIV16 


7 13/8 


3 


2 


V16 3 


7%6 


6 





4 i/s 


7 25/8 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off 
centers of fittings in these measurements. 



30 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Table of Diagonals of 33^° Triangles Measuring from 
1 Inch to 10 Feet on the Sides. 



Long Leg 


She 


rt Leg. 


Diagonal 


Long 


Leg 


Short Leg. 


Diagonal 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. In. 


6 


1 


4 


%' 


7 


313/16 


8 


1 


5 


413/16 


9 8II/16 


6 


2 


4 


F/ie 


7 


5 


8 


2 


5 


51/2 


9 9y8 


6 


3 


4 


21/8 


7 


613/16 


8 


3 


5 


61/8 


9 II1/16 


6 


4 


4 


21%6 


7 


73/8 


8 


4 


5 


613/16 


10 1/4 


6 


5 


4 


3%6 


7 


8% 


8 


5 


5 


71/2 


10 11/2 


6 


6 


4 


4y8 


7 


913/16 


8 


6 


5 


81/8 


10 2iyiQ 


6 


7 


4 


413/16 


7 


11 


8 


7 


5 


813/16 


10 3y8 


6 


8 


4 


5%6 


8 


%6 


8 


8 


5 


91/2 


10 5yi6 


6 


9 


4 


evs - 


8 


iyi6 


8 


9 


5 103/16 


10 65/16 


6 


10 


4 


61%6 


8 


2% 


8 


10 


5 


1013/16 


10 71/2 


6 


11 


4 


7yi6 


8 


313/16 


8 


11 


5 


111/2 


10 8Hie 


7 





4 


81/8 


8 


5 


9 





6 


3/16 


10 9y8 


7 


1 


4 


813/16 


8 


61/4 


9 


1 


6 


13/16 


10 II1/16 


7 


2 


4 


9716 


8 


7yi6 


9 


2 


6 


11/2 


11 ^aQ 


7 


3 


4 lOVs 


8 


8% 


9 


3 


6 


23/16 


11 11/2 


7 


4 


4 


101%6 


8 


913/16 


9 


4 


6 


213/16 


11 2iyi8 


7 


5 


4 11716 


8 111/16 1 


9 


5 


6 


3y2 


11 3y8 


7 


6 


5 


Vs 


9 


M 


9 


6 


6 


43/16 


11 51/8 


7 


7 


5 


1%6 


9 


iyi6 


9 


7 


6 


413/16 


11 65/19 


7 


8 


5 


11/2 


9 


2% 


9 


8 


6 


51/2 


ir 71/2 


7 


9 


5 


21/8 


9 


3y8 


9 


9 


6 


63/16 


11 811/16 


7 


10 


5 


213/16 


9 


61/16 


9 


10 


6 


eys 


11 915/16 


7 


11 


5 


31/2 


9 


6y4 


9 


11 


6 


71/2 


U 111^8 


8 





5 


41/8 


9 


7yi6 


10 





6 


83/16 


12 %Q 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking ofi 
centers of fittings in these measurements. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



31 



Table of Diagonals of 6 7 >^ ° Triangles Measuring from 
1 Inch to 10 Feet on the Sides. 



Long Leg- Short Leg 


Diagonal. 


Long Leg 


Short Leg. 


Diagonal 


Ft In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


1 


%6 


li/ie 


3 


1 


1 3%6 


3 4I/I6 


2 


1%6 


. 23/i6 


3 


2 


1 3% 


3 51/8 


3 


U4 


31/i 


3 


3 


1 41^8 


■3 63/16 


4 


lii/ie 


4^/16 


3 


4 


1 49/16 


3 75/1q 


5 


2Vi6 


5%6 


3 


5 


1 6 


3 83/8 


6 


21/2 


61/2 


3 


6 


1 53/^8 


3 9716 


7 


2% 


7%6 


3 


7 


1 513/16 


3 109/16 


8 


3%6 


811/i6 


3 


8 


1 61/4 


3 115/8 


9 


3% 


9% 


3 


9 


1 6% 


4 11/16 


10 


4^8 


1013/16 


3 


10 


1 7I/I6 


4 113/16 


11 


4%6 


11% 


3 


11 


1 7716 


4 278 


1 


5 


1 1 


4 





1 7% 


4 315/16 


1 1 


5% 


I 21/16 


4 


1 


1 8%6 


4 51/16 


1 2 


61%6 


1 31/8 


4 


2 


1 811A6 


4 eys 


1 3 


61/4 


1 41/4 


4 


8 


1 9y8 


4 73/16 


1 4 


611^6 


1 55/16 


4 


4 


1 99/16 


4 85/16 


1 5 


71/16 


1 63/8 


4 


6 


1 915/16 


4 93/8 


I 6 


71/2 


1 7y2 


4 


6 


1 103/8 


4 10716 


1 7 


7% 


1 8%6 


4 


7 


1 103/4 


4 1172 


1 8 


8%6 


1 9% 


4 


8 


1 113/16 


5 5/3 


1 9 


8% 


1 103/4 


4 


9 


1 11% 


5 111^6 


1 10 


91/8 


1 1113/16 


4 


10 


2 


5 23/4 


1 11 


9%6 


2 % 


4 


11 


2 yi6 


5 378 


2 


91%6 


2 2 


5 





2 % 


5 415/iQ 


2 1 


10% 


2 31/16 


5 


1 


2 11/4 


5 6 


2 2 


10% 


2 4y8 


6 


2 


2 lii/lo 


5 71/8 


2 3 


113/16 


2 51/4 


5 


3 


2 2y8 


5 83/16 


2 4 


11% 


2 65/16 


5 


4 


2 2y2 


5 974 


2 5 


1 


2 7% 


5 


5 


2 215/16 


6 103/i 


2 6 


1 yi6 


2 81/2 


5 


6 


2 35/16 


5 117i6 


2 7 


1 1%6 


2 99/16 


5 


7 


2 33/4 


6 1/2 


2 8 


1 11/4 


2 10% 


5 


8 


2 43/16 


6 15/8 


2 9 


1 IHie 


2 II11/16 


5 


9 


2 49/16 


6 211/lfl 


2 10 


1 2yi6 


3 13^16 


5 


10 


2 5 


6 33/4 


2 11 


1 2y2 


3 1% 


5 


11 


2 53/8 


6 478 


3 


1 2i%6 


3 215/16 


6 





2 613/16 


6 515/iQ 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off 
centers of fittings in these measurements. 



32 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Table of Diagonals of 6 7}4° Triangles Measuring from 
1 Inch to 10 Feet on the Sides. 



LongLegr 


Short Leg-. 


Diagonal. 


Long Leg 


Short Leg. 


Diagonal. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


6 1 


2 61/4 


6 7 


8 


1 


3 43^6 


8 9 


6 2 


2 6% 


6 81/8 


8 


2 


3 4%6 


8 101^6 


6 3 


2 71/16 


6 93^6 


8 


3 


3 5 


8 llVs 


6 4 


2 71/2 


6 mi 


8 


4 


3 6^/46 


9 y* 


6 5 


2 7% 


6 11% 


8 


6 


3 513/L6 


9 1%6 


6 6 


2 8%6 


7 %6 


8 


6 


3 6V4 


9 23/8 


6 7 


2 8% 


7 11/2 


8 


7 


3 6i%6 


9 31/2 


6 8 


2 91/8 


7 2% 


8 


8 


3 71/16 


9 4%6 


6 9 


2 9%6 


7 311/16 


8 


9 


3 7^2 


9 5% 


6 10 


2 9i%6 


7 4% 


8 


10 


3 778 


9 63/4 


6 11 


2 10% 


7 513/16 


8 


11 


3 8%6 


9 713/^6 


7 


2 10i%6 


7 6i%6 


9 





3 83/4 


9 878 


7 1 


2 113/16 


7 8 


9 


1 


3 91^8 


9 10 


7 2 


2 11% 


7 9yi6 


9 


2 


3 9%6 


9 llHe 


7 3 


3 yi6 


7 103/16 


9 


3 


3 10 


10 ys 


7 4 


3 '^Ae 


7 111/4 


9 


4 


3 103/8 


10 iy4 


7 5 


3 7/8 


8 %g 


9 


5 


3 1013/46 


10 2%6 


7 6 


3 Ui 


8 iyi6 


9 


6 


3 IIV4. 


10 33/8 


7 7 


3 I11/16 


8 21/2 


9 


7 


3 11% 


10 4y2 


7 8 


3 21/8 


8 3%6 


9 


8 


4 yi6 


10 6%6 


7 9 


3 2V2 


8 411/16 


9 


9 


4 yie 


10 6% 


7 10 


3 215/16 


8 53/4 


9 


10 


4 7/8 


10 73/4 


7 11 


3 3% 


8 613/16 


9 


11 


4 1%6 


10 813/46 


8 


3 3% 


.8 715/16 


10 





4 11^6 


10 9% 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off 
centers of fittings in these measurements. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 3S 

Table of Diagonals of 60° Triangles Measuring 
from 1 Inch, to 10 Feet on the Sides. 



Long 

Leg 

Ft. In. 


Short Leg 
Ft. In, 


Diagonal 
Ft. In. 


Long 

Leg 

Ft. In. 


Short Leg 
Ft. In. 


Diagonal, 
Ft. In. 


1" 




%6" 




iKs" 


3' 1" 


V 9%" 


3' 6K" 


2" 




IVs" 




2%6" 


3' 2" 


1' 9i%6" 


3' 1%," 


3" 




m" 




3%6" 


3' 3" 


V 101/2" 


3' 9" 


4" 




2%6" 




m" 


3' 4" 


1' llMe" 


3' lOsAe" 


5" 




2W 




5H" 


3' 5" 


1' mWe" 


3' 11%6" 


6" 




3%6" 




615,46" 


3' 6" 


2' V4" 


4' J^" 


7" 




41,^6" 




81,46" 


3' 7" 


2' 13^6" 


4' li^e" 


8" 




4%" 




Q'A" 


3' 8" 


2' 13/8" 


4' 2i%6" 


9" 




53/16" 




10^8" 


3' 9" 


2' 2" 


4' 315A6" 


10" 




5%" 




11%6" 


3' 10" 


2' 2%6" 


4' 5K" 


11" 




6%" 




I2IV16" 


3' 11" 


2' 31/8" 


4' 6K" 


12" 




615^6" 




1313/16" 


4' 0" 


2' 311^6" 


4' 7%^a" 


1' 1" 




7V2" 


1 


' 3" 


4/ 1" 


2' 4%" 


4' 8%6" 


1' 2" 




8%6" 


1 


' 43,46" 


4/ 2" 


2' 4%" 


4' 9K" 


1' 3' 




811.16" 


1' 


' 55/1 6" 


4/ 3" 


2' 5%6" 


4' 10^" 


1' 4" 




9V4" 


1' 


' 6y2" 


4' 4" 


2' 6" 


5' 0" 


1' 5" 




913,46" 


1' 


' 7H" 


4' 5" 


2' 6K" 


5' l%a" 


1' 6" 




L03/8" 


1' 


S%" 


4' 6" 


2' 7%6" 


5' 25A6" 


1' 7" 




11" 


1' 


915^6" 


4' 7" 


2' 7%" 


5' 3%" 


1' 8" 




ll%e" 


1' 


ime" 


4/ 8" 


2' 85A6" 


5' 4%" 


1' 9" 




12^8- 


2' 


%" 


4' 9" 


2' 8J^" 


5' 518^6" 


1' 10" 




L2Hi6" 


2' 


1%" 


4' 10" 


2' 9%" 


5' 615,46" 


1' 11" 




131,4" 


2' 


29/46" 


4/ 11'. 


2' lOMe" 


5', 8/8" 


2' 0" 




L37/8" 


2' 


3H46" 


5' 0" 


2' 10%" 


5' 9%" 


2' 1" 


V 


2%6" 


2' 


4K" 


5' 1" 


2' UK" 


5' 10 K" 


2' 2" 


1' 


3" 


2' 


6" 


5' 2" 


2' 1113,46" 


5' 119A6" 


2' 3" 


1' 


3%6" 


2' 


73^6" 


5' 3" 


3' ^" 


6' Yx" 


2' 4" 


1' 


43,ie" 


2' 


8% 6" 


5' 4" 


3' 15^6" 


6' 1%" 


2' 5" 


1' 


43/4" 


2' 


9M" 


5' 5" 


3' 1%" 


6' 3%6" 


2' 6" 


1' 


55/ie" 


2> 


10%" 


5' 6" 


3' 2H" 


6' 4%6" 


2' 7" 


1' 


5%" 


2' 


1113/16" 


5' 7" 


3' 2iyi6" 


6' 5^" 


2' 8" 


1' 


6%" 


3' 


1%6" 


5' 8" 


3' S%" 


6' &%" 


2' 9" 


1' 


71^6" 


3' 


2J/8" 


5' 9" 


3' 313^6" 


6' 711^6" 


2' 10" 


1' 


7%" 


3' 


3^/" 


5' 10" 


3' 47,46" 


6' 8i%'6" 


2' 11" 


1' 


83/16" 


3' 


4%6 


5' 11" 


3' 5" 


6' 10" 


3' 0" 


1' 


83/4" 


3' 


5%6 


6' 0" 


3' 59,46" 


6' UK" 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off centers of 
fittings in these measurements. 



34 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Table of Diagonals of 60° Triangles Measuring 
from 1 Inch to 10 Feet on the Sides. 



Longr 

Leg 

Ft. In. 


Short Leg- 
Ft. In. 


Di 

Ft 


agonal 
. In. 


Long- 
Leg 
Ft. In. 


Short Leg 
Ft. In. 


Diagonal 
Ft. In. 


6' 1" 


3' 


6/8" 


7' 


%" 


8' 


1" 


4' 


8" 


9' 


4" 


6' 2" 


3' 


6^" 


7' 


lyio" 


8' 


2" 


4' 


8%6" 


9' 


5/3" 


6' 3" 


3' 


75/10" 


7' 


29/16" 


8' 


3" 


4' 


9/8" 


9' 


65^6" 


6' 4" 


3' 


7%" 


7' 


3K" 


8' 


4" 


4' 


9K" 


9' 


77/16" 


6' 5" 


3' 


87/16" 


7' 


4^8" 


8' 


5" 


4' 


105/ie" 


9' 


8/8" 


6' 6" 


3' 


9" 


7' 


6yi6" 


8' 


6" 


4' 


lO/a" 


9' 


9K" 


6' 7" 


3' 


9^8" 


7' 


73/16" 


8' 


7" 


4' 


11^1 e" 


9' 


1015,46" 


6' 8" 


3' 


103/16" 


7' 


8^3" 


8' 


8" 


5' 


Vie" 


10' 


Vie" 


6' 9" 


3' 


103/i" 


7' 


9>^" 


8' 


9" 


5' 


K" 


10' 


1/" 


6' 10" 


3' 


11%6" 


7' 


101 Vie" 


8' 


10" 


5' 


1%6 


10' 


23/8" 


6' 11" 


3' 


1115/19" 


r 


111%6" 


8' 


11" 


5' 


IK" 


10' 


3%6" 


7' 0" 


4' 


V2" 


8' 


1" 


9' 


0" 


5' 


2/3" 


10' 


4ii,ie" 


r 1" 


4' 


IMe" 


8' 


2/8" 


9' 


1" 


5' 


215/16" 


10' 


513A6" 


7' 2" 


4' 


IK" 


8' 


35A6" 


9' 


2" 


5' 


3/" 


10' 


7" 


7' 3" 


4' 


2^/" 


8' 


4Vl6" 


9' 


3" 


5' 


41,i6" 


10' 


83A6" 


7' 4" 


4' 


213A6" 


8' 


5/s" 


9' 


4" 


5' 


4/3" 


10' 


95/16" 


T 5" 


4' 


35/3" 


8' 


63/" 


9' 


5" 


5' 


5/" 


10' 


10/" 


7' 6" 


4' 


315A6" 


8' 


715^6" 


9' 


6" 


5' 


513/1 e" 


10' 


11/3" 


7' 7" 


4' 


4>^" 


8' 


9Vl6" 


9' 


7" 


5' 


63/8" 


11' 


y^" 


7' 8" 


4' 


5/3" 


8' 


10/" 


9' 


8" 


5' 


7" 


11' 


1^6" 


7' 9" 


4' 


SiVie" 


8' 


11/3" 


9' 


9" 


5' 


7%6" 


11' 


3^16" 


T 10" 


4' 


6K" 


9' 


/" 


9' 


10" 


5' 


8/8" 


11' 


4/" 


7' 11" 


4' 


6^8" 


9' 


11V16" 


9' 


11" 


5' 


SiVie" 


11' 


5%" 


8' .0" 


4' 


7%6" 


9' 


2/3" 


10' 


0" 


5' 


9/" 


11' 


6»/i6" 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off centers of 
fittings in these measurements. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 35 

Table of Diagonals of 72° Triangles Measuring 
from 1 Inch to 10 Feet on the Sides. 









Long 

Leg 

Ft. In. 


Short Leg 
Ft. In. 


_ 


Long 

Leg 

Ft. In. 


Short Leg 
Ft. In, 


Diagonal. 
Ft. In. 


Diagonal. 
Ft. In. 


1" 


%" 


IMe" 


3' 1" 


1' 


0" 


3' 2%" 


2" 


%" 


2%" 


3' 2" 


V 


w 


3' 4" 


3" 


1" 


3/8" 


3' 3" 


V 


%" 


3' 5" 


4" 


lU" 


4^X" 


3' 4" 


V 


1" 


3' 6" 


5" 


m" 


^Va" 


3' 5" 


V 


1/" 


3' 7K" 


6" 


2" 


6y^" 


3' 6" 


V 


1%" 


3' 8>^" 


7" 


2K" 


7%" 


3' 7" 


V 


2" 


3' QY" 


8" 


2H" 


8H" 


3' 8" 


V 


2 1/" 


3' lOJi" 


9" 


2%" 


Q%" 


3' 9" 


V 


2/8" 


3' 11%" 


10" 


SVa" 


10%" 


3' 10" 


V 


3" 


4' ^ %" 


11" 


351" 


11%" 


3' 11" 


V 


35^" 


4' 1%" 


12" 


3%" 


12/8" 


4' 0" 


V 


3%" 


4' 2%" 


1' 1" 


4Ji" 


1' 1^" 


4' 1" 


V 


3%" 


4' 3%" 


V 2" 


4>^" 


1' 2M" 


4' 2" 


V 


4^/" 


4' 4^" 


r 3" 


4%" 


1' 3K" 


4' 3" 


V 


4/8" 


4' 5^" 


V 4" 


5J<" 


1' 4%" 


4' 4" 


V 


4%" ■ 


4' 6%" 


r 5" 


5^" 


1' 5%" 


4' 5" 


V 


5K" 


4' 7%" 


V 6" 


5%" 


1' 6?|" 


4' 6" 


V 


5%" 


4' 8%" 


1' 7" 


GVs"- 


1' 8" 


4' 7" 


V 


5/3" 


4' 9K" 


1' 8" 


65^" 


1' 9" 


4' 8" 


V 


6J^" 


4' 10%" 


1' 9" 


6%" 


V lO/s" 


4' 9" 


V 


6%" 


4' 11%" 


1' 10" 


7/8" 


V llYs" 


4' 10" 


V 


6K" 


5' 1" 


V 11" 


754" 


2' /s" 


4' 11" 


V 


7/8" 


5' 3" 


2' 0" 


7^" 


2' IJ^" 


5' 0" 


V 


7%" 


5' 3/8" 


2' 1" 


8/8" ~ 


2' 2/" 


5' 1" 


V 


7/8" 


5' 4/8' 


2' 2" 


81^" 


2' 3%" 


5' 2" 


V 


8/8" 


5' 51/" 


2' 3" 


8^" 


2' 4/8" 


5' 3" 


1' 


8%" 


5' 6J<" 


2' 4" 


9/" 


2' 5?^" 


5' 4" 


1' 


Wa" 


5' 714'" 


2' 5" 


0%" 


■2' 6%" 


5' 5" 


V 


9/8" 


5' 8%" 


2' 6" 


9H" 


2' 7/" 


5' 6" 


V 


9%" 


5' 9%" 


2' 7" 


lOYs" 


2' Wi' 


5' 7" 


V 


9?^" 


5' 10%" 


2' 8" 


10%" 


2' 9/8" 


5' 8" 


V 


10/8" 


5' 11%" 


2' 9" 


10^" 


2' 10%" 


5' 9" 


V 


10?^" 


6' %" 


2' 10" 


11" 


2' 11%" 


5' 10" 


V 


10%" 


6' 1%" 


2' 11" 


ll/s" 


3' 3^" 


5' 11" 


V 


115^" 


6' 2%" 


3' 0" 


UK" 


3' 1%" 


6' 0" 


V 


113/^" 


6' S%" 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off centers 
of fittings in these measurements. 



36 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 


1 


Table of Diagonals of 72° Triangles Measuring 


from 1 Inch to 10 Feet on the Sides. 


Long 

Leg 

Ft. In. 


Short Leg 
Ft. In. 


Diagonal. 
Ft. In. 


Long 

Leg 

Ft. In. 


Short Leg 
Ft. In. 


Diagonal, , 
Ft. In. , 


6' 1" 


V 


IIK" 


6' 4^" 


8' 1" 


2' 7^" 


8' 6" ,' 


6' 2" 


2' 


0" 


6' 5K" 


8' 2" 


2' 7%" 


8' 7" 


6' 3" 


2' 


%" 


6' 6%" 


8' 3" 


2' 8/8" 


8' 8/" 


6' 4" 


2' 


5i" 


6' 7%" 


- 8' 4" 


2' 8/" 


8' 9/8" 


6' 5" 


2' 


1" 


6' 8%" 


8' 5" 


2' 8%" 


8' 10/" 


'6' 6" 


2' 


1%" 


6' 10" 


8' 6" 


2' 9H" 


8' 11/" 


6' 7" 


2' 


\y^' 


6' 11^" 


8' 7" 


2' 9>^" 


9' /" 


6' 8" 


2' 


2" 


7' H" 


8' 8" 


2' 9/" 


9' 1%" . 


6' 9" 


2' 


2%" 


7' l/s" 


8' 9" 


2' 10%" 


9' 2%" 


6' 10" 


2' 


2/8" 


7' iy2" 


8' 10" 


2' 10/" 


9' 3/" 


6' 11" 


2' 


3" 


T 3U" 


8' 11" 


2' 10/" 


9' 4/" 


7' 0" 


2' 


3Ji" 


1' 43/8" 


9' 0" 


2' 11%" 


9' 5/" 


7' 1" 


2' 


3>/8" 


7' 53/" 


9' 1" 


2' 113/" 


9' 6^" 


T 2" 


2' 


4" 


7' 6%" 


9' 2" 


2' 11/" 


9' iy^< 


T 3" 


2' 


4>^" 


7' 7K" 


9' 3" 


3' /s" 


9' 8/" 


T 4" 


2' 


4^8" 


7' 83^" 


9' 4" 


3' /" 


9' 9/" 


T 5" 


2' 


4K" 


7' 9^" 


9' 5" 


3' %" 


9' 10^" 


T 6" 


2' 


5^^" 


7' 101^" 


9' 6" 


3' 1" 


9' 11^" 


7' 7" 


2' 


5^8" 


7' 11^" 


9' 1" 


3' 1%" 


10' -w' 


7' 8" 


2' 


5%" 


8' 3^" 


9' 8" 


3' IM" 


10' 2" 


1-' 9" 


2' 


6K" 


8' 13/" 


9' 9" 


3' 2" 


10' 3" J 


7' 10" 


2' 


^Vi" 


8' 2/" 


9' 10" 


3' 2^" 


10' 4%" 


7' 11" 


2' 


eVs" 


8' S/s" 


9' 11" 


3' 2/8" 


10' 5/8" ' 


8' 0" 


2' 


IYa" 


8' 5" 1 


10' 0" 


3' 3" 


10' e/s" 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off centers j 
of fittings in these measurements. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



37 



Illustration showing how to obtain measurements of 
all kinds of bends used in heavy duty work 




QUARTEaeCNOS 



U BCNOS 




OFFSET BENDS 

Fig. 7 



The radius of any bend should not be less than 
5 diameters of the pipe and a larger radius is much 
preferable. The length "X" of straight pipe at each 
end of bend should be not less than as follows: 



I 



2>^-in. Pipe X=4 in. 


8-in. Pipe X= 9 in 


3 -in. Pipe X=4 in. 


10-in. Pipe X=12 in" 


3K-in- Pipe X=5 in. 


12-in. Pipe X=14 in 


4 -in. Pipe X=5 in. 


14-in. Pipe X=:16 in 


4^-in. Pipe X=6 in. 


15-in. Pipe X=16 in 


5 -in. Pipe X=6 in. 


16-in- mpe X=20 in 


6 -in. Pipe X=7 in. 


18-in. Pipe X=22 in 


7 -in. Pipe X— 8 in. 





38 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Table Showing Expansion of Iron Pipe for Each 100 

Feet, in Inches, from 30 Degrees. 

Expansion 
Temoentnre in inches. 

Ifi.^ degrees 1 . 15 

215 degrees 1 .47 

265 degrees 1.78 

2fl7 defi;Tees 2.12 

338 dpfjrees 2.45 

Radiation in Low Pressure Steam Heating Plant 
Below 'Water Line of Boiler. 

There are two ways by which heat may be had 
from low pressure steam heating plants at points be- 
low the water level of the boiler, and while these two 
special points are known to the average fitter, there 
are many persons practicing this line of trade who 
have had no experience with such system, but who 
often meet situations where radiation below the 
water line would be desirable. The illustration. Fig. 8, 
will serve to show how the pipe work of such radia- 
tion may be practically carried out. In the illustra- 
tion B represents the steam boiler, from which 
steam may be carried to the various radiators situ- 
ated above the boiler and having the usual return 
pipe to bring back the condensation to the boiler. 

The highest point to which water rises, or the 
water level, is indicated by W, and on the right side 
of boiler is a return bend coil, all of which is situ-- 
ated below the water level, and which can be used 
as radiating surface. Through this coil the water 
from the steam boiler can be made to circulate, and 
will be found to be very effective. Both connections 
of the coil should be provided in such cases with 
valves as shown, and while one valve would answer 
the purpose of stopping the circulation, it is always 
best to provide against a leak in the coil, so that a 
valve in each branch to the boiler might save 



JOHNSOIT'S HANDY MANTTAL. 



39 



Radiation in Low Pressure Steam Heating Plant 
Below Water Line of Boiler. 




40 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

trouble and annoyance. Then where such radiation 
as shown on the right of boiler is used, provision 
should always be made to drain the coils of water 
when not wanted for heating purposes in cold weath- 
er, and this can be done by placing a pet cock at 
some point on the lower pipe in such coil. If the 
pipes to hot water radiation of this kind are carried 
as shown, there will be no necessity of air valves, 
as all air will pass to the boiler and escape through 
radiators situated at some higher elevation. 

Any style of hot water radiation can be used for 
such purposes, as well as pipe coils, by simply car- 
rying out the same general principle of producing 
circulation. On the left of the boiler in the illustra- 
tion is shown another kind of radiation at a point 
below the boiler, and in this case steam is used, but 
the condensation does not return to the boiler, and 
therefore provision is made in this case so that there 
will be no escapement of steam and at the same time 
completely draining the radiator. At the outlet end 
of this style radiation is placed a steam trap, as indi- 
cated by T, the discharge pipe from which connects 
with a waste or drain pipe. There are a few special 
points connected with this arrangement of radiation, 
which must also be remembered, to guard against 
damage from freezing. And, as will be noticed, the 
radiation is elevated so that all water will fall from 
it into the steam trap by gravitation, then, again, 
the one valve for controlling the supply of steam 
to this ra;diator is located near the main steam pipe 
above the boiler, so that at times when this valve is 
closed there will be no chance for water to stand in 
any part of the' steam pipe to the radiator where it 
might freeze. An automatic air valve will be neces- 
sary on such radiators in order to keep up a circula- 
tion of the steam at all times during cold weather, 
for the reason that it would be possible to stop cir- 
culation by the accumulation of air in the radiator 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 41 

with an ordinary direct air valve, and with the 
steam supply valve on main pipe wide open, and 
under such circumstances it would be possible for 
the water to freeze in the steam trap, thus closing 
the outlet and allowing the radiator and all connec- 
tions to it to fill with water. Therefore it will be seen 
that this is a very important place to use the best 
make of automatic air valves. In regard to the sup- 
ply valves on all lines, if globe valves are used, 
they should be placed at an angle of 45 degrees, as 
shown in illustration, in order to prevent trapping 
of these lines, but gate valves in such places may 
be placed at any angles. In heating systems of this 
kind where steam radiation is located below the 
water level of the boiler and condensation from 
such surface discharged through steam traps, there 
will be a loss of water from the boiler to the extent 
of such condensation, and on this account, it will 
be necessary to place on the boiler a reliable auto- 
matic water feeder connected to the water service 
supply to keep the water up to its proper height in 
the boiler at all times, and not alone to save atten- 
tion but to protect the boiler. 

What a Unit of Heat is. 

1 A unit of heat is that amount of heat which is 
required to raise the temperature of one pound of 
water 1 degree F., and is used to calculate and 
measure the quantity of heat. 

I Combustion of Fuel in House-Heating Boilers. 

The combustion of fuel in any given area of grate 
must depend on the rapidity of the draught. 

In ordinary home heating boilers, one square foot 
of grate will burn from 5 to 8 pounds of coal per 
hour. 

One pound of coal should add about 9000 heat 
units to water in a boiler used for heating purposes. 



42 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

One cubic foot of ordinary coal gas contains 650 
units of heat, but 50% of this is lost in the gener- 
ating of steam or heating of water by even the best 
construction of Bunsen or atmospheric burners, so 
that 1 cubic foot of 16 candle power gas will addj 
about 325 units of heat to water below 200 degrees F. 

A most important thing in the construction of 
steam heating plants, is to properly proportion the 
boiler, the grate surface with the heating surface, 
also the proper area of chimney for a proper and 
economical consumption of the fuel, and for this pur- 
pose the diagrams on page 38 have been arranged, 
and which are the result of practical experience and 
tests under various conditions. 

It will be noticed in referring to plate, Fig. 9, that 
one square foot of grate surface will 'supply 36 
square feet of boiler surface; and this amount of 
grate and boiler surface will carry 196 square feet of 
direct radiating surface for heating purposes. The 
area of chimney must be taken into consideration, 
and for this amount we allow 49 square inches. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



43 



^9 '&^*i% 



D 



ejye of 
























































































JSoi/er^ ^orfacc 









/96 ^^ 


f^'^e.ir 



















































































































































































































































































































































































































Fig. 9 



44 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



(a 
u 
u 

a 
o 

ca 

t) 

IB 

o 



I 

H 
O 



•ssqonx "eosy 

-dy JO 9JBnt>s 
JO 8zig 






';99j 9jBnt)g 
'E9JV l^njov 



t^i— l•<#oor-l'<*^c-oca^-Q■«*«o^-cx)OQoo^• 



rHCQCOCO-^iOOOOOSfMiOOSCOOOCOOOrJ^O 



";99j 9jBnt)g 

B9JV 9Aip9ga 



w 

s 
w 

u 

o 

H 

w 
o 

w 



S 



^ 



o 



s 



s 



t:^t>OOQOOOt-t>«t>iX)-^i-iQOCOOOCO«OOSrHli 
OS'>*OI>'iOTjHTti«OI>'^iOO»OOOl>'t-i-HO| 

1-H 1-1 »-i ca cvi(M CO ■^ ^ 



o 

o 
w 

I— < 

u 

w 

o 
o 



' ipH T-H O t^ CO t> 1 

■ooooocooicoti 
' Oi T-i '^ <u:>(X) T-<\\ 



■ op 00 iO O 1— • O P- 

■ rfi 1— I O 1— t CO !>• (N 
• t- 05 i-t CO lO !> O 

F-4 r*4 1-H 1-^ (N 



'— t(M<»0Oeci00C35«O 
'iOOi-^CQi— tT-HCOt- 
•iOCOCiOOCQ'<^COOO 



■ oscowcO'rHr-'^coo 

.OOOCOC-COOOiOi<M 
■C0OiX)t-0»'-H(M-^c^ 



T-tioc<icooocooo-«:j<»0<o 

■C^CpC^OiOQt-COr-li— IrH 

■C«C0'>*A0t>Q0OCN'^i:0 



'C<J050000<35kO'^)LO»OCO- 
•OOi-HiO '^'^COOSCOOSCD' 
'»-HC<JC<lCO"^^CO00O5'-^< 



)i0 



• coi-tcoooioot^asoocM 

>i-«T-it-(C<lC^C0'«J4*OCOI>« 



•C<JCOI>COCOCDi-HT-HCOiO 

•«oooococDascOr-<?oo 

r- 1 T— I T-1 r-4 CQ CO CO »0 



t^i-H0000Q»OCCIC0«O 

(MTi*iOI>OC<liOOO^-4 

1— 1 1— 1 1— I »-H CQ 



lO 00 -rt< (M (M us 1-1 
<M CO lO C' OS tH T*< 



CO »0 05iOTjt 
OJ OO'^ COOO 



•saqoui oo,-(-<;i<i>.ococDaiCcioO"<*OCDC<ioO"^oeC' 

ai i9}auiBia I Sc3^c^o5cocoeo^"^S«D«ol>^•oooia! 



I 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



4& 



Chimney Flues. 

For low pressure gravity steam heating plants, 
carrying over 1000 feet of radiation, the size of 
chimney may be reduced somewhat less in propor- 
tion than that shown in Fig. 9.- The success of any 
heating plant depends largely on the chimney, and 
no matter how well a boiler may be proportioned 
and constructed, there cannot be proper results un- 
less the chimney is also properly constructed. Chim- 
neys intended for heating plants should never be 
constructed less than 8x8 inches in the clear for the 
smallest size private house. 

Size of Flues for Indirect Radiation. 



Heating 
Surface, 
Sq. Ft. 


Area of 

Cold Air 

Supply, 

Sq. In. 


Area of Hot 

Air Supply, 

Sq. In. 


Size of 

Brick Flue for 

Hot Air. 


Size of 
Register. 


20 


80 


40 


4x12 


8x 8 


30 


45 


60 


8x12 


8x12 


40 


60 


80 


8x12 


10x12 


50 


75 


100 


12x12 


10x15 


60 


90 


120 


12x12 


12x15 


80 


120 


160 


12x16 


14x18 


100 


150 


200 


12x20 


16x20 


120 


180 


240 


14x20 


16x24 


140 


210 


280 


16x20 


20x24 



Ho^^'^ to Clean a 'Water Gau^e Glass on a Steam 
Boiler Without Removing Same. 

1. Draw a cupful of hot water from the boiler, into which 
pour at least a tablespoonful of raw muriatic or other acid. 

2. Close both water gauge valves. 

3. Open top water gauge valve and also pet cock at bottom 
and blow water out of the glass. Then immediately close the 
top valve and submerge the end of the pet cock in cup of hot 
water solution. A vacuum is at once created in the gauge 
glass which causes the solution in the cup to rush in. 

4. Keep the pet cock immersed and operate the top valve, 
slightly opening and closing, alternately expelling and draw- 



46 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

ing in the solution until all grease, oil, or other matter adhering, 
to the inside of the glass is cut out. Then close pet cock and 
open both water gauge valves. 

It is necessary to have one pound pressure of steam or more 
on the boiler before commencing this operation, which need 
not occupy more than ten minutes. The result is a clean glass 
without the risk of breakage and probable renewal of gaskets, 
which is frequently the case when removing the glass for 
cleaning. 

Removing Oil and Grit from Steam Boiler. 

Unavoidable accumulation of oil, grease or grit in a new 
system causes a boiler to foam, prevents generation of steam, 
and produces an unsteady water line ; therefore it is necessary 
to blow off boiler under pressure. 

1. Close -off the main steam and return valves, or all radia' 
tor valves. 

2. Make a wood fire and get up a pressure of at least ten 
pounds as indicated by the steam gauge. 

3. Open the blow-off valves, being careful that just sufR- 
cient fire is carried to maintain a pressure until the last gallon 
of water is exhausted. 

4. Allow fire to die out. 

5. Open all fire and flue doors and in aoout half an hour. 

6. Close blow-off valve and 

7. Refill boiler slowly to water line. 

8. Open all radiator and main valves and 

9. Start fire. 

A boiler should be blown off within a week after it is in- 
stalled and in operation. If one blowing off does not result in 
clean water gauge glass, proper generation of steam and a 
steady water line, the boiler should be blown off a second, and 
if necessary a third and fourth time. 



I 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



47 



Table of Relative Sizes of One Pipe Steam Main Show- 
ing Feet of Radiation Pipe it -will take care of. 



1 

1^ 

2 

2^ 

3 

3^ 

4 

4^ 

5 

6 

7 



9 
10 



inch 40 to 

inch 100 to 

inch 125 to 

inch 250 to 

inch 400 to 

inch 650 to 

inch 900 to 

inch 1250 to 

inch ..1600 to 

inch ..2050 to 

inch 2500 to 

inch ...v. .3600 to 

inch. . •. ;. . .. 5000 to 

inch 6500 to 

inch. 8100 to 



50 feet of 


radiation. 


125 


feet of 


radiation. 


259 


feet of 


radiation 


400 


feet of 


radiation 


650 


feet of 


radiation 


900 


feet of 


radiation 


1250 


feet of 


radiation 


1600 


feet of 


radiation 


2050 


feet of 


radiation 


2500 


feet of 


radiation 


3600 feet of 


radiation 


5000 


feet of radiation 


6500 feet of radiation 


8100 


feet of 


radiation 


10000 


feet of 


radiation 



Table Showing Various Sizes of Pipe Constituting 
a Foot of Radiation, 



Water and steam the same. 



36 inches 1 
28 inches Ij^ 
24 inches 1^ 
20 inches 2 
16 inches 2^ 
13 inches 3 
9^ inches S% 
8j^ inches 4 
6}4 inches 5 
b}4 inches 6 



inch pipe 
inch pipe 
inch pipe 
inch pipe 
inch pipe 
nch pipe 
inch pipe 
inch pipe 
inch pipe 
.nch pipe 



makes 
makes 
makes 
makes 
makes 
makes 
makes 
makes 
makes 
makes 



1 foot 
1 foot 
1 foot 
1 foot 
1 foot 
1 foot 
1 foot 
1 foot 
1 foot 
1 foot 



of radiation, 
of radiation, 
of radiation, 
of radiation, 
of radiation, 
of radiation, 
of radiation. 
of radiation, 
of radiation, 
of radiation. 



Tables of Mains and Branches for Hot Water. 



1/^ in. will supply 2 

1% in, will supply 2 

2 in. will supply 2 

2H in. will supply 2 VA-in 

3 -in. will supply 1 2K-in, 
3% in. will supply 2 2H-in 

4 -in. will supply 1 3K-in, 
4% in. will supply 1 

5 -in. will supply 1 

6 -in. will supply 2 

7 -in. will supply 1 

8 -in. will supply 2 



and 1 IJ^-in., orl2 -in. and 1 
and 1 2 -in., or 2 2 -in, ^nd 1 
or 1 3 -in., ar.d 1 2 -in. or 3 
and 1 2%-in., or 2 3 -in. and 4 
and 1 3 -in., or 1 4 -in. and 1 
-in., or 1 4K-in. and 1 
-in., or 4 3 -in. or 10 
-in., or 3 4 -in. and 1 
-in., or 5 4 -in. and 2 



3^-in. 
4 -in. 
4 -in. 
6 -in. 
6 -in. 



and 1 
and 1 

and 1 
and 1 



.1 

AH 

.1^ 
IK 
IM 
2 ■ 
2 

2%- 
2% 
2 ■ 
2 ■ 
2 ■ 



m. 

in. 
in. 
in, 
in. 
in. 
in. 
in. 
in, 
in. 
in, 
in. 



48 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Size of Mains for T-wo Pipe Steata Systetns. 

In calculating on the proper size of steam mains 
for gravity systems, lengths of such pipes as well as 
the square feet of surface in same must be consid- 
ered. In situations where long runs of pipe are nec- 
essary between the boiler and radiating surface 
proper, one size larger pipe should be used for each 
100 feet, and at the same time all mains figured as 
radiating surface when deciding on the sizes of such 
main pipe. 

Radiating Surface Pipe will Supply. 



Size of Pipe, 


Area, 
Inches. 


RADIATION. 


Feed: Return. 


Direct. 


Indirect. 


IXxl 


1.49 


150 


85 


iy2xiH 


2.03 


225 


140 


2 xl^ 


3.35 


350 


200 


2>^xl>^ 


4.78 


. 600 


300 


3 x2 


7.38 


800 


600 


S}4x2 


9.83 


1100 


700 


4 x2K 


12.73 


1500 


1000 


4Kx2>^ 


15.93 


1800 


1200 


5 x3 


19.99 


2400 


1600 


6 x3K 


28.88 


3600 


2200 


7 x4 


38.73 


5000 


3000 


8 x4^ 


50.03 


6500 


4000 


9 x5 


63.63 


8000 


5400 


10 x6 


78.83 


10000 


7000 



Branches to radiators should always be taken off the 
top of the main, using a square Ell or a 45'' Ell. 
A practical man will always do this. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 49 

Measurement of Supply and Return Pipes. 

To ascertain the amount of heating surface in 
supply, return pipes and risers, multiply length of 
pipe by figures, given below, always pointing off two 
places. 

Example: 200 lineal feet IJ^-inch pipe multiplied 
by -50 equals 100 square feet heating surface. 



Size of Pipe. 


Square Feet in 


Gallons of Water in 


One Lineal Foot. 


100 Feet in Length. 


^-inch. 


.27 


2.77 gallons. 


1 -inch. 


.34 


4.50 gallons. 


l»4:-inch. 


.43 


7 . 75 gallons. 


13^-inch. 


.50 


10.59 gallons. 


2 -inch. 


.62 


17.43 gallons. 


2;^ -inch. 


.75 


24.80 gallons. 


o -inch. 


.92 


38.38 gallons. 


3>^-inch. 


1.05 


51.36 gallons. 


4 -inch. 


1.17 


66.13 gallons. 



Square Feet of 

Direct Steam 

Radiation. 



250 
300 
400 

r.oo 

600 
700 
800 
900 
1000 
1200 
1400 
1600 
1800 
2000 
2200 
3000 
3500 
5000 
5500 
8000 



Horse Power. 



2.5 

3.0 

4.0 

5.0 

6.0 

7.0 

8.0 

9.0 

10.0 

12.0 

14.0 

?«.0 

18.0 

20.0 

22 

30.0 

35.0 

50.0 

55.0 

80.0 



Size of 
Chimney. 



8x 8 

8x 8 

8x 8 

8x12 

8x12 

8x12 

12x12 

12x12 

12x12 

12x12 

12x16 

12x16 

12x16 

12x16 

16x16 

16x16 

16x20 

16x20 

20x20 

20x20 



Square Feet of 

Direct Water 

Radiation. 



400 

500 

700 

850 

1000 

1200 

1350 

1500 

1700 

2100 

2400 

2700 

3000 

3400 

3700 

5100 

5900 

8500 

9300 

18000 



50 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Size of Mains for One Pipe Hot Water System. 

Do not reduce size of mains too rapidly as branches 
are taken off. The increased friction of smaller 
pipe is frequently too great to admit of any reduc- 
tion in the size of main. 

For direct radiation the area of the mains may be 
arrived at by multiplying radiating surface. 
When 1800 feet and less by .011 
When 2000 feet and over by .009 
Use pipe having area nearest to that so found. 
Under ordinary conditions, the following table 
for size of mains will be found entirely reliable: — 



Size of Main, 
Inches. 




Direct Radiation 


Indirect Radia- 


Area. 


Will Supply, 
Feet. 


tion Will Supply. 
Feet. 


^/z 


2.03 


200 


135 


2 


3 35 


325 


200 


2^ 


4.78 


450 


300 


3 


7.38 


700 


450 


3>^ 


9.82 


900 


600 


4 


12.73 


1200 


800 - 


4>^ 


15.93 


1500 


1000 


5 


19.99 


2000 


1200 


6 


28.88 


3000 


2000 


7 


38.73 


4200 


2800 - 


8 


50.03 


5600 


3600 


9 


63.63 


7000 


4^00 


10 


78.83 


8500 


5600 



Size of Mains for Two Pipe Hot 'Water System. 


Size of Main. 


Area. 


Direct Radiation 




Feed: Return. 


will Supply, Feet. 


Feet. 


1% X iM 


4.06 


From 275 


To 350 


2x2 


6.70 


400 


650 


2% X 2% 


9.56 


800 


1000 


3x3 


14.76 


1300 


1500 


3y2 X sYz 


19.64 


1700 


1950 


4x4 


25.46 


2450 


2950 


4=y2 X 4K 


31.86 


3275 


3500 


5x5 


39.98 


3700 


4450 


6x6 


57.76 


5400 


6050 


7x7 


77.46 


7275 


9400 


8x8 


100.06 


11000 


12400 


9x9 


127.26 


14000 


15500 


10 X 10 


157.66 


17000 


19000 . 



Refer to page 42. third table, for Bratiohes. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 
Hprizontal Tubular Boilers, 



51 



Diam 


Length 


No. of 


Diam. 


Length 


Gauge 


Gauge 


Heat'g 




of 
Shell. 


of 

Shell. 


Tubes. 


of 
Tubes. 


of 
Tubes. 


of 
Shell. 


of 
Heads 


Surface 


3° 


60 


19 


65 


3K 


18 


H 


Vz 


1147 


76 


60 


18 


65 


sy2 


17 


H 


Yz 


1074 


72 


60 


17 


65 


3^ 


16 


H 


Vz 


1006 


67 


60 


17 


92 


3 


16 


H 


yi6 


1229 


82 


60 


16 


92 


3 


15 


v% 


yi6 


1152 


77 


60 


15 


92 


8 


14 


H 


yi6 


1075 


72 


60 


14 


92 


3 


13 


H 


Vie 


998 


67 


54 


19 


50 


sy^ 


18 


5/ia 


K 


951 


63 


54 


18 


50 


3K 


17 


%6 


Yz 


900 


60 


54 


17 


50 


3>^ 


16 


^Ae 


Yz 


795 


58 


54 


17 


72 


3 


16 


5/l6 


%6 


977 


65 


54 


16 


72 


8 


15 


5/l6 


%6 


917 


61 


54 


15 


72 


8 


14 


S/ie 


%6 


857 


57 


54 


14 


' 72 


3 


13 


%6 


%6 


797 


58 


54 


13 


72 


8 


12 


%6 


Vie 


735 


49 


48 


17 


40 


SH 


16 


%6 


v% 


688 


46 


48 


17 


49 


3 


16 


%6 


v% 


684 


46 


48 


16 


49 


8 


15 


5/i6 


v% 


642 


43 


43 


15 


49 


3 


14 


%6 


v% 


600 


40 


48 


14 


49 


8 


18 


%6 


y% 


555 


37 


48 


18 . 


49 


8 


12 


%6 


y% 


613 


34 


48 


12 


66 


2^ 


11 


%6 


Yt 


542 


36 


42 


16 


38 


3 


15 


X 


k 


508 


34 


42 


15 


38 


8 


14 


% 


Ys 


476 


32 


42 


14 


38 


3 


18 


% 


Ys 


441 


30 


42 


13 


38 


3 


12 


% 


v% 


408 


27 


42 


12 


45 


2H 


11 


M 


y% 


390 


26 


42 


11 


45 


2^ 


10 


% 


Ys 


355 


24 


42 


10 


45 


2^ 


9 


% 


Ks 


320 


22 


42 


9 


45 


2/2 


8 


% 


Ys 


285 


19 


42 


8 


45 


2K 


7 


Yat 


Ys 


248 


16 


36 


13 


28 


3 


12 


X 


Ys 


306 


20 


36 


12 


34 


2/2 


11 


X 


Ys 


298 


20 


36 


11 


34 


2>^ 


10 


)i 


H 


271 


18 


36 


10 


34 


2>^ 


9 


Yat 


n 


244 


16 


36 


9 


34 


2>^ 


8 


Y 


k 


211 


14 


36 


8 


34 


2;^ 


7 


Y 


Ys 


190 


12 


30 


9 


30 


2 


8 


Y 


k 


152 


10 


30 


8 


50 


2 


7 


Y 


k 


133 


8 


30 


7 


30 


2 


6 


Y 


Y% 


114 


7 


30 


6 


30 


2 


5 


Y 


Ys 


95 


6 



52 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Water Capacity of a Boiler. 

To find the water capacity of any horizontal tub- 
ular boiler, 1-3 being allowed for water space. 

1. Multiply area of head by length of boiler in 
inches. 

2. Multiply area of one tube by length and the 
result by number of tubes. 

3. Deduct amount given from first amount and dU 
vide by 231 (cubic inches in gal.) quotient will be 
answer in gallons. Take % for amount wanted. 

Example. 

Boiler, 6 feet by 18 inches. 100 3-inch tubes 

Length of tubes 216 

Area of tubes 7 

- 1512 
Number of tubes 100 

151200 cu.in. 

Area of boiler 4071.51 

Length of boiler * = ^ * - - 216 

24429.06 
40715.1 
814302- 

Total cubic inches boiler 879446. 16 

Deduct cubic inches in tubes 151200 

Divide by 231 (cubic inches in gallon) 231)728246.16(3152.58 

693 

352 
231 

1214 
1155 

596 
462 

1341 
1155 

Answer: y^ of 3152.58=2101.71. 1866 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



53 






t^lO 






Tj-OO 
CMCNICSl 









■«f-O00 



8 8 









00 T-l 



ooc^iooro 



CM CM-* 

CMOTtH 



8 



;^ 



oooooco 



VD-«j- \n CM 



CM 1-1 en 

CMCM-i-l 

■* 



;^ ;^ 



\£)T}- 






COCT^CM 

CO 



8 8 

\0 CM 
CM •<*• 



CMOCMCM 



lO -r-l 



oor^T-i o Q 

■i-(-<Ti-l o o 



^ JJ? 



CM C» CM CM 



■^^ 






00 JO ON 
CM 



VDOOCM 

CO-r-t^ 



■«<-ro 



-<J- 1-1 



VOCMON 

T-cO^ 
CM 



:^ 



vOONOCM 
t<i ■* 



■^ T-l 



^CMOO O Q 

CM l75 TT 

T-H CM 






T^co 



CO -I-H 



1— I ■•— I O 



oobocM 

CO ■* 



CM 



■^co 



CO -I-H 



i-iCTn O lO 

1— I -1— t r^ 



qF^ocm 

CO TT 



X 
CM 



CO CM 



CO 1-I 



ON 



o 

o 

lO 



O^COCM 

CO ■>*• 






COCsl 



CO tH 



■<1-CN-* 



o 



c 


01 


4- 


cr 

01 

U 


(D 

c 


en 
o 

to 






O O 






tn to 
.CX! 



to to 

O) O) 

XI X! 

u u 

c a 



C 01 4j C 0)c/2 

a^i— I a-o o 
caO cs a"" 

i/i ;> H 



to ■ • 
C! to to 

• <6 

at: 



1- „ 

OS : nS 

U G U 

c di c; 



S « a; c'-'^ c 
o) ca JJ rt 



O) 

ca 

01 



\^ ^-^ ^A^ *** U* ^'J l-« 

N o u. ojW caw 



54 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Heating Surface of Boilers. 

In considering the question, "What is good and 
proper heating surface in steam boilers?" we take 
the horizontal tubular style of boilers as the stan- 
dard, and any construction of cast or wrought iron 
boiler with as good heating surface may be figured 
in the same manner as to capacity. 

Boiler Capacity. 

If you wish to install a boiler that will be economi- 
cal and require only moderate attention, do not se- 
lect a boiler with ar rating agreeing with the surface 
to be heated. Allow from 15 to 25 per cent, reserve 
power for emergencies — remembering that other 
factors beside the radiation affect the boiler, such as 
the care or management it receives, the fuel used 
and the chimney draft. 

Rating of Tubular Boilers. 

In figuring radiation, for every horse power allow 
100 square feet of direct radiation. 

Determining Size of Boiler when Pipe Coil is used for 
Heating "Water for Domestic Purposes. 

When a pipe coil or cast iron section is introduced 
into the firepot for the purpose of heating water for 
domestic use, additional capacity should be figured 
in determining size of Boiler, viz., in the case of 
Steam Boilers, 1% square feet of direct radiation^ for 
each gallon of water to be thus heated, and in" the 
case of Water Boilers, 2 square feet of direct radia- 
tion for each gallon of water to be thus heated, ac- 
cording to the capacity of the tank to which coil 
or section is connected. 

When indirect radiation is to be used, not less than 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 55 

75 per cent increase over direct radiation should be 
figured in determining the size of boiler required. 

In rating steam boilers as above, it is understood 
that an average pressure of two pounds will be main- 
tained at the Boiler. In rating water boilers as 
above, it is understood that the mean temperature of 
the water at the .Boiler will be 180 degrees Fahren- 
heit. 

Size of Fresh Air Inlets to Ifldir ect Stacks. 

Where natural draught is depended upon for the 
movement of cold air to the indirect stacks of steam 
radiation, practice has found that for each square 
foot of radiation 1^ square inches of opening for 
cold air supply Is necessary, or, in other words, for 
each 10 square feet of indirect radiation 15 square 
inches of cold air opening will answer. 



The Amount of Direct Radiation that can be Heated 

by Exhaust Steam. 

In calculating the heating capacity of an engine 
from its exhaust steam, there will be some difference 
in the make or style of such engine- from which the 
exhaust steam is taken, and the better the engine 
the less will be the heating capacity per horse power 
of such engine from its exhaust steam; at the same 
time it will be a safe plan, based on practical exper- 
ience, to allow from 100 to 125 feet of direct radia- 
tion per horse power of engine from which the ex- 
haust steam is taken. Condensing engines, of 
course, not being considered for such purposes. 

In exhaust steam heating plants where the feed 
water is heated by the exhaust steam, much of the 
heat from the exhaust steam will be extracted from 
the exhaust system by the feed water; and therefore 
this must be taken into consideration. 



56 ' JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Locating Radiators. 

Direct Radiation. 

Direct radiation should be set along the exposed 
or cold walls or under the windows, in order to 
warm the cold currents of air produced by these 
exposures. 

If placed on the warm side of a room the tend- 
ency is to cause a draft of cold air across the floor, 
endangering health, or, if nothing worse, causes cold 
feet. Usually, in residences, sufficient radiation is 
placed on the first (or lower) hall to heat the cubic 
contents of the halls on all floors, but in a three- 
story building, where the halls are large, we advise 
the placing of some radiation in the second floor, 
unless there is an unprotected glass exposure (sky- 
light) over the hall, in which case the radiation 
should be put in the third story instead of second, 
to heat the cold air as it descends. 

\^eight and Measurement of a Square 
Foot of Radiation. 

A foot of prime radiation should weigh 6^ pounds 
and hold one pint of water. 

Radiation of Different Sizes of Wrought Iron Pipe. 

Following table gives the actual lengths of dif- 
ferent size pipe sufficient to make ten square feet of 
radiation. 

1 -inch pipe, 28 lineal feet=10 square feet radiation. 
1^-inch pipe, 24 lineal feet=10 square feet radiation. 
1^-inch pipe, 20 lineal feet=10 square feet radiation. 

2 -inch pipe, 16 lineal feet=10 square feet radiation. 
2)^-inch pipe, 13 lineal feet=10 square feet radiation. 

3 -inch pipe, 11 lineal feet=10 square feet radiation. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 57 

Trouble from Improper Turninjf of 
Steam Radiator Valves. 

Still another source of trouble and loss of water 
from the boiler comes in the manner in which ra- 
diator valves are handled, especially on the two pipe 
system, and this is when it is desirable to close off 
the heat: The inlet valve is closed, while the return 
valve may be left partly or entirely open, thus allow- 
ing condensation to back up from some other source 
and thus storing up a considerable amount of water 
in the radiator, to the detriment of the boiler, be- 
cause this water is not intended to accumulate in 
any part of the system above the return pipes, but 
fall by gravitation to the boiler. It will therefore 
be seen that on two pipe radiators, both valves must 
be left wide open or both perfectly closed, in order 
to have the apparatus operate in a proper manner. 
The same applies to a one pipe system as well. 

Tapping for Radiators. 

One Pipe "Work. 

Less than 24 feet, 1 inch pipe. 

Over 24 feet up to 50 feet, 1% inch pipe. 

Over 50 feet up to 90 feet, IJ^ inch pipe. 

Over 90 feet up to 150 feet, 2 inch oipe. 

Two Pipe Work. 

Less than 30 feet, Ix^. 
30 to 60 feet, 1^x1. 
50 to 100 feet, l^xlj^. 
100 to 160 feet, 2 xlj^. 

Indirect Radiators. 

30 to 50 feet, 1^x1 inches. 

50 to 100 feet, IJ^xl^ inches. 

100 to 150 feet, 2 xl^ inches. 

Hot Water Tapped for Supply and Return. 

Radiators containing 40 square feet and under 1 -in. 
Above 40, but not exceeding 73 square feet 1^-in. 
Above 72 square feet IJ^-in. 



58 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL, 



Illustration Showing Best Methods of Making One 
Pipe Steam Radiator Connection. 



kf 



i 



M. 



A 



^rUKlAjAl/Vyi 



(% 



m 




p 



^ 



f/tdm 



Fig. 10. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



59 



Method of Connecting Radiator to Riser on One 
Pipe Steam System. 




Fig. 11. 



60 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Figures 12, 13, 14 and 15 Sho-w^ Best Methods of 
Making Hot Water Radiator Connections. 




Fig. 12. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL; 



61 




Figr. 13. 



62 



lOHNSON'S HAWiJY MANUAL 




^ 



ffl 



/IVIVK 



/Tv 



UAiAlAlAlAl/ 



/T\ 



n\ 




u 



p^ 



55 



Fig. 15 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



6? 



Figures 1 6 and 1 7 Sho>v Proper Methods of Con- 
aecting Hot "Water Radiators From Over- 
head Systems. Air Valves Are Not 
Needed in Systems of This Kind. 




Fig. 16. 



64 rOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL- 



i 



(fVWIfiff^^ 



vvWAl/v 




Fig. 17 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



65 



Figures 1 8 and 1 9 Shew Best "Method of Construct" 
ing Hot Water Coils For 1 and 2 Pipe Systems. 




Fig. 18. 



Fig. 19. 



66 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 





@/T\^ 






^^^5^ 



'i^m^mt^/mm^Sfm 



nm>j > 




••««t^ 



Fig. 20 



How to Properly Take Measurements of 
Pipes and Fittings 

In Fig. 20, we give a diagram of two elbows, a valve, ajid a 
tee, with lines drawn through the center of each fitting, also a 
lateral line below with arrows indicating the center points of 
fittings, inside of which the measurements are to be marked. This 
makes it clear when ordering pipe work with fittings cut to order, 
so that if the measurements are correctly taken and placed on 
diagram, there can be no mistakes in getting out such work. 

Figuring Radiation, Steam or Hot Water 

Assume room to be heated is on the first floor and basement 
underneath is unheated except for steam pipes running on 
basement ceiling. This usually can be depended on to give 
a basement temperature of 40 degrees in zero weather unless 
the building is of unusually poor construction. 

Assume that the room is underneath a second story room 
which is heated to the same temperature as the first story; 
also assume that the adjoining rooms are heated to the same 
temperature. 

Then the heat loss from the room takes place through the 
outside walls, windows and floor only. 

The room will require additional heat because the air is 
continually leaking out through cracks around windows, doors, 
fire places, etc., and through opening doors and windows. 

First: Estimate the number of times the entire air contents 
of the room is likely to be changed per hour by this leakage. 
The following table may be used as a guide for this estimate: 

Halls 2 to 3 Drug stores 3 



Living rooms 2 to 3 

Dining rooms 1 to 2 

Kitchens 2 , 

Bedrooms 2 

Sewing rooms 2 

Second floor halls 1 



Clothing stores 1 

Jewelry stores 1 

Grocery stores 1 to 2 

Law offices 1 

Doctors' offices 1 to 2 

Dentists' offices 1 to 2 



The number of cubic feet of air per hour to be heated is 
found by multiplying the cubic feet contents of the room 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



67 



by the number of air changes. Look at the illustration (Fig, 
21, page 67), and you will note a room 13' X 15' X 10', 
which equals 1950 cubic feet of space. 

If we have decided on two air changes per hour, then we 
must heat 2X1950 = 3900 cubic feet of air from outdoor tem- 
perature to the room temperature. Let us take this as 70 
degrees difference, which equals 70 degrees temperature in 



u 



T 



J'0"x6'O" 



i 



/J'O'ji /S'O' 



//?/if 



^/^. 



Fig. 21 

zero weather. (If figuring for 10 degrees below zero weather, 
the difference will be 80 degrees, and so on.) Because one 
heat unit (B. T. U. or U) is needed to raise 50 cubic feet of 
air 1 degree, we will use 1 .4 heat units to heat 1 cubic foot of 
air 70 degrees, and 3900 cubic feet will require 3900 X 1 .4 = 5460 
heat units (U) . 

The following table gives the heat units required for differ- 
ent weather conditions: 



For 30 deg. 
For 40 deg. 
For 50 deg. 
For 60 deg. 
For 70 deg. 
For 80 deg. 
For 90 deg. 



difEerence 
difference 
difference 
difference 
difference 
difference 
difference 



in temperature, 
in temperature, 
in temperature, 
in temperature, 
in temperature, 
in temperature, 
in temperature, 



multiply each cu. ft. 
multiply each cu. ft. 
multiply each cu. ft. 
multiply each cu. ft. 
multiply each cu. ft. 
multiply each cu. ft. 
multiply each cu. ft. 



of air by .6. 
of air by .8. 
of air by 1.0. 
of air by 1.2. 
of air by 1.4. 
of air by 1.6. 
of air by 1.8. 



Again looking at the illustration (Fig. 21, page 67), you 
will note that heat will be lost through both outside walls 
and windows. 

13'+15' = 28'X10' = 280 sq. ft. 

2 windows at 3'X6' = 36 sq. ft. glass. 



68 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

280-36 = 244 sq. ft. net wall. 

The following table gives the heat units lost in one hour 

for each square foot of exposure of different materials used in 
buildings: 

Type of Construction 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 

Single window (good) 34 45 59 67 75 86 98 110 

Single window (average) 36 48 61 73 86 98 110 123 

Single skylight 30 41 52 63 73 83 94 105 

Double skylight 18 24 30 37 43 49 55 62 

Double window 22 30 36 42 51 59 66 72 

Plate glass (set tight) 23 31 37 43 52 60 67 75 

8" brick waU 14 18 23 27 32 36 41 46 

Door ( J4 glass) 17 22 28 34 40 45 51 57 

Plain door 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 

12" brick waU 9 13 16 19 22 25 28 31 

' 16" brick wall 8 10 13 15 18 21 23 26 

20" brick wall 7 9 11 13 15 18 20 23 

24" brick wall 5 7 8 10 13 15 18 21 

30" brick wall 4 5 7 9 11 13 15 18 

36" brick wall 3 4 6 7 8 9 11 13 

8" brick waU, 3" air space 9 11 14 17 20 24 27 30 

12" brick wall, 3" air space 8 10 13 15 18 22 25 28 

16" brick wall, 3" air space 6 8 10 13 16 19 22 25 

12" sandstone wall 16 20 25 28 31 34 37 41 

16" sandstone waU 15 18 21 24 27 30 32 35 

20" sandstone wal} 13 15 18 22 25 28 30 33 

24" sandstone waU 8 12 15 18 21 24 26 29 

32" sandstone wall 9 11 14 16 19 22 25 27 

36" sandstone wall 7 9 12 15 17 19 21 24 

44" sandstone wall ■ 5 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 

12" limestone wall 18 22 26 30 34 38 41 44 

16" limestone wall 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 40 

20" limestone waU 15 19 22 25 28 30 33 35 

24" limestone waU 12 14 18 21 24 27 30 33 

28" limestone wall 9 13 16 19 22 25 28 31 

36" limestone wall 8 11 14 16 19 21 24 27 

44" limestone waU 7 9 12 14 16 18 20 22 

1J4" pine plank 8 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 

2" pine plank 8 10 13 16 18 20 22 24 

23^" pine plank 7 9 11 14 16 18 20 22 

3" pine plank 5 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 

Sheathing and clapboards 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 

Sheathing, paper and clapboards 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 

Lath and plaster partition (1 side) 13 20 23 25 28 32 36 40 
Lath and plaster partition (both 

sides) 10 13 16 19 22 25 28 31 

Lath and plaster ceiling (1 side) . . 18 20 22 25 28 32 36 40 

%" floor, no plaster below 13 16 19 22 25 28 31 34 

^A" floor, lath and plaster below . 8 10 13 16 19 22 25 28 

11^" double floor, no plaster 9 11 14 17 20 23 25 27 

13^" double floor, lath and plaster 

below 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 

Average frame 15 18 21 24 26 28 31 33 

Average frame, back plastered .. . 14 17 20 22 24 26 28 30 

Average red brick, back plastered 14 17 20 22 24 26 28 30 

If we have good window construction, single sash, you will 

find (under column 70) 75 heat units (U) loss for each square 
foot in one hour. Then 36X75 = 2700 heat units lost through 
the glass. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 69 

If we have average frame construction, you will find (under 
column 70) 26 heat units loss for each square foot in one hour. 
Then 244X26 = 6344 heat units lost through the walls. 

We have 195 sq. ft. of floor which will lose heat from the 
room (70 deg. temperature) to the basement (40 deg. tem- 
perature) at the rate due to 30 degrees difference. 

If we have 13^-inch double floor without plaster you will 
find (under column 30) 5 heat units loss for each square foot in 
one hour. Then 195X5 = 975 beat units lost through the floor. 
Our heat loss calculation now looks like this: 

13X15X10 = 1950X2X1.4= 5460 U 

13+15 = 28X10 = 280 

2X3X6= 36X75= 2700 U 

244X26 = 6344 U 
13X15 = 195X5= 975 U 

Total heat loss = 15479 U 

If the room is very badly exposed, say on the northwest 
comer of the building, or if subjected to high winds, it is well 
to add at least 10 per cent to the heat loss. 

After determining the total heat loss per hour, the amount 
of radiation necessary to overcome that loss is found by 
di\dding the total by the number of heat units which each 
square foot of the radiator intended to be used is capable of 
delivering. The usual figures are as follows: 

Low pressure steam radiators 250 U 

Atmospheric or vapor radiators 200 U 

Hot water radiators 170 U 

Thus if the above room is on a northwest comer and we 
will use the atmospheric system, our final figures are: 

15479 U 
Plus 10% 1548 

200) 17027 U 

85 sq. ft. 
which may be 17 sections or loops of 3 column 38" radiation 
of any standard make or which may be arranged otherwise if 
more convenient. 

Indirect Radiation 

To get the proper amount of indirect radiating surtace for 
low pressure steam heating, 50% more surface is necessary 
than where direct surface is used, so that to warm the room, 
under above conditions, by indirect radiation 102 square feet of 
radiation would be required. 

How Ends of Pipe Should be Reamed 

If the ordinary style of fittings are used on hot water circulat- 
ing systems, such as are not recessed, all ends of pipes should be 



70 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



carefully reamed out in a manner as shown in illustration, 
Fig. 22, and unless the ends of pipes are reamed, taking ofif 
at least the burr, there will not only be a large amount of 



Fig. 22. 

friction due to such obstructions, but the capacity 
of the pipe will be greatly reduced by the burrs con- 
tracting the area of the pipes at each end: and 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



71 



while the average fitter might consider this a small 
matter, and in a measure a waste of time to ream the 
ends of pipes, he is working against his own inter- 
ests if he desires to construct a good, easy, and eco- 
nomical working heating plant. It more than pays, 
in fact it is a good investment to carefully construct 
the pipe work of a hot water heating plant, and avoid 
as much as possible any cause of friction to the 
movement of the water. 

In Fig. 23 is shown the correct method of con- 
necting the expansion tank for a hot water heating 
system. The supply "A" to the tank should be taken 
from the return pipe "B" from the radiator, and not 
from the supply to the radiator. The pipe **C" is an 
overflow from the tank, and should be carried to 
the closet tank, or to some other open fixture. The 
pipe "D" is the vent and is merely to prevent 
syphonage, but should always be put in and carried 
not less than 6" above the overflow pipe. 

In Fig. 24 is shown an expansion tank similar to 
Fig. 23 except that the tank is circulated to prevent 
freezing. The supply and return pipes are taken 
from the risers below the floor in order that the 
tank will interfere as little as possible with the 
proper working of the radiator. 

Amount of Radiation Expansion Tank "Will Carry. 



Size, 
Inches. 



10x20 
12x20 
12x30 
14x30 
16x30 



Capacity, 
Gallons. 



8 
10 
15 

20 
26 



Sq. Ft. of 


Size, 


Radiation. 


Inches. 


250 


16x36 


300 


16x48 


500 


18x60 


700 


20x60 


950 


22x60 



Capacity. 
Gallons. 



32 
42 
66 
82 
100 



Sq. Ft. of 
Radiation. 



1300 
2000 
3000 
5000 
6000 



72 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 
Expansion Tanks, 




Fig. 23. 



Fig. 24, 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Tank Capacit) . 



9 
9 
10 
11 
13 
13 
14 
15 
20 
25 
30 
35 
40 



Diameter. 
2 feet 
feet 
feet 
feet 
feet 
feet 
feet 
feet 
feet 
feet 
feet 
feet 
feet 
feet 
feet 
feet 
feet 
feet 
feet 
feet 
feet 
feet 
feet 
feet 
feet 
feet 
feet 



Gallons per 
Foot oi Depth. 



6 



6 



6 



inch, 



inch, 



23.5 

36.7 

52.9 

72.0 

94.0 

inch ...] 119.0 

146.9 

inch 177.7 

221.5 

inch 248.2 

287.9 

inch 330.5 

376.0 

inch 424.5 

475.9 

inch 530.2 

587.5 

. 710.9 

846.0 

992.0 

1151.5 

:. 1321.9 

2350.1 

3672.0 

5287.7 

7197.1 

9400.3 



74 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Vertical and Horizontal Tank. 



Capacity, 


Diameter, 


Length, 


Approximate 


Gallons. 


Inches. 


Feet. 


Weight. 


66 


18 


5 


220 


85 


20 


5 


250 


100 


22 


5 


. 280 


120 


24 


5 


320 


145 


24 


6 


360 


170 


24 


7 


400 


180 


30 


5 


480 


215 


30 


6 


540 


250 


30 


7 


590 


300 


30 


8 


640 


325 


36 


6 


780 


365 


36 


7 


810 


420 


36 


8 


880 


430 


42 


6 


1150 


575 


42 


8 


1400 


720 


42 


10 


1650 



Air and "Water Pressure Tanks. 



Diame- 


Length 
Feet. 


THICKNESS. 


Weight. 


Capacity, 


Feet. 


Shell. 


Heads. 


Gallons. 


5 
6 

5 
6 
6 
6 

7 
7 
7 
8 
8 
8 


20 

25 
30 
20 
■28 
36 
20 
28 
36 
24 
30 
36 


%6 
%8 

%6 


/8 

H 
% 

y^ 
% 


6250 

7390 
8580 
7800 . 

10200 

12450 
8600 

11100 

13600 

11800 

14000 

16200 


2922 

3654 

4384 

4240 

5936 

7632 

5761 

8066 

10370 

8980 

11224 

13468 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



75 



Air and Water Pressure Tanks. 



Diameter, 


Length 


Weight 


Capacity, 


Inches. 


Feet. 


Gallons. 


24 


6 


350 


140 


24 


8 


420 


190 


24 


10 


500 


235 


80 


6 


530 


220 


30 


8 


650 


295 


30 


10 


770 


365 


30 


12 


900 


440 


30 


14 


1000 


515 


86 


6 


750 


315 


36 


8 


900 


420 


36 


10 


1050 


525 


36 


12 


1200 


630 


36 


14 


1400 


735 


36 


16 


1575 


840 


42 


8 


1450 


575 


42 


10 


1650 


720 


42 


12 


1900 


865 


42 


14 


2200 


1000 


42 


16 


2400 


1150 


42 


18 


2650 


1300 


42 


20 


2900 


1440 


48 


10 


2200 


940 


48 


12 


2550 


1130 


48 


14 


2900 


1300 


48 


16 


3250 


1500 


48 


18 


3600 


1700 


48 


20 


3950 


1880 


48 


24 


4650 


2260 



76 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



-0 



o 
«S 
«> 

O 

o 

I 

IB 

c 
h 

6 

O 





o 

to 
13 



a 
;z: 



H 

O 

M 
H 
O 

w 



•?izi 



019 



•JJTT 



ui 9 



•?JOT 



•UT9 

•?J6 



•?J6 



•U19 

'?J8 



•?J8 



•UI 9 



'm 



•ut 9 
•3J9 



•?J9 



•UI 9 

lis 



•;js 



•UI 9 



IJt^ 



■UI 9 



!}£ 



•UI 9 
1J2 



•nz 



rrt H-C K 

• - O rt 



QTto^•^o^■3■o^■3■o^^ocx3rooo^ooocooomr^c^^t^ 

■I-HCSlCN^O^OTl■TJ-T:^LOl/:l^^0^^r->.OOCOOOO^O^OO 

T— (1— I 

csimoo-r-iT^r^oco^ONCMioooi-HTj-r^ocovooN . 
t^T-imo-^<x;ror^-'-iiOQ-^ coroi-^-i— i>>DO-^oo . 

•i-iCMCMCMrOCO-*-<r-*lOl/5>>D^^t^r^0000^ • • 

l00^co^^■^lOo^ror^T-Hloooc-^^\£)o■^ooc^^ ■ • • 
T-HT-iCMCNirorow^-^ioioiO^vot^r^t^co • • • 

Ot^Tl-CM OM^^THONVDVj-T-ioO'vDrO-i— lOO ^ ^ '• ~ 
l/iCOC^^vClO^^O^^-T-lTJ-oO(M^.Da^POt^->-lT^- . . . • 

f-ii— I CM oj CM c~or<o-*-^-<^ 10 10 10^ 'vOr^r~« . . . • 

c^icoroCTN-^OiD-T-i^CMr^roi^-^Oin '• '■ '• '• ~ 
TH^T-i-rrooc^iiocr~-c^)\r)oro^£>0'^t^ 

1-1 T-i CM Cvl CM CO CO rO -^ -^ Tt IC 10 \J2 >sO ^o 

lOCO(:QsOqN55t^O;2:°Q^lDOCMv£i ^~~^ ^ ^ • • 
covcoro^oooor^ooor^o^r^o 

T-lTHCMCMCMrOCOCO-^-* TMOl?il/^>NO 

CM iTi ON cv) m (x5 T-H 10 CO ^H ^ t^ O xi- 

•rt 1-1 1-1 CM CM CM CO CO CO -^ Tj- T^ 10 10 

ooQa>aNaNQNaNaNONONOM3N ^ ^^ ^ ^ ^^ ^ '• ~ 
CM 10 00 o CO ■o ON CM in c« -^ -ri- P» 

1-H tH 1-1 CM CM CM CM CO CO CO ■* ■* -^ [ • • 

CMOOOvp-^Ol-r-ONt^lOCOi-H ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ '• ~ 

T-( Tj- v25 a\ CM 10 00 Q ro m5 C3N CM ......... 

T-i-T-CT-li-lCMCMCMCnrOCOCO-* ;• 

"^■T-ir^rooNOCMooTj-oi>- '■ '■ '• '• ^ '• '• '■ ~ 
ocolnoooco>.^oo1-lx^\o 

T-lt-l tH T-l CM CM CM CM CO CO CO 

t^cM\^o-*ONcor^c~^i\o '• '• ■ '■ '■ ^ -^ '• '• ~ 

ON CM ^ r^ CJN -r-l "^r ^ ON T-H 

f-l -(-( -i-H T-( CM CM CM CM CO 

OCMlOt^OtMrl-t^ON '• '• '■ ^ '■ '■ '■ ' ^^^- . • 

o^ T-i ro in 00 o CM Tj- ^r> 

t-ht-itht-icmcnicmcm ; ; ; ; ; ; 

CMcoco-^inin^OMD ^ ■~~- '• '• ~ '• '• '• '• •~- ^ 
00 o CM -^ ^.o 00 o oj 

1— l-r-(-T-ii— It— ICMCM ' • • ;• 

in tT CM T-< Q 00 1^ ^^~'- '■ '■ '■ '^~~- '■ '■ '• ^ '■ '■ ~ 

I^ ON T-i ro in ^ 00 

tH tH -rH T— ( T— t 

i^ -^ 3-1 CO m t-^ ^^ '■ '■ '• '■ '■ '• '■ '• '■ '• '■ ~ -"^ 
\£; 00 o 1-1 CO in , 

T— t T-f -rH -I— I , . . • 

oinoino '• '■ '■ '• '• ■ '■ '• '• ^~~' ^~~- '■ ^ 
VOt^ONOCM ... 

tHt-I ' '. ' 

CMinoNCM 

in-ot^ON ;;;:;;;;;:;:;:;;; 

invDt^ '■'■'•'■'•'■'■'■'■'■ • 

.<^in^ ::::!::::;!'.!:!;! 
t^t^ ••••••••••••••••••• 

co'T •:•::::;:;;;;;:;::; 

^ ; M M ; i M M : M M i ; M 

".2 '.S '.2 ".2 '.2" '.2 ".2 -.2 '.2" :.2' : 

1^ "vD [^ "^ '"^ 1^^ l^D '>^ [^ 1^ ' 

CM CM CO CO -^ Tt in in SO \D r^ r>« 00 00 ON o^ o o T-H T-< CM 



I 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



77 



Outside Diameter of Standard W^rought Iron, Steam, 
Gas and Water Pipe. From 1-8 to 10 Inches. 




Fig. 25. 



Size of pipe 

Outside diam. of pipe 

Size of pipe 

Outside diam. of pipe 

Size of pipe 

Outside diam. of pipe 

Size of pipe 

Outside diam. of pipe 



1%% 




H 
AV 


'A 


1 


1^ 


1>^ 


2 

2* 


3 


3^ 


4 

4AV 


4K 


6 


7 


8 


9 

9iVV 



1t^ 



2>^ 



2i«J^ 



5 

10 



78 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Ok 






73 

C . 









oooooooooc5ooooooooooooo 



CO 












T3 
^ O D 0) 

O 



SO o r^ vT) CM ON ■*■ CO CNJ CO CO lO 00 1^ c^i O o CM o ON cci r^ -^ 00 o 
csiin-^ro-r-ivOco-^^i^co-rHT-iroi^^CMooioco-^-i-i-rtCMcoiO 
^ coooror^^-r-ii^-.^-r-ioo\o-^CMOoot^ir3-^cr)CMTHOONoot^ 



vX> VC T-i OM^ ^ NO l/i VO lO -^ -"T ■* -"^ -^ CO CO CO CO CO CO CD CO CM CM CM 

CM tH-i-H 



o 



. O CO 

►*> o c 

— ^ j-i tin 3 



O OOOsQOOOOOQOOOOOOOOOOOOOQOQ 

VD CMCOOCNJCV) .rtONt-^lTiOgOMO-r-it-^ CO ON-^OO CO t^CMinO-^ON 

t^ T-'TTt^ON-rHOjcMco^ioiovrir^r^oooQaNaNQOi-iTHCMCMCM 

CO -£(»ocMiD^r^ooaNOT-icMco-*i?50i^ooo-r^cMcoT)-iovo 

O O O t-l T-l -,-1 T-H T-H -rt -^ CM CM CNJ CM CN) CM CM CM CN) CO CO CO CO CO CO CO 



o ooooooooooooooooooooooooo 



rfj 



c 



00 inoNco-^r^coooor^oooNCMiooiD-rHooo-'^cococo-^ior^ 



lO vC CVJ Cvl CO lO CM OMO CM ON 

vd -^coc^ii— •oooNONONoo 

ON ON ON ON ON ON ON 00 OO CO 00 



vO-^thOnvD'^-i— iO^r^lOC0->— ICJNJ^IO 

oooQoot^r^r^r-~^NO^vDNnioioio 
oooooooooocoooooooo0oooooc5oooo 



c«" o 
<LI r^ U 



00 ^ONCMONONON\r)TH\r>oooor^moioooocNicMCMOQOiriCMoo 



o cor^coiovOT-iMD-i-nnONcoi^-^icoOT-nnoOi-i-^r^ONCMi/jr^ 
OO ot^-^irivor^t^oooocoONONOOO-i— i-.-(-r-irMC^r^cMcoc«5co 

1-1 CM CJ Csl CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO ^ CO 



tn 






v^ ONOOincoOCMvOONCMlTivOOOOOONONONOOr^vDtDC^/i-iONOOlO 



VX> -^OlOONCM-^lO^OOONC 

'^ lo \S ^^ vo r^ r^ r^ r^ r^ r^ c 



>-T-lCNlCO-^l0^^r^00ONQT-lTHCMC0 
30000O0COCOCOO0O0O05^ONONONON 



M 



^ a 

(U-H . 

O, (UpL( 

ago 

D-d 



O vDCOt^-^vTiCMO-^t^QNOOCMin^^DlO-^lOOOCOOOincO 

o CO vo 00 in -^ -^ 1-1 lo :^ 00 M2 CO ON CO M3 00 ON ON 00 vr> -^ •!-< t^ CM r^ 



CM ONoocovDi^cNj t^-rtuooNcof^o-^t^OcovDONCMinooocoiO 

T-H cOlOr^OOONOOT-ii-iT-iCNJCMCOCOCO-<:(--^'^ tMD lO lO nD m3 m3 
CM CM CM CM CM CM CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO 



C J3 
« iUT3^ 

b« 1- a 

3 => 3 rt 

ca (" j; o- 



OOOOOlOOvnOlOOlOOmQlQOlOOlOQlDOlQO 

o ■r-(CMco-^minM3\£>f^f^oooooNONOO-rtT-icNicMcoco-»r'^»-o 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



79 



Measurements of Elbo-svs and 45° Elbows from 
iX ill* to 8 in. Inclusive. 

Extreme caution must be exercised in allowing 
for thread. 




90° Long Turn Elbows. 



Size . . Inches 


U 


U 


2 


2i 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


Dimen.A In. 


2i 


n 


3/. 3ii 


# 


5A 


6i 


7i 


8i 


9 




45° Elbows. 

























Size Inches 


n 


u 


2 


2i 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


Dimen. A 
In. 


If 


liV 


If 


2iS 


2f 


21 


Q 8 


3^ 


31 


4i\ 



80 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Measurements of Corner and Angle Valves 




Left Hand 
















Dimensions of Jenkins Bros. Angle Radiator Valves 


Size 


% 


% 


1 


1% 


VA 


2 


2A 


3 




A — Centre to end of union 

B— Centre to face, screwed end. . 
D — Radius of body 


21^16 

% 

4% 

1 


3%6 

sy2 
me 


33/ 

11%6 

IK 

1%6 


4 

2\U 

I'A 


2% 
7 


4H 

21%6 
21,16 


5% 

2m6 

9 

25/16 


6% 
4K 
3K 

9K 

2^8 


E— Centre of outlet to top of 
hand wheel 


F — Centre to top of body 



I 



Dimensions of Jenkins Bros. Offset Corner Valves 


Size 


A 


Ya 


1 


IK 


li^ 


2 

5% 
3K8 

23/i6 

7'A 

2/8 


A — Centre to end of union 

B — Centre to face, screwed end 

C— Centre of outlet to centre of inlet 

D— Radius of body 


3 

lA 

H 
% 

AA 

% 


3%6 

1 

5 


VA 
2 

1%2 

IK 

13/16 


4^8 

2Vz 

1%6 

\V2 
6K 

FA6 


41^6 
29/16 

m 

7 
\A 


E — Centre of outlet to top of hand wheel, ,. 
F— Centre of outlet to top of body 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



81 



A few illustrations showing most successful meth- 
ods of taking connections off mains and risers for 
hot water circulation, also showing branches con- 
necting to radiators. 




Fig. 25. 




Fig. 26. 





Figr.27 



Fig. 28. 



82 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



GAS FITTERS* RULES 



Office Buildings 

Dwelling Houses 

and Flats 



MANUFACTURED GAS 
FOR LIGHT 

The following tables show the proportionate 
size and length of tubing allowed : 



Size of 


Greatest 


Greatest Number 


Tubing. 


Length Allowed. 


of % in. Openings 
Allowed. 


^ inch 


20 feet 


2 openings 


Yi inch 


30 feet 


3 openings 


^ inch 


60 feet 


10 openings 


1 inch 


70 feet 


15 openings 


1 % inch 


100 feet 


30 openings 


13^ inch 


150 feet 


60 openings 


2 inch 


200 feet 


100 openings 


2^ inch 


200 feet 


000 openings 


3 inch 


300 feet 


000 openings 



Drops in double parlors, large rooms and halls of 
otlice buildings must not be less than ^ inch. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



83 



Stores, Hospitals, Schools, Factories, Etc. 

MANUFACTURED GAS FOR LIGHT 



Size of 
" Tubing. 


Greatest 
Length Allowed. 


Greatest Number 

of ^ in. Openings 

Allowed. 


Yz inch. 
% inch. 

1 inch. 
\% inch. 
lYz inch. 

2 inch. 


20 feet. 

60 feet. 

70 feet. 
100 feet. 
150 feet. 
200 feet. 


1 opening. 

8 openings. 
12 openings. 
20 openings. 
35 openings. 
60 openings. 



For stores the running line to be full size to the 
end of last opening. 

All drops to be >^ inch, with set not less than 4 
inches. 

20 feet of y^, in^ch pipe allowed only for bracket 
lights. 

Building Services. 

In running service pipe from front wall to meters 
the following rules will apply: 



Size of 
Opening. 


Greatest 
Length Allowed. 


Greatest Number . 
of Yx in. Openings 
Allowed. 


1 inch. 
1^ irxh. 
lYz inch. 

2 inch. 


70 feet. 
100 feet. 
150 feet. 
200 feet. 


1 opening. 
3 openings, 
5 openings. 
8 openings. 



All openings in service must be equal to the size 
of riser, which in no case must be less than ^ inch. 



84 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Size of 

Engine. 

1 H. P. 
2H. P. 



For Gas Engines. 

Size of 
Opening. 

, 1 inch 60 feet. 

13/ inch 70 feet. 



Greatest Length 
Allowed. 



5 H. P VA inch 100 feet. 

7 H. P iy2 inch 100 feet. 

12 H. P 2 inch 140 feet. 

Materials for Brickwork of Regular Tubular Boilers 

Single Setting. 



Boilers. 


Common 


Fire 


Sand, 


Cement, 


Fire 
Clay, 
Lbs. 


Lime' 


In. Ft. 


Brick. 


Brick. 


Bushels. 


Barrels. 


Bbls. 


30x 8 


5200 


320 


42 


5 


192 


2 


SOxlO 


5800 


320 


46 


h% 


192 


2J^ 


36x 8 


6200 


480 


• 50 


6 


288 


2K 


86 X 9 


6600 


480 


53 


6K 


288 


23/ 


86x10 


7000 


480 


56 


7 


288 


3 


86x12 


7800 


480 


62 


8 


288 


3/ 


42x10 


10000 


720 


80 


10 


432 


4 


42x12 


10800 


720 


86 


11 


432 


4^/ 


42 x 14 


11600 


720 


92 


111^ 


432 


^% 


42x16 


12400 


720 


99 


n% 


432 


5 


48x10 


12500 


980 


100 


12^ 


590 


5/ 


48x 12 


13200 


980 


108 


13>4 


590 


5J4 


48x14 


14200 


980 


116 


i^H 


590 


53/ 


48x16 


15200 


980 


]24 


15>4 


590 


6 


54x12 


13800 


1150 


108 


13^ 


. 690 


^% 


54x14 


1^_900 


1150 


117 


15 


690 


6 


54x16 


16000 


1150 


126 


16 


690 


65< 


60x10 


13500 


1280 


108 


13>^ 


768 


h% 


60x12 


14800 


1280 


118 


14^ 


768 


6 


60x14 


16100 


1280 


128 


16 


768 


6J^ 


60x16 


17400 


1280 


140 


nVz 


768 


7 


60x18 


18700 


1280 


148 


18^ 


768 


I'A 


66x16 


19700 


1400 


157 


19^ 


840 


8 


72x16 


20800 


1550 


166 


203/ 


930 


8^ 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



85 



Materials for Brick^^ork of Regular Tubular Boiler*. 
Two Boilers in a Battery. 



Boilers. 


Common 


Fire 


Sand, 


Cement, 


FireClay. 


Lime. 


In. Ft. 


Brick. 


Brick. 


Bushels. 


Barrels. 


Lbs. 


Barrel* 


30x 8 


8900 


640 


70 


9 


384 


3^ 


30x10 


9600 


640 


76 


9^ 


384 


4 


36 X 8 


10500 


960 


84 


10>4 


576 


4^ 


36x 9 


11100 


960 


88 


11 


576 


^'A 


36x10 


11800 


960 


95 


12 


576 


4^ 


36 X 12 


13000 


960 


104 


13 


576 


5^ 


42x10 


17500 


1440 


140 


17M 


864 


7 


42x12 


18600 


1440 


148 


18)4 


864 


7^ 


42x14 


19900 


1440 


159 


20 


864 


8 


42x16 


21200 


1440 


168 


21 


864 


8^ 


48x10 


21400 


1960 


170 


21 K 


1180 


su 


48x12 


22300 


1960 


178 


22K 


1180 


9 


48x14 


23900 


1960 


190 


24 


1180 


9^ 


48x16 


25100 


1960 


200 


25 


1180 


10 


54x12 


23300 


2300 


186 


23ys 


1380 


^H 


54x14 


24800 


2300 


198 


25 


1380 


10 


54x16 


26300 


2300 


210 


26K 


1380 


loyz 


60x10 


22600 


2560 


180 


22>4 


1536 


9 


60 X 12 


24800 


2560 


198 


25 


1536 


10 


60x14 


26800 


2560 


214 


27 


1536 


lOM 


60x16 


28900 


2560 


230 


29 


1536 


iiM 


60x18 


31000 


2560 


248 


31 


1536 


12^ 


66x16 


33100 


2800 


264 


33 


1680 


13^ 


72x16 


34000 


3100 


272 


34 


1860 


13|< 



86 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Materials for Brickwork of Firebox Boilers 
12 -inch Walls 



Boilers 
In. Ft. 


Brick 


Sand, 
Bushels 


Cement, 
Barrels 


Lime. 
Barrels 


30 X e}i 

80 X 7K 

80 X 8/2...... 

86 X 1/2 

86x 9 

36x 10>^ 

42 X 8;^ 

42 X 10 

i2xU/2 

48x 10^ 

48 X 12 

48x 13K 

54 X 14 

64 X 16K 


2400 
2650 
2900 
3150 
3550 
4000 
4000 
4600 
5100 
4900 
5400 
6800 
6900 
7500 


20 
21 
23 
25 
28 
31 
31 
38 
41 
40 
43 
46 
54 
59 


2/3 

2/2 

2H 
3 

^% 
4 . 
4 
6 

h/2 

h/2 

h% 

6 

6^ 

73/ 


1 
1 

1% 
1% 
1^ 

2 
2 

2% 

2% 

2>^ 

2>^ 

2^ 

3 

6/2 



Materials for Brick-work of Firebox Boilers 
9 -inch Walls 



Boilers 
In. Ft. 


Brick 


Sand. 
Bushels 


Cement, 
Barrels 


Lime, 
Barrels 


30 X 6/2 

80 X 1/2 

30 X 8/2 

86 X l/z 

36 X 9 

36x 10;^ 

42 X 8/2 

42 X 10 

42x 11>^ 

48 X 10>^ 

48 X 12 

48 X 13>^ 

54 X 14 

54x 16K 


1640 

1820 
1980 
2240 
2520 
2870 
2870 
3400 
3800 
3600 
3860 
4140 
6150 
5650 


14 
15 
16 

18 
20 
23 
23 
27 
30 
29 
30 

41 

43 


2 

2}4 
2^4 
3 
3 

^/2 

4 

334: 
4 

4K 
h/2 


1 
1 

VA 

2 
2 

2H 

2>^ 

2/2 

2H 
3 

3X 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



87 



niu 



0:0 



)<^^— ~x^ 



a: 






•tcioi l/lain. •* I ., 









"T,,!-? 



irjuJor. 






ftoidWakfS^pffy 



y « — /«" "13^ Pressure Pr'ps, 
Py • rbis, Ptfurns from Heating Syc'em tie, 
enfer Heafc 



Fig. 29. Feed Piping with Open Heater. 



e' 4' H*''^- li' 1(5' 




Fig. 30. Elevation of Boiler Piping. 



88 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Boilers 



Jo Xi all 11 




Hkfirn from 



TrKh\/aftf 



Fiff. 31. Exhaust and Feed Piping for Non-Condensing Plant. 



;s:si 



{ChtikVahz. 



'^^ 

"^^ 

^ 



ft 



Boilers. 



Xi£ 



Q^ 



5-Q 



Injtdtar 



-^ p 

Auxiliary Heater -\^J^\ 



C^/m j^ HeafJiQ) 



"S- 



^ ^ 






ty-Pas::. 






^^iter. 



T- 

Float . 
Valve' 



hoi Well. 



Air Pump 

Surface 
'Condsrser 



0\Surfac9 



.i/^irUmp 



r~l A/r Pijnf 



Fig. 32. Feed Piping for Condensing Plant. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



89 



Horse Poiver of an Engine. 

A equals Area of piston in square inches. 

P equals Mean pressure of the steam on the piston per sqaare 

inch. 
V equals Velocity of piston per minute in feet. 

Then H. P. equals aXpX^ 
33000 
The mean pressure in the cylinder when cutting off at 
^ Stroke equals boiler pressure X • 597 
y^ Stroke equals boiler pressure X • 670 
y^ Stroke equals boiler pressure X '743 
}i Stroke equals boiler pressure X • 847 
f^ Stroke equals boiler pressure X • 919 
^ Stroke equals boiler pressure X • 937 
^ Stroke equals boiler pressure X • 966 
^ Stroke equals boiler pressure X • 992 
To find the weight of the rim of the fly wheel for an en- 
gine: 

Nominal H. P. X 2000 equals weight in cvrts. 

The square of the velocity of 
the circumference in feet per 
second. 

Relative Value of Heating Surface. 

Horizontal surfaces above the flame equal 1 . 00 

Vertical surfaces above the flame equal 50 

Horizontal surfaces beneath the flame 10 

Tubes and flues equal 1^ times their diameter. 
Convex surfaces above the flame equal 1 1-6 diam. 

Feed "Water Required by Small Engines. 



Gauge Pres- 
sure at Boiler. 



10 
15 
20 
25 
30 
40 
50 



Lbs. Water per 

Effective H. P. 

per Hour. 



118 

111 

105 

100 

93 

84 

79 



Gauge Pres- 
sure at Boiler, 



60 

70 

80 

90 

100 

120 

150 



Lbs. Water per 

Effective H. P. 

per Hour. 



75 
71 
68 
65 
63 
61 
58 



90 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 91 

The above cut illustrates the Thermograde System 
of steam heating, as manufactured by the Consoli- 
dated Engineering Company. Steam is distributed 
to different units of radiation through a system of 
mains in the ordinary manner and water of condensa- 
tion is returned to the boiler through an independent 
system of return mains. 

Each 'Unit of radiation is equipped with a Thermo- 
grade valve at the supply end and an auto valve at 
the return. The Thermograde valve is connected at 
the top of the radiator and is provided with a gradu- 
ated dial, indicating the portion of the radiator to be 
heated. The valve is so constructed that it may be 
adjusted to give the proper graduation to different 
size radiators supplied with the same size valve. 

The auto valve is a trap of the thermostatic type 
which permits of the free passage of air and water 
of condensation, but closes against the passage of 
steam. When in operation the valve automatically 
assumes a position off the seat, directly proportional 
to the quantity of steam condensed in the radiator. 
The return system is vented to the atmosphere 
through the return risers.. 

When operating under normal conditions with 
about one pound pressure on the boiler the head of 
water from the water line of the boiler to the re- 
turn main is sufficient to force the water Into the 
boiler, but when the pressure is increased, either in- 
tentionally or through inattention, the water of con- 
densation flows into the alternating receiver, the air 
being discharged through a vent pipe provided for 
the purpose. 

When the receiver fills with water the float con- 
trolled valve is reversed, closing the air vent and 
admitting steam from the boiler. This closes the 
check valve on the heating system, equalizing the 
pressure between the receiver and the boiler and 
water flows into the boiler by gravity. When the 
receiver empties, the position of the valve is again 
changed and the action repeated. 



92 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Key to Diagram Fig. 35, 

Illustrating the Webster System of Steam Circulation for Heat* 

ing Purposes. 



1. 


Steam engine. 




32. 


Drip. 


2. 


Live steam supply to 




83. 


Return pumps. 




engine. 




34. 


Discharge to return pump 


3. 


Exhaust steam from 
engine. 




35. 


Live steam supply to re- 
turn pump. 


4. 


Drip. 




36. 


Differential regulator or 


5. 


Check-valve. 






vacuum governor. 


a 


Grease extractor. 




37. 


Connection from return 


7. 


Water leg. 






to differential regulator. 


8. 


Anti-syphonage vent. 




38. 


Return tank. 


9. 


Check-valve. 




39. 


• Vent. 


10. 


Back-pressure valve. 




40, 


Return and seal to feed- 
water heater. 


11. 


Waste exhaust steam 


to 


41. 




atmosphere. 




42. 


Feed-water heater. 


12. 


Exhaust steam supply 
feed-water heater. 


to 


43. 


Cold water supply to 
feed-water heater. 


13. 


Exhaust steam supply 


to 


44. 


Automatic valve. 




house heating main. 




45. 


Float-operated lever. 


14. 


Live steam supply 


to 


46. 


Safety valve. 




house heating main. 




47. 


Thermostatic relief valve. 


15. 


Pressure-reducing valve 




48. 


Relief connection to return 


16. 


Connection from house 




pipe. 




heating main communi- 


49. 


Grease extractor. 




cating pressure to dia- 


50. 


Greasy waste to sewer. 




phragm of pressure-] 


re- 


51. 


Overflow and drain from 




ducing valve. 






feed-water heater. 


17. 


House heating main. 




52. 


Feed- water to boiler feed 


18. 


Heating riser. 






pump. 


19. 


Return. 




53. 


Feed-water thermometer. 


20. 


Return main. 




54. 


Boiler feed pump. 


21. 


Heating coil. 




55. 


Feed-water to boiler. 


22. 


Radiators. 




56. 


Live steam supply to 


23. 


Thermostatic return 






boiler feed pump. 




valves. 




57. 


Exhaust steam from re- 


24. 


Drip. 






turn pump. 


25. 


Dirt strainer. 




58. 


Exhaust steam from 


26. 


Cold water supply. 






boiler feed pump. - 


27. 


Return vaccum gauge. 




59. 


Drip. 


28. 


Supply pressure gauge. 




60. 


Check-valve. 


29. 


Water seal. 




61. 


Exhaust steam pumps to 


30. 


Water leg. 






feed-water heater. 


31. 


Vent. 




62. 


Waste drips to sewer. 



TOHNSON'S HANDY MANITAL. 



97 



JOHNSON 




The Wei 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



OOOnAAA 




VACUUM RETURM 

SUAVITY DRIP FROM RISERS 



;.>^;;->: ..•>;. ".V-^^"^'/^^^ 



I —^ • — — ■ ■ T r . 1 I * -3 ; 



StCTIOnAL OlA&nAM 

61Vm& GEnEI\AL VICWOf 1N5TALLATI0M IM THE"LE33in& AMNEX? 
EVAM5T0M AVE. & SURF ST.. CHICA&O. 

VAn AuKCM System of Vacuum HEATinc. 

WlTM 

Belvac Thermofiers. 



Pm 33URE 



hjit-iiS^ 



Tig. 34 



['S HANDV MAN UAL. - 




ster System. — Fig. 35 



TOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



«7 




JOHNSON'S HANDV MANUAL. 




The Webster System. — Pig. 35 



98 JOHNiJOW'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Vacuum System— Fig. 36. 

The great economy and general advantages result' 
ing from the use of a Vacuum System for heating 
with exhaust steam are now generally recognized, 
and make this type of heating system of the greatest 
importance to the steam-fitter. 

As very little if any description of Vacuum Sys- 
tems appears in books on heating, we give a layout 
of piping for a complete Vacuum System for heating 
with exhaust steam. The system illustrated is the 
one which shows the latest improvements and de- 
velopments in the art of Vacuum Heating. 

The diagram shows the different apparatus usual 
in any power plant, and the special Vacuum appli- 
ances in their proper location. The accompanying 
key to the diagram gives the names of the various 
parts of the system, each number on the diagram 
having a corresponding number on the key. 

The piping necessary for best results is shown and 
the arrows on the piping show the direction of flow 
of steam, water, etc. 

The arrangement of exhaust main (8), from en- 
gines (1), pumps (3 and 4), etc., up to exhaust head 
(10), with connection to Feed Water Heater (2), 
and heating main (14) taken off under back pressure 
valve (9), is common to all exhaust heating sys- 
tems. 

The oil separator, or grease extractor (11), shown 
in heating main, is a new improved type having an 
area between baffles of four times the area of the 
pipe, this slows the velocity of the steam so that 
practically all the oil is deposited on the baffles. 

The drip from separator to sewer is shown as a 
water loop to prevent steam from blowing to seuer. 
Instead of the water seal a grease trap may be p.?U':ed 
on the drip. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 99 

(12) is a connection to the live steam through a 
reducing valve, the controlling pressure being con- 
nected to the heating main (14). 

(13) is a byepass around reducing valve for emer- 
gency use. 

From heating main (14) risers are taken off to 
supply the radiators or coils (15 or 16). 

On the return ends of all units of radiation (15 and 
16), are placed automatic vacuum valves of proper 
capacity for the size of each unit. These valves per- 
mit the vacuum in the returns to pull all air and 
water of condensation from the radiators and assist 
the flow of steam into the radiators without the loss 
of steam into the return lines. The valves are of 
the float type which immediately open to full ca- 
pacity as soon as the body of valve is filled with 
water. They are automatic, require no adjustment, 
and are provided with a strainer to keep scale out of 
the valve, they also have a byepass with lock shield 
and key. 

All the returns from the automatic vacuum valves 
unite into a return main (18) running to vacuum 
pump (4). Before the vacuum pump an automatic 
pump strainer (19) is placed. 

This strainer prevents scale, filings, etc., from en- 
tering pump cylinder, and it also has a connection 
for cold water which is sprayed over the screen 
through a spray head. On this cold water pipe is 
placed the automatic vacuum governor (30), the con- 
trolling pressure is connected to the vacuum re- 
turn (18) and the operation is as follows: 

When the vacuum in (18) is low, say 5 inches, the 
governor opens and admits cold water to assist in 
holding vacuum, when the vacuum gets up to say 12 
inches, the governor entirely closes off the cold 
water. The weights on governor are adjusted so 
that valve may be set to open or close on any range 
of vacuum. In this manner any desired vacuum can 



100 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

be maintained, and the usual constant flow of cold 
water which floods the heater to the sewer is pre- 
vented. 

At the bottom of (18) is shown a byepass connec- 
tion to sewer, so that plant can be operated as a 
gravity system temporarily if vacuum pump or heat- 
er are being repaired. 

The discharge pipe from vacuum pump to heater 
is shown running into a return tank (21), with an air 
vent to roof. With a closed heater the feed pump 
pulls from the return tank and pumps to boilers 
through heater. With an open heater the tank may 
be small, as it simply serves the purpose of liberat- 
ing air from the feed water, the water loop shown 
between air vent tank and heater prevents steam 
from escaping from heater. 

With such a vacuum system exhaust steam may be 
circulated to heat groups of buildings several thou- 
sand feet from the power house, and without back 
pressure on the engines. Back pressure which is 
necessary for circulation in a gravity system causes 
loss; with 80 lbs. boiler pressure, an engine having 
5 lbs. back pressure will use about 15% more steam 
than it will without the back pressure. 

In addition to this fuel saving, a Vacuum System 
which removes air and water of condensation from 
the radiation gives perfect circulation without water 
hammer, air binding, or water logging of the heat- 
ing system. 

The many advantages secured by the use of an 
improved Vacuum System are so important tha^ very 
few heating plants of any size are now installed with- 
out a Vacuum System. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 101 



The Paul System. — Figs. 3 7 and 38. 

The Paul System illustrated herewith differs from 
all other vacuum systems in that it may be ap- 
plied to a single pipe, gravity plant as well as to a 
two-pipe plant; and further, because the vacuum is 
obtained direct in each individual radiator by con- 
necting the air pipe to an automatic air-valve of 
special design. 

Taking advantage of the fact that water will re- 
turn to the lowest point, the Paul System is de- 
signed for the independent removal of air only, this 
being accomplished before steam is admitted. The 
air pipe being connected to the automatic air valve 
at the end of the radiator or coil farthest removed 
from the admission valve and supply pipe, and a 
vacuum being thereby produced in all sections, 
complete and immediate circulation of steam must 
result. It is apparent that circulation will be main- 
tained in all radiators by reason of decrease in vol- 
ume due to condensation of the steam. 

The standard apparatus used with the Paul System 
is remarkable for its simplicity of design and opera- 
tion. In connection with heating plants using ex- 
haust steam, a special exhausting apparatus operated 
with live steam is used for producing vacuum. Un- 
like ordinary pumps it has no moving parts and no 
mechanism requiring attention or repairs. In low 
pressure plants where live steam is not available, 
an automatic water exhauster of simple design, or 
a small electric air pump, is used to accomplish the 
same results. 

The illustrations show the system as applied either 
to up-feed or down-feed plants, as may be indicated 
or required by existing conditions. 



102 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




exuAU^T TO AT/loafHERE. 



x:. 



eKT/jt9 Main <f r cd'/va 
«^ Tom t^^oom. 



3J 



4um mi9*'* • 



ttmme fHKva t. 



K. 



QFisr/ry FtcTunn ooiv/)f reeo p>Lflnr 




Q 



■tiff* fULfC 



Ml 



m. 



or 



-are/tM miutm. 




:— t— JV 



121=7 






O Bl 







^Mtt^yrsM 



Paul System Fig. 37. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



103 



aifk ¥jiLif£ • 



stf* /*iaen 



• » MACA 




-a rc/)M maeik 



fXif^ r/>LrS 




GR/iy/TV RETURn. UR ^££0 fi/UA 
f=>AUL. SYSTEM. 



Paul System Fig. 38. 



104 Johnson's handy manual. 

Capacity of Vacuum Pumps. 

The capacity of a Vacuum Pump to handle a 
given amount of heating surface depends largely 
upon the character of the buildings. 

Thus, if the return mains are long, and the job 
spread out over several scattered buildings, a larger 
pump is required than if the same number of square 
feet of radiation were all in one building several 
stories high. 

Again, the number of radiators, or units of heat- 
ing surface, makes some difference, as a larger pump 
should be used where there are a large number of 
small units than would be necessary for the same 
amount of heating surface if divided into fewer, 
large units. 

We list herewith the standard sizes of Vacuum 
Pumps with their average capacities in square feet 
of heating surface. These capacities are for use 
where each coil and radiator is equipped with an 
Automatic Vacuum Trap as in the Standard Vacuum 
Systems described in this book, as these Traps and 
Valves are necessary to prevent the Vacuum Pump 
pulling steam out of the heating system. 

The standard sizes given can be used where there 
is ordinary steam pressure, say 40 to 100 lbs. If the 
steam pressure is lower it is necessary to use a 
pump with a large steam cylinder, or, if high pres- 
sure is carried at all times, a smaller steam cylinder 
may be used. For instance, if a 5"x7"xl0" pump would 
ordinarily be used, if steam pressure is to be low — 10 
to 20 lbs. — it would be better to use a 6"x7"xl0", 
or a 6"x6"xl2" would give the same capacitv and 
run on 10 lbs. steam pressure. 

Capacities are given in square feet of direct heat- 
Blast Coils. 

Capacity 
in Sq. Ft. 

2000 

3000 

5000 

6000 

7500 

10000 

15000 

20000 

35000 

50000 



ing surface, 


or 


lineal feet 


of 1" 


pipe i 


Dia. Steam 
Cylinder. 

4" 


X 


Dia. VaccuuD 
Cylinder 

4" 


1 

X 


5" 


4" 


X. 


6" 


X 


7" 


4H" 


X 


6" 


X 


8" 


5^" 


X 


8" 


X 


7" 


5" 


X 


7" 


X 


10" 


5" 


X 


8" 


X 


10" 


6" 


X 


9" 


X 


. 10" 


6" 


X 


8" 


X 


12" 


8" 


X 


10" 


X 


12" 


8" 


X 


12" 


X 


12" 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 104a 



Courtesy of American District Steam Company 
North Tonawanda, N. Y. 

This system uses steam at a very low pressure. Each 
radiator has a graduated valve placed at the top which 
permits only enough steam to pass to partly fill th« radiator. 

The amount of heat in the room is varied to suit the occu- 
pant by operating the valve, or by changing the steam 
pressure in the main. The radiators and return pipes are 
open to the atmosphere at all times through an open vent 
pipe, hence the system's name— ''ATMOSPHERIC." 

The greatest boiler pressure required is one-half pound in 
the coldest weather. The usual operating pressure is five 
ounces at the radiator valve. Under this pressure the steam 
flows into the radiator and expands in the top to atmospheric 
pressure. Here it loses its heat and trickles down the inside 
of the radiator as water. Further heat is given up, until 
the water falls out of the radiator return pipe only luke warm. 

The air falls out of the same return pipe into the return 
and escapes through the open vent. 

Only direct radiators having inside passages both at the 
top and the bottom (hot water t3q3e) should be used. 

The graduated valve should not be used on indirect radiators 
or on direct-indirect radiators. These should be connected 
up in the usual two pipe standard way. 

The radiators are usually set large enough to do the work 
when eighty per cent of the surface is filled with steam, leaving 
the remaining twenty per cent to abstract the heat from the 
water before it flows into the return. 

This is accomplished by figuring the radiation required for 
a low pressure steam system and adding one-quarter or twenty- 
five per cent to it. 

The extreme accuracy of the graduated valve gives perfect 
control of the room temperature which saves fuel by pre- 
venting overheating. 

The extra surface in the radiator gives great fuel economy 
by preventing the waste of the heat in the water. It also 



104b JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

provides a safeguard for abnormally cold weather, as the 
radiator can be entirely filled with steam by raising the 
steam pressure above the normal operating point. 

Fig. 7 

Where steam is received from an outside source, the heating 
company usually extends the service pipe with a gate valve 
through the building wall ready for extension by others. 

The contractor then installs a pressure regulating valve 
and extends the supply and return piping to the radiators as 
shown in the illustration. 

Water collecting in the supply main is drained through a 
deep seal into the bottom of a receiver which has an overflow 
to the meter. A gauge to indicate the pressure is placed on 
the steam main at a convenient point. Returns are run to 
the top of the receiver. The water falls into the receiver 
and overflows into the meter. The air escapes through an 
open vent pipe from the top of the receiver, which is carried 
up fifteen feet above the return. The discharge from the 
meter is connected to sewer, to tank, or to return main in 
the street as directed by the heating company. 

Fig. 8 

Where steam is used from a boiler in the building, a system 
of supply and return piping is installed which is similar in 
many respects to a standard two pipe steam pressure system, 
as will be observed from the illustration. 

The steam main can be drained through a deep water seal 
into the return or it can be drained by a separate pipe either 
wet or dry back to boiler. The returns from the radiators 
are run to boiler where the water separates from the air and 
falls into the boiler, the air escaping through the vent pipe 
which is run up in any convenient flue for at least fifteen feet. 

The lowest point of the return mains at the bofler should 
be at least two feet above the water line. No check valves 
are used. 

The damper regulator is adjusted to keep the boiler pressure 
at the desired point. 



JOHNSON'^ 





The: Atmospheiric" Systcm of Stcam 
XCentral. Station 5upply. 

"XDSCO' Specialties, 



Heating. 



Supply Main 

RCiuRM Main (Uncovered) 

Air Lihc to Chimney or ATM05PHEfie 

Service Gate Vacve 

Pkessure Reducins Vacve,. 

Mercury Cause 

Graouatco Valve. 



N Ordinary Uwion Elbow 

O - Water Gauoe aho Drip for Maim SwfPW. 

P • PiPe Receiver , 

O - CONOENSATION METER. 

R - Meter Outlet to 5cwer. 

5 - VtNT roR Muer. 



Note: Shaded portion of raoiator shows air space displaced 

PY 9TEAM AT VARIOUS OPENINOS Of THE GRADUATED VaUVC 

Cither Mercury or Water Gauce mav eE ihstallco at / 

OWNCRTs Option 

BaOIATIOM l-J OF THE MOT WATER TYPE. 



Fig. 7 



3 HANDY MANUAL. 




A • ADSCO <3RAOUA'TTD ValVK. 
B - * Da>*pcr Rcaui-a-tom. 

E* * Union ClbOw 

F- Am LiNc TO AT*wftPKrPc. 

6* WkTCR SCAk. AND OlU» 
M- Swp»»L.v Maii*. 
J- RcTwiw* Maim. 



Fig. 8 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 105 

The Moline System of Vacuum- Vapor Heating. 

The Moline System is a heating system that com- 
bines in one all of the advantages of vapor vacuum 
and pressure heating without any of the bad features 
of such work. 

Steam heat is circulated naturally in a system of 
piping and radiators with as little pressure as in a 
kettle boiling on the back of a stove. 

Any good steam boiler may be used, but it must 
be selected with proper regard to the work expected 
of it, the fuel to be used and most of all to the chim- 
ney available. 

Hot water radiators are used, but the size of the 
radiators is smaller than is needed for hot water 
heating. 

A two-pipe system of piping is used to carry steam 
to the tops of the radiators and water and air away 
from them. 

Special radiator supply valves are used with pat- 
ented restrictor sleeves that give each radiator what 
steam it needs; no more. 

The vent openings on the radiators are plugged. 
There is no chance for leaks or drips from vents, nor 
any vents to clog up. 

The return valves are simply lock shield valves 
with patented restrictors in them to pass the air and 
water, but to limit the amount of steam that can 
flow into the return lines. 

There are no automatic: valves of any sort on the 
radiators. The Moline ejector first relieves. the mains 
of air and then when steam flows through it assists 
the circulation by dropping the pressure in the air 
mains through the suction on them. 

The Moline condenser condenses the steam from 
the ejector jet, further assisting circulation, serves 
as a reservoir for the air when there is a vacuum on 
the heating system and protects the air trap from 
steam until all the radiators are hot. It also protects 
the Moline air trap, the only automatic device on a 
Moline System, from dirt and other foreign matter. 

The Moline air trap keeps the piping and radiators 
open to the atmosphere, giving a free passage of air 
from the radiators until they are hot. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 







Fig. 8 



106 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAi;.. 

The Moline vacuum valve keeps air from flowing 
back into the system after it has been expelled and 
keeps a flow of heat into the radiators when the radi- 
ators of an ordinary steam or vapor heating job 
would be cold. 

The vacuum valve is a very valuable thing, but not 
the most valuable attachment used on a Moline 
System. 

The Moline Vacuum- Vapor Heating Company of 
Moline, Illinois, sells the radiator supply and return 
valves and specials necessary to install Moline 
Systems. 

This company also makes plans and specifications 
where their specialties are used, and maintains a 
corps of competent engineers to assist heating con- 
tractors on every class of heating work. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



107 




108 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 109 

Specification Key for Typical Layout of Dunham 
Vacuum System. 

1 Engine and Generator. 

2 Exhaust Pipe from Engine. 

3 Low Pressure Trap. 

4 High Pressure Trap. 

5 Vacuum Gauge (Return). 

6 Pressure Gauge (Supply). 

7 Return Main. 

8 Steam Separator. 

9 Globe Valve to Engine. 

10 Dunham Radiator Trap. 

11 Inlet Valve. 
13 Radiator. 

13 Header on Brackets. 

14 Gate Valve to Heating Main. 

15 Back Pressure Valve to Roof Exhaust. 

16 Roof Exhaust. 

17 By-Pass Around Pressure Reducing Valve. 

18 Gate Valve Controlling Live Steam into Heating 

Main. 

19 Feed Water Heater. 

20 Pressure Reducing Valve. 

21 Live Steam Supply. 

22 Globe Valve (Boiler to Header). 

23 High Pressure Trap. 

24 Vent to Atmosphere. 

25 Return Tank. 

26 Pop Safety Valve. 

27 Supports. 

28 Breeching. 

29 Clean-Out. 

30 Feed Water Supply to Boilefo 

31 Pressure Reducing Valve. 

32 Lubricator. 

33 Vacuum Pump. 
S4 Return. 

35 Pump Exhausts. 

36 Boiler Feed Pump. 

37 Lubricator. 

38 Return Tubular Boiler. 



110 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



p\\\\\\\<.^y;^y\^ ^\^'''^'^^^^^^^'^^'^-^^^ss\^s^^^^^ 





fcj^%^^mWyN^MM;iM^\\\\^^^ 



T 




/JMW/ify OJ. 3d/ei mU'^ 







M^<^^^^^^^^^^^^\\\\\\\^\\^ \\^\^^^^ 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. Ill 

The Broomell Vapor Heating System circulates at 
atmospheric pressure. A few ounces of pressure is 
carried to the boiler for operating draft regulation, 
while no pressure is carried in the radiators or pipes. 
Air from radiators is continuously and automatically 
removed through an opening in the pipe discharging 
from the vapor receiver through the condensing radi- 
ator to chimney. Boiler of steam type and radiators 
of hot water type are used. No air valves are used 
on any radiators or in any part of the installation. 

The special feature of this system is the compound 
receiver, regulator and safety valve through which 
all water of condensation is returned to the boiler 
and from which the air is removed to the chimney. 
The copper float in the vapor receiver, connected to 
the draft and check doors of the boiler by chains and 
pulleys, gives an accurate regulation of the boiler 
draft, opening or closing doors on a variation of no 
more than one ounce pressure. 

Each radiator is supplied with vapor quintuple 
Valve and vapor union elbow. The vapor valve may 
be easily set to admit more or less vapor to the radi- 
ator to heat same, whole or partially, as conditions 
may demand and the operation of vapor valves in the 
radiators affects very quickly the automatic regula- 
tion of the boiler drafts. The vapor valve is made in 
a large number of sizes, as to diameter of disc-ports, 
to accommodate their use in small and large units of 
radiation. The vapor elbow is constructed so that 
the condensation freely discharges from the radiator, 
through the seal, air being exhausted through open- 
ing above seal. 

The Broomell Vapor System of heating can be 
used with direct and indirect radiation and special 
piping arrangements are made to meet every special 
condition. This system is not only applicable to 
plants having their own boiler, but it is used in con- 
nection with street steam systems, high pressure 
plants which utilize exhaust steam and for every 
other condition of service. 

The typical installation as shown in the cut is sim- 
ple. Long supplies being graded from the boiler to 
low point at farthest end, simplifying control of the 
radiator by putting valve within easy reach. 



112 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. . 113 



Method for Utilizing Heat in Condensation from 

Central Heating Service, When Condensation 

is Metered and Wasted. 

The accompanying sketch shows an elevation of 
a graduated valve system of steam heating, designed 
to utilize the heat in condensation for warming water 
for domestic use. 

The radiators are water type, with feed opening 
at top, and return at bottom opposite end. 

Radiator controlled valves are graduated make, 
which permits of using as little or much steam 
needed, according to the requirements of the weather. 

The return openings of radiators are fitted with 
thermostatic traps, that allows the escape of air and 
water only. 

The condensation and air flow through the return 
pipe to a separating tank in basement when the air 
is liberated through a vent pipe fitted with swing 
check valve, the condensation passes through a closed 
tubular heater, entering at the top of heater and dis- 
charging from outlet through loop with vent, to con- 
densation meter. 

Cold water supply connects near bottom of heater, 
and discharges through flow near top of tube cham- 
ber, and thence passes through an auxiliary heater 
that raises the water to the required temperature in 
case the condensation is not sufficient. 

The method has proven very efflcient, utilizing 
heat that is frequently wasted, especially when large 
quantities of warm water are used. 



114 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 115 

Combination Hot Water and Warm Air Heating. 

The advantages attending the combination system. 
of heating, in supplying fresh warm air through the 
registers and circulating hot water through radiators 
for warming large and fine residences are portrayed 
to advantage in a description of an equipment designed, 
manufactured and installed by B. F. Reynolds & Co. 

Considerable experimenting in the shape of bal- 
ancing the heaters with the radiators has been done 
during the past 15 years. This type of furnace has 
overcome this difficulty. 

This system not only accomplishes all that the ex- 
pensive "indirect" steam or hot water system does, 
but goes further, in that it keeps the air warm in the 
rooms with the hot water radiators after we have sent 
into the rooms pure outside air thoroughly warmed 
by the furnace. 

This constant forcing of pure air into the rooms 
and with the aid of the radiators produces a circula- 
tion which forces the warm air in every corner of 
the house, thus maintaining an even temperature 
throughout. 

Ventilation, too, is taken care of by this perfect 
system of heating; the air is constantly changing and 
moving and as it is all thoroughly warmed before en- 
tering the rooms, there is no draft created. 

There is a great advantage in using the combina- 
tion system in mild weather, as the air is warmed 
from the furnace before the water gets hot and you 
do not have to run so heavy a fire. 

With straight hot water heating, it requires some 
time to get the water hot and circulating, while with 
steam it is the same, as it takes quite a fire to raise 
steam. With all hot water plants it takes the water 
a long time to cool after it is warmed, which keeps 
the house overheated at times. We believe by com- 
bination system, from 15 to 25 per cent can be saved 
in fuel. 

The Duplex Hot Water Heater, as shown in illus- 
tration, is the fire pot; it takes the place of the brick 
and is made in various sizes, suitable to take care of 
amount of radiation required. They will heat from 
50 feet to 850 square feet of direct radiation. The 
water heaters practically represent a hot water boiler 



116 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



in a warm air furnace. One square foot of surface 
of the hot water heater will heat 50 square feet of 
direct hot water radiation. 

Estimate about one-half of the amount of radiation 
when warm air is admitted in the same room. The 
radiator will temper the air, thus increasing the flow: 
of warm air from the registers. 

Place radiators in distant and large rooms, espe- 
cially where a large amount of glass is located, rooms 
that cannot be reached easily by warm air, also those 
most exposed. 




This is the most reliable furnace for combination 
heat, by hot water and warm air. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 117 

Forced Circulation Hot Water Heating. 

In large systems of hot water heating, water is used 
as the heating medium, and is circulated through a 
system of supply and return mains, coils or radiators, 
which, with the exception of certain minor details, 
are quite similar to those used in steam heating prac- 
tice. In a properly designed system, the supply and 
return mains are arranged so that the flow of water 
will be in the direction naturally induced by gravity, 
so that this force will assist as far as possible in pro- 
ducing circulation. A pump, usually of the centri- 
fugal type, is placed in the circuit, by means of which 
positive and controllable circulation in all parts of 
the system is assured. Hence the term "Hot Water 
Heating by Forced Circulation." 

Where there is a power plant, and exhaust steam is 
available for heating, the water of circulation is 
heated by passing through a tubular heater, similar 
to the closed type of feed water heater. In addition 
to the exhaust steam heater, an auxiliary heater, 
smaller in size, is also installed, for heating the cir- 
culating water with live steam, when the supply of 
exhaust steam is either insufficient or entirely lacking. 

The circulating water, after leaving the pump, 
passes first through the heater, and thence into the 
main supply line. The velocity of flow is successively 
reduced as this main supply line separates into vari- 
ous branches and thence into connections to the heat- 
ing surface, the sum total cross section area of these 
individual connections being much greater than the 
cross section area of the main as it leaves the heater. 
After slowly passing through the radiation units, so 
that ample time for giving up its heat is afforded, the 
water again gathers velocity through reduced total 
cross section area of mains until it passes into the in- 
let side of the pump, thereby completing the circuit. 

An expansion tank, generally located at the highest 
point of the system, provides for expansion and con- 
traction due to varying temperatures of water. This 
tank is provided with an overflow pipe and inlet pipe, 
the latter being controlled by an automatic water 
feeder which admits water to the system when the 
level in the tank goes below a certain point. All the 
water in the system circulates in a closed circuit, and 
the same water is used over and over again, no fresh 
water being admitted except to equalize the loss from 



118 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

leakage and overflow from expansion tank. Conse- 
quently, the circulating pump does not work any- 
static head, as the static head is the same on both 
inlet and outlet, but only against a friction head, and 
all work which it performs is used in overcoming the 
friction of water in passing through the system. 

It is the advantages of "hot water heating by 
forced circulation" as compared to "vacuum steam 
heating" that this article is intended to demonstrate. 
In doing this it will be our endeavor to avoid any 
highly colored statements, presenting only facts, 
stated simply, and in such a way as to permit of their 
being checked by the good judgment of architects, 
engineers, manufacturers, and others who may be in- 
terested in this subject. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



119 




•TmcfTL Lflrour TOR Force C/z^culhtjon of /iai YY/JTep HenriNG. 




120 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 







GoA//>f£C:ir^O To 



Vs/vt: 






Si 



Br 


K 

Q 



dj/vajL £ 7^//=jc /^o 7-\V^ T£:n >3 rs r^M. 



ft: 

ft: 






Cb= 



fe- 



!>=. 



d^ 



^ 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



121 



Single Pipe Hot Water System. 

Ordinarily there should be a twin ell, used on top 
of the boilers to branch each way, and use sweep 
fittings. This will make a perfect system of hot 
water heating, and do away with so many pipes in the 
basement. 

Heating by Steam on Same Level with Boiler. 

By this system of heating with steam you can do 
away with all overhead radiators. Radiators can be 
placed on the floor or walls on same level with boil- 
ers. A more elaborate job can be installed by using 
a receiving tank, but I am showing the economical 
way of installing a steam heating plant, and at the 
same time,- doing away with the overhead radiation. 

Drawing shows a low pressure system with hand 
pump. A few strokes of the pump, a few times a day, 
is all that is required to keep the system free of water. 

In a high pressure system a steam pump should 
be used which can be operated on 20 to 40 pounds of 
steam pressure. 

For the sake of being shown more plainly, the re- 
turn pipe is shown below the feed pipe. In practice, 
however, the feed and return pipes will, as usually, 
be run on about the same level. 




!»<MIiiKi!H9n9MNC»««NRW<iNOfM>»Ba»S«S>n<WiVI»a«aK«.Vi.vv>Ky 




How steam pipes should be placed in the ground 



122 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



123 




The construction of the Kieley traps will appeal to the 
intelligence of all heating and mechanical engineers as 
embodying the only principles upon which thoroughly 
reliable steam traps can be constructed. There is not a 
feature or claim made for any high grade steam trap now 
on the market that we cannot convincingly meet with the 
Kieley. 

A few of the many desirable features embodied in the 
KIELEY traps are outlined as follows: 

Non-Collapsible floats; unusually large valve openings 
are provided for quick discharge of all water of condensa- 
tion against high pressures; a perfect water seal valve, 
thereby preventing the discharge of steam; seating of the 
valves perfectly tight when closed ; easy repairing of seats 
and disks by removing small cap on top of cover ; the easy 
removal of the top cover without disturbing the pipe 
connections to trap ; the bj^-pass which is a part of the 
trap with valve ; easy accessibility in top cover ; the sus- 
pending of the float from the cover close to point at which 
valve-stem is pivoted, thereby affording a greater leverage 
for the float to operate the valve against high pressures. 

The wearing parts of the KIELEY traps, particularly 
the seats and disks, are constructed of the best quality of 
KIELENEY metal. 

The greatest possible capacity is obtained from these 
traps when they are working on a pressure the same as 
or approximately close to the pressure stamped on brass 
plate which is affixed to each trap. The traps should never 
be applied to pressures higher than that stamped on these 
plates. The traps will work satisfactorily on lower pres- 
sures down to 1 lb., but with a proportionately decreased 
capacity; therefore it is important in ordering traps for 
certain service that the pressures be given. 

The difference as to the limits of the pressure upon 
which the steam traps Avill give the best service is pro- 
vided for by increasing or decreasing the size of the 
opening through the disk and the valve which is operated 
by the float. 



124 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



The higher the pressure the smaller the valve ; the lower 
the pressure the larger the valve. 



Number 







Size pipe connections, 

Incties ]4 % 1 

Capacity in pounds of 

water per hour .... 450 750 1,700 
Capacity in square ft. 

of radiation 1,300 3,200 3,500 

Capacity lineal feet 

1-incli pipe 4,000 6,000 10,000 15,000 25,000 40,000 50,000 



\K 1-% 2 2]^ 

2,700 3,800 6.600 7,500 
7,000 10,000 16,000 20,000 



The above ratings are based upon favorable conditions 
and operation of steam traps. 

Order traps large enough, and it is ESPECIALLY IM- 
PORTANT that you give the range of steam pressures you 
wish traps to operate under. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 125 

How to Specify the Sparks System of Heating. 

In addition to the supply and return pipes, etc., 
used in connection with the Heating System, furnish 
and install the necessary air piping for equipping the 
entire plan with the Sparks System of Positive Steam 
Circulation, supplying all the necessary air valves, 
vacuum pump, etc., complete as hereinafter specified. 

From the automatic air valves on all radiators and 
coils run %" connections and tie into Y^" horizontal 
arms, which are run and connected to Yz" risers, run 
to correspond with the steam risers. The Y2" risers 
to continue to basement and there connected with 
the 1" main, which is run to correspond with the 
steam main. The 1" main to be connected to a 
Sparks automatic vacuum pump (located preferably 
in boiler or engine room) as directed. 

All fittings used on air line shall be galvanized. 
All piping to be reamed and joints put together with 
asphaltum, and when complete must stand a pressure 
test of 40 pounds per square inch through the entire 
heating system, including boilers, radiators, etc. 
Test to be made in the presence of the architect or 
engineer in charge. 

Air Valves: 

Furnish and place on each radiator and coil, one 
Sparks automatic air valve and connect the same as 
above specified. All valves to be adjusted by the 
contractor and left in complete adjustment. 

Vacuum Pump: 

Furnish and place in boiler or engine room where 
directed one Sparks automatic vacuum pump, of suit- 
able capacity for handling sq. ft. of direct radi- 
ation and lin. ft. of fan coil heating. Make all 

necessary water, steam and other connections to the 
pump as directed and as required by the manufac- 
turers. All such connections to be provided with the 
necessary cut-off and check valves. 

The vacuum pump to be provided with one 5" com- 
pound gauge and one 3^" vacuum gauge, together 
with a card of directions and instructions showing 
how it operates. 



126 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




Steam Traps and Their Duties. 



Steam traps are a necessary factor in nearly all 
power and heating plants, as they ejffect a great sav- 
ing by automatically ejecting the condensation with- 
out loss of steam, as rapidly as it is accumulated. 

All main steam lines should have a trap located at 
the farthest point from the boiler, thereby insuring 
dry steam and the highest efficiency for engines, 
pumps or whatever work the steam has to perform. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 127 

All steam separators on main steam lines leading 
to engines, jacketed cooking kettles, laundry mangles, 
drying rooms and dry kilns should be trapped, also 
all heating apparatus where the condensation is not 
piped direct back to the boiler. — 

Great care should be taken in the location and posi- 
tion of the trap. It should be placed below the level 
of the lower opening of whatever apparatus it is to 
drain, also in a convenient position where it is easily 
accessible for cleaning out and repairing. 

Before attaching the steam trap, blow out thor- 
oughly the steam coil, or apparatus on which the 
trap is to be used, in order to remove all sediment 
and rust, ^ 

To connect the trap properly, a union and globe 
valve should be placed on the inlet line and if the 
trap is discharging above the level of the discharge 
opening, it is also necessary to have a check valve in 
the discharge line. No check valve is necessary 
where the discharge has a free opening and below the 
level of the trap. 

Where several traps discharge Into one main dis- 
charge line, a check valve is necessary on the dis- 
charge line of each individual trap. 

One steam trap may be connected to several dif- 
ferent apparatus with good results, provided a uni- 
form steam pressure is maintained at all times on the 
system. It is always advisable when making up a 
connection of this kind to run the several drips (with 
a check valve on each line) into as large a header as 
practicable, and attach the trap to the header, the 
large header has the effect of equalizing the pressure 
to a certain degree and produces better results. 

When the pressure varies to any extent in the sev- 
eral apparatus or steam coils, the one having the 
highest pressure will discharge freely and back up 
into those having a lower pressure, in cases of this 
kind the best results can only be obtained by attach- 
ing separate traps to the ones having unequal pres- 
sure. 

A very common trouble with steam traps Is caused 
by low places or pockets in the piping system. Water 
accumulates in these low spots and is forced through 
into the trap at Intervals, causing an uneven dis- 
charge. Where the quantity of accumulated water is 



128 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

sufficient and the steam valve in the line is opened 
suddenly, this water is forced through the pipes at 
such a high velocity as to cause water hammer, which 
is very destructive to the whole piping system. 
Always avoid all low spots or pockets in your piping 
system. 

Fig. ( 1 ) shows an Anderson steam trap connected 
to a horizontal steam separator. 

The Anderson is an ideal steam trap, perfect in 
every detail, accurately built of materials best suited 
for the purpose. Every part absolutely interchange- 
able. Complete with water gauge, by-pass, air valve, 
blow-off valve and sediment strainer. Both the valve 
and valve seat can be removed without breaking a 
steam joint or pipe connection. The valve is always 
locked with at least three inches of water, making the 
escape of steam impossible. The strainer and sedi- 
ment chamber prevent sediment or scale getting into 
the valve. A glass water gauge fitted to the trap 
makes it possible to ascertain at a glance whether 
the trap is working properly. These traps will lift 
water against any back pressure less than the pres- 
sure at the trap. Made for high or low pressure or 
exhaust steam. 

Fig. ( 2 ) illustrates a means of utilizing the latent 
heat in the water of condensation frorfi steam heated 
radiation, where the water is not used for other pur- 
poses. This illustration shows an Anderson steam 
trap which discharges the condensation into an auxil- 
iary heating coil. This coil can be placed either 
above, below or on a level with the discharge open- 
ing of the trap; however, if placed above the trap the 
steam pressure must be sufficient to elevate the con- 
densation. By this arrangement the latent heat that 
is stored in the water can be utilized, thereby effect- 
ing a great saving. The Anderson trap, being of con- 
stant flow, will force the water through these extra 
hot water coils in a continuous stream and not create 
water hammer. In installations of this kind a globe 
valve, check valve and union should be placed be- 
tween the radiation and steam trap as well as be- 
tween the coil and trap. 

It is obvious that installations of this nature will 
insure a considerable saving. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



129 



Anderson Trap 



CP 



COJL 



(^ 



(i 



D 
© 



oui t£r ra Tnnn 




Fig. 2 



130 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANU.^L 

Automatic Air Furnace, Chicago, 111. 




1 


!■■ 1 

' 1 ■ 1 

.»i d .^ ^ 

t- <o 3 ^ 


* 

t 





U_lll 



I 







ft 



JOHNSON'S HAND^ MAN UAL ISTT 

Showing the Automatic Air Furnace 

This is what the Automatic Air Furnace is 'doing 
the year round at the Great Northern Hotel, Chi- 
cago, 111., with absolutely no smoke or soot, and 
saves 30 per cent in fuel. 

Only one 300 H. P. Boiler in service at a time, 
furnishing steam for power plant, peak load 
1300 amp. 230 volts, 45,000 square feet of heating 
surface. Heating and pumping all hot and cold 
water. Live steam for four kitchens, steam vacuum 
carpet system. Duplex steam pumps and live steam 
in heating sj^stem. 

By installing the Automatic Air Furnace you can 
correct the enormous waste in your power plant, 
and many of the largest concerns are pleased to 
corroborate the above contentions from their own 
practical experience and the actual saving they en- 
joy by means of the 

Automatic Air Furnace 

If you are buying any kind of bituminous coal, 
the gas values are very high, usually about Nine to 
Ten Thousand Cubic Feet of Gas 'per Ton of Coal. 

The required air, to properly ignite and utilize 
these gases, should be admitted over the fuel bed 
and in volume of at least Five Cubic Feet of Air 
to One of Gas. 

Let us call your attention to the construction of 
the burners on the gas stove, for the same purpose 
of admitting the proper amount of air, for perfect 
combustion. 

Without Automatic Air Regulation the proper 
mixture of gases cannot be obtained on hand-fired 
furnaces, on account of the rapidly decreasing volume 
of gas that comes off each charge of coal that goes 
into a boiler furnace. 

To install the Automatic Air Furnace does not 
mean to turn your whole plant upside-down. On 
the contrary, our system requires but a short time 
for installation. 

The price is within the reach of each and every 
concern burning coal with Hand-fired furnaces, be- 
cause the actual Cash-Saving from your coal bill 
will pay this temporary expense for the Auto- 
matic Air Furnace within a very short time. 

The saving of coal begins immediately after the 
Automate Air Furnace is installed. The work is 
effective and most reliable, and Our Guarantee is 
the Strongest Evidence of our ability to help you 
realize Full Value for your money expended for 
coal. 

Information of any kind pertaining to the merits 
of our system or the installation of same will be 
^eerfully furnished. 



132 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 

The Automatic - Air Furnace 




We invite full investigation regarding our accom- 
plishments at any of the plants where our system is 
installed. 

When you are contemplating repairs or renewals 
on your brick work under your boilers let us give 
you an estimate on the installation of the Automatic 
Air Furnace System. 

Can you afford to put this off any longer after 
reading, and verifying the above statements. 

If any coal dealer delivered 1800 lbs. of coal to 
you and billed you with 2000 lbs. you would ask to 
have him put in jail. At the same time you are 
allowing, through improper furnace construction 
from 200 to 500 pounds of coal to pass out of your 
stack in an unconsumed state from every ton of coal 
you buy. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



133 




Warren Webster & Company of Camden, N. J., 
manufacture air conditioning apparatus of several 
types, their experience having shown that the design 
of apparatus for securing maximum efficiency in any 
particular phase of air conditioning, must be based 
upon the principles underlying the specific service 
required. Since these principles differ radically in 
the various kinds of service the result has been a 
number of types of apparatus. Those employed in 
the heating and ventilating work are effective in air 
cleansing, air cooling, humidity control and de- 
humidifying, but excel in one or two of the phases 
enumerated. 



134 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

The Webster Standard Air Washer and the Web- 
ster Type "A" Air Washer will be discussed here, 
since they are the types most frequently used in 
ordinary heating and ventilation. Where either air 
cleansing or humidity control is the dominant factor 
in the selection of the apparatus, the Webster Stand- 
ard Air Washer is recommended. Where air cooling 
is of importance and air cleansing and humidity con- 
trol of equal or secondary importance, the Webster 
Type "A" Air Washer is recommended. 

Both include the essential features of a casing, en- 
closing a spray chamber, spray device and eliminator 
for the removal of entrained moisture; a water tank 
extending under the entire apparatus; centrifugal 
pump for maintaining circulation of spray water be- 
tween the tank and spray device; and such acces- 
sories as a strainer, ball float valve for automatically 
admitting fresh water, overflow fitting, inspection 
doors or windows, pressure gauge, mist shields, spray 
apron and the like. 

The Webster Standard Air Washer differs from all 
others, chiefly in the manner in which the air and 
spray water are brought into contact. The Webster 
spray device consists of a brass pipe of ample size ex- 
tending across the full width of the spray chamber 
and secured to the roof. This pipe contains a series 
of apertures on each side, spaced on 6" centers, for 
the discharge of the spray water. The water jets 
impinge on the lips of a curved copper hood-secured 
to the upper half of the pipe — at a slight angle from 
the tangential, follow the curve of the hood to its 
edge, flare out fan-shaped and shoot downward in 
interlaced sheets of rain and spray crossing the air 
at a right angle to its flow, and precipitating prac- 
tically all the dirt from the air directly into the tank. 

The water orifices are 7/33" in diameter, and are 
absolutely "non-clogging." The strainer covering 
the end of suction to pump is of rather coarse mesh, 
so that premature clogging of it is eliminated with- 
out endangering the continuous operation of the 
spray device. This non-clogging feature, as well as 
the extreme simplicity of the whole, is appreciated 
by the operating man, since it means little attention. 
It also elirriinates the necessity of raechanical con- 
trivances for automatically flushing the spray device 
to keep it clean — all of which have been more or less 
impractical in actual service. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 135 

The Webster Eliminator is characteristic and se- 
cures many advantages over other types of elimina- 
tors. It is built up of horizontal V-shaped, lipped 
bafHes arranged in two separate rows, staggered ver- 
tically. The vertical distance between baffles is 4^", 
which reduces the resistance to the air to a minimum 
consistent with perfect removal of entrained mois- 
ture. Being slightly inclined from the horizontal, the 
baffles allow the water and any dirt which may have 
escaped the spray, to drain immediately to a vertical 
gutter, thence to the tank below. By this arrange- 
ment each baffle is handling an equal amount of mois- 
ture, and same is immediately removed from further 
contact with the air current, thereby insuring perfect 
elimination of entrained moisture. 

Mist shields secured to the side angle at the front 
of the casing break up eddy currents and together 
with the apron at the front of the tank prevent mist 
from falling outside. 

The length of the Webster Standard Air Washer 
(3'-10") adapts it to the limited space usually avail- 
able for apparatus of this character. 

The Webster "Type A" Air Washer in its general 
construction is the same as the Webster Standard. 
The length is increased to 7'-0", and the method of 
bringing the water and air into contact is different. 

The essential factors necessary to secure highly 
efficient cooling, are: extremely intimate contact be- 
tween air and water without handling an excessive 
water volume; comparatively long contact, and uni- 
form distribution of air and water over the entire 
spray chamber area. The mist nozzles are placed 
about one foot from the front of the casing, a header 
extends the entire width of the apparatus, a few 
inches above the water line in the tank. Risers are 
tapped into this at intervals for supplying the mist 
nozzles, and extend the full height of the^ casing. 
The spacing of the risers and nozzles is dependent 
on the amount of cooling that is desired. 

The Webster spiral mist nozzles (patented) used 
in the Webster "Type A" Air Washer are made of 
brass. Each consists of a base which screws into 
the riser, and a casing enclosing a spiral interior cast- 
ing for giving the water a rotative effect. The casing 
with enclosed spiral screws into the base. The in- 
terior has two spiral water passages of uniformly de- 



136 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

creasing cross sectional area. The jets from each 
spiral leave the same tangentially; the centrifugal 
action in addition to the interference of the two jets 
in the orifice causes the water to be atomized into a 
cone-shaped cloud of mist and fog. The "cones" 
from the adjacent nozzles interlace so that a uniform 
distribution of water is secured. 

The mist nozzles afford the means of breaking up 
the spray water so finely that the aggregate surface 
of the particles into which each gallon of water is 
divided is very large, thus increasing the rapidity of 
heat transfer from air to water with the attendant 
cooling. 

Elaborate tests were necessary to determine the 
cooling obtainable by the "Type A" air washer for 
different initial air conditions, water temperatures 
and water volumes. The large number of variables 
involved makes a rational formula for the calcula- 
tion of cooling under all conditions practically im- 
possible; with the experimental data resulting from 
the above mentioned tests, the calculation upon which 
to proportion air and water volumes for obtaining 
any desired result, is a very simple matter. 

For air cleansing this type is not excelled by any 
apparatus of the mist nozzle type. 

The Webster System of Humidity Control can be 
applied to either type of apparatus with equal facil- 
ity. It involves simply the use of ordinary ther- 
mostatic devices with which all operating engineers 
are familiar. The system provides for controlling 
and maintaining the desired absolute humidity of the 
air leaving the air washer, and which reheated to the 
desired room temperature, maintains closely the pre- 
determined relative humidity. 

For this purpose a constant predetermined temper- 
ature of the air leaving the air washer is maintained 
by controlling the steam supply to the tempering 
coil. 

The spray water in the air washer tank ts warmed 
and maintained at a practically constant predeter- 
mined temperature by the use of a water temperature 
regulator which controls steam injection through 
steam and water mixers placed inside the air washer 
tank. In other words, the desired absolute humidity 
is obtained by maintaining a practically constant pre- 
determined differential between the temperature of 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 137 

the air leaving the air washer and the temperature of 
the spray water used. 

The warming and maintaining of the spray water 
at a constant predetermined temperature serves the 
double purpose of enabling the air leaving the pri- 
mary heater to pass through the air washer and 
humidifier with but a slight drop in temperature and 
further enables the air to absorb the water vapor to 
which the latent heat of evaporation is supplied. 

It should further be stated that the air leaving the 
Webster Air Washer, as usually operated, is never 
completely saturated, but when arranged for humid- 
ity control as above described, would leave the air 
washer at about 90 per cent saturation. 

If we, therefore, desire to obtain an absolute hu- 
midity of, say 3.4 grains per cubic foot, correspond- 
ing to 50 per cent relative humidity at 65 deg. F., 
the temperature of the air leaving the air washer 
should be about 48 deg. F., since air at this tempera- 
ture and 90 per cent saturation contains 3.4 grains of 
moisture per cubic foot. 

Assuming an extreme outside condition of deg. 
F., and 50 per cent relative humidity, the absolute 
humidity is %. grain per cubic foot. The difference 
between this and the desired absolute humidity is 
the amount of steam which is required per cubic foot 
of air handled; it then becomes easy to calculate the 
boiler horse power required for humidification. 



138 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



/YYYYYYYYYT 



^ 



vYYYYYYYYYY 



^/H/ff veNT 



Am VENT- 



-t 



mAXAA-AAAA^ 



^^ 



(AAAAaAAAAA^ 



Wi 



TyYYYYTTf 



rm6 



^A/R V£NT 



[A-AAaAaAam 



/YYYYYYYYYVY 



4/^ kT/vr 



^^ 



I JUAmAAXUa -URj-I 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



13d 



Cut illustrating the "Chicago" Condensation Pump 
and how it can be applied in keeping a heating system 
clear of condensation water. This condensation 
pump is far superior over any other make. 

The condensation pump is used where it is desired 
to keep a heating system clear of water where, 
through settling of foundations, water pockets have 
formed in the piping, where the heating pipes are be- 
low the water level in boiler, where it is difficult to 
maintain the proper temperature during winter 
months; for all these troubles the automatic electric 
condensation pump affords instant and permanent 
relief. 

Radiators below water level in boiler may also be 
kept as clear as if it were above the boiler level; with 
its use you may avoid placing radiators against ceil- 
ing; build a small pit about 2' deep and about 6' 
square, place condensation pump in it and connect re- 
turn pipe to receiver; this will allow you to place 
radiators on the floor line and you will avoid the ne- 
cessity of building a pit for the boiler. 

The outfit consists of a turbine pump fitted with 
outer board ring oiled bearings, electric motor, auto- 
matic electric controlling switch and automatic tilt 
receiving tank. The return water flows into receiv- 
ing tank until it is nearly full, when it tilts, closing 
the electric switch and starting pump and motor 
which pumps water back into boiler when it auto- 
matically stops. It operates about 2-3 minutes every 
15 to 30 minutes. The cost to operate it is so small 
it is hardly to be considered. 

The following Table gives Sizes on 
Condensation Pumps 



Square Feet 
Dkect Radiation 



1.000 
3.000 
6,000 
10,000 
15,000 
20.000 
25,000 



H. P. 

of Motor 



1/; 



Approximate 
Shipping Weight 



.300 Lbs. 

600 

650 

700 
1.000 
1.100 
1,200 



Boiler Pressures 
up to 



8 Lbs. 

15 •• 

15 " 

20 " 

20 " 

20 " 

20 " 



140 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



141 




The Cochrane Improved Steam-Stack and Cut-Out 
Valve Heater and Receiver is an open feed water 
heater for use in connection w^ith exhaust steam heat- 
ing systems of both the back pressure and vacuum 
types, and is distinguished by the extra large oil 
separator forming a part of it. This separator has 
sufficient capacity to purify all of the exhaust steam 
delivered by the engines and pumps, that is, not 
only the steam consumed in heating the boiler-feed 
water and reheating the returns in the heater, but 
also the surplus exhaust steam which passes to the 
heating or drying system or escapes to the atmos- 
phere. Steam that is to be used in a heating system 



142 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

should always be purified of oil in order that the con- 
densed returns may be suitable for use as boiler feed, 
and that the heating coils and piping system may not 
become coated internally with oil and grease. 

So that the separator may continue supplying puri- 
fied steam to the heating system while the heater 
itself is being opened for cleaning or inspection, a 
cut-out valve is provided to close the opening be- 
tween the separator and the body of the heater. 
Likewise, in order that the trap attached to the heater 
'may continue to drain the separator during such peri- 
ods, another valve is arranged to close the opening 
from the heater overflow into the tfap. Both valves 
are operated in conjunction by a combination valve 
gear, which on the larger sizes is so arranged that the 
small valve in the trap opens before and closes after 
the large valve in the separator, whereby unbalanced 
steam pressure on the large valve is equalized before 
the latter is moved. These valves, in connection with 
the large separator, give all the advantages of a 
heater and receiver plus an independent separator 
large enough to handle the entire exhaust of the 
engine and located in a by-pass around the heater. 
The advantages of the combined arrangement, in the 
way of simplicity and small space requirements, will 
be evident by comparing the typical exhaust steam 
heating systems equipped with this heater, as shown 
in the drawings, with the usual methods of connect- 
ing up installations to do the same work. 

Fig. 1, cut 2836, shows a typical exhaust steam 
heating system installed with a Cochrane Steam- 
Stack and Cut-Out Valve Heater and Receiver, which 
dispenses with the return tank, grease extractor, and 
closed heater with trap to drain same, which would 
have been required otherwise. The closed heaters 
ordinarily used, without the protection of an oil sep- 
arator, soon become coated with oil and grease, 
greatly reducing their elBciency, while the heating 
efficiency of the Cochrane heater remains perfect 
indefinitely, since the heat transmission is immediate 
from steam to water. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



143 




144 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




^j/!bo^ eit/sy79y}^ 99jjf 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. - 145 

Illustrates the application of the new heater to 
the Simonds Compound Vacuum System, in which 
secondary radiators are employed to utilize the heat 
remaining in the condensation after it has escaped 
from the main steam radiators. The use of the secon- 
dary radiators results in a lower temperature of the 
returns which can therefore be handled more easily 
by the vacuum pump without cold water injection. 

Similar economies are shown in the installation of 
a steam-stack and cut-out valve heater and receiver 
in connection with the Kieley System. A dozen 
other exhaust steam heating systems in general use 
are shown in the "Exhaust Steam Heating Encyclo- 
pedia," published by the Harrison Safety Boiler 
Works, from which we take these illustrations. The 
money savings from the elimination of the extra 
separator and trap, and a number of gate valves, 
elbows, tees, piping and other fittings, amount to 
from $50 to $500 in each case, or about 25 per cent of 
the cost of the heater. As compared with a closed 
heater arrangement, this improved type of heater 
performs all the functions, and takes the place of 
closed heater, hot well, expansion tank, boiler feed 
water skimmer and filter, make-up water regulator, 
independent oil separator and trap, valves and con- 
nections. 



146 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Heat Regulating Systems. 

Automat-ic heat regulation is now frequently ap- 
plied to systems of heating and ventilating, especially 
in offices of the better class. Its advantages are well 
known, producing, as it does, the most economical 
consumption of steam and the highest degree of com- 
fort. 

Where the system consists of thermostats con- 
nected to valves controlling the heat sources by 
means of compressed air a diaphragm valve is placed 
on the radiators. 

These valves are furnished by the heat regulating 
contractor in the commercial sizes and shapes; globe, 
angle, corner, offset, with and without unions, and 
have very closely the same dimensions in the body, 
length of tailpiece, as the commercial valves of all 
makes, and are provided with standard threads. The 
system consists of an air compressor which may be 
of any type, and operated by water, steam or elec- 
tricity, as may be desired. They are made in differ- 
ent sizes to conform to the different size plants. The 
air compressor delivers air to the storage tank. From 
this tank the air is piped to the thermostats located 
in various parts of the building, as desired. From 
each one of these thermostats another pipe is run to 
the valve or to the dampers to be controlled. 

Various sizes and methods of running pipe are em- 
ployed depending on the kind and character of the 
building. The piping to the thermostats is called the 
main pipe, and the pipe from the thermostat to the 
valves or dampers is called the branch pipe. The 
main piping is run somewhat similar to steam piping 
in starting it with large sized pipe, and reducing to 
smaller size as each thermostat is reached, and, of 
course, the size of pipe is dependent upon the number 
of thermostats used in the building. The branch 
piping is usually small size pipe, seldom more than 
%" galvanized iron pipe. All pipe used in tempera- 
ture regulating systems is galvanized iron, with gal- 
vanized iron fittings. The piping is entirely con- 
cealed in the walls and beneath the floors,*excepting 
where it is run in a regular pipe shaft, and the short 
connection from the floor to the radiator valves, as 
illustrated in the sketch. 

Space does not permit, at this time, to explain the 
various piping S3^stems in use, but piping of this kind 
must be run straight and be absolutely without leak- 
age. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



147 




148 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Blower System and Its Operations 

When a problem of heating is presented, wherein 
it is proposed to use blowers to circulate and dis- 
tribute warm air, it is necessary to first consider what 
the building will be used for and the number of occu- 
pants. 

Such problems can usually be divided into three 
groups, each subject to several subdivisions, depend- 
ing upon any number of local conditions. 

1. Buildings not requiring ventilation, which are 
simply to be heated. 

2. Buildings in which ventilation is the principal 
thing to consider, and heat is secondary. 

3. Buildings in which heat and ventilation are of 
equal importance. 

Under the first might be given as examples, large, 
lofty industrial works, wherein the relative space per 
occupant is very large, the windows of which are 
loosely fitted and often have numerous broken win- 
dow panes; also numerous doors, constantly being 
opened and closed, and not infrequently left open for 
long periods at a time. 

Under the second would come industrial plants 
wherein noxious gases, smoke and steam are gen- 
erated. Frequently more heat is given off in the man- 
ufacturing process than is necessary to heat the build- 
ing, but the fresh air introduced has to be warmed in 
very cold weather to prevent the forming of a fog 
inside, also to keep the walls and roof from condens- 
ing moisture due to the relatively high humidity in- 
side. 

Small "moving picture" theaters sometimes come 
under the second, as the occupants often furnish 
enough animal heat without any other heat being 
supplied. 

The third covers churches, schools, theaters, audi- 
toriums, etc., where great numbers of people congre- 
gate for several hours at a time. This also frequently 
applies to manufacturing plants wherein shoes, cor- 
sets, overalls, clothing, etc., are made. In most of 
such plants, thousands of employees are huddled to- 
gether in rooms of limited area and height, thus pre- 
senting a condition requiring the most careful 
engineering to keep the air up to even the poorest 
standards, without creating objectionable drafts. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 149 

The next thing to consider is. the prevailing atmos- 
pheric conditions outside and what the building will 
be used for, in order to determine the proper tem- 
perature inside to meet the severest weather condi- 
tions. Buildings can be divided into two general 
groups to cover this: 

(a) Buildings in which the occupants are at com- 
plete rest or the occupation is more or less sedentary. 

(b) Buildings in which the work requires constant 
activity or laborious effort. 

Under (a) would be listed all kinds of public build- 
ings, also manufacturing plants wherein the em- 
•ployees are seated simply feeding material to ma- 
chines that require no muscular exercise beyond 
moving the hands and arms. 

Class (b) would cover all other types, excepting 
perhaps, factories devoted to the production by spe- 
cial process of something which requires a uniform 
temperature at all times. 

Buildings under Class (a) should be provided with 
a heating plant to maintain a temperature of about 
70 degrees F., in the severest weather. 

For buildings in Class (b) are subject to a sub- 
division into several classes, according to the nature 
of the work, as for instance: 

foundries, machine shops, furniture factories and 
paint shops. The temperature usually allowed for 
these are respectively 50, 60, 70 and 80 degrees in zero 
weather. 

By carefully studying the conditions peculiar to 
the location of the plant and the use to which it will 
be put, the most economical proportions can be ar- 
rived at, not only for first cost, but also for the cost 
of ooeration. 



150 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



The following table, shows the resulting inside tem- 
peratures when the outside temperature varies from 
zero with a plant designed for zero weather: 

RESULTING INSIDE TEMPERATURE 





Below Zero Outside 


Above Zero Outside 


Class 

of 

Buildings 


Temp. 
Desired 
Inside, 
at zero 
outside 


Temp. 

Inside, 
atlQo 
below 

outside 


Temp. 

Inside, 

at 203 

below 

outside 


Temp. 

Inside, 

atSQo 

below 

outside 


Temp. 

Inside, 

at 10^ 

above 

zero 

outside 


Temp. 

Inside, 
at20J 
above 
zero 

outside 


Temp. 
Inside, 

atSQJ 
above 

zero 
outside 


Foundries 

Machine 
Shops 

Furniture 
Factory 

Paint 

Shops 


50O 
600 

700 

80O 


410 

520 

630 

740 


320 
430 

550 

670 


220 
340 

450 

590 


570 
670 

760 

850 


630 

730 

8I0 
890 


700 

780 

860 
920 



Outside 
Temperature 


Days per 
Year 


Hours at 
10 Hrs. per day 


Hours at 24 
per day 


Zero and Below 


4 


40 


96 


Zero to 10 above 


6 


60 


144 


10 to 20 


11 


110 


264 


20 to 30 

• 


34 


340 


816 


30 to 40 


61 


610 


1464 


40 to 50 


47 


470 


1128 


50 to 60 


53 


530 


1272 


Totals 


•216 


2160 


5184 



The days of prevailing temperatures throughout 
the year is often a question of importance, to approx- 
imate the cost of operation. For latitudes lying be- 
tween 38 and 46 degrees north, the following table 
represents a fair average: 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 151 

The next in order is to determine the heat losses 
due to the outside exposure, as represented by the 
glass, wall, floor and roof surfaces of the building. 
The following table gives the losses in B. T. U.'s 
per square foot of exposed surface for one degree 
rise per hour: 

Thus for 70° rise for- 1000 sq. ft. each, of 12" brick 
wall, single windows, wood floor on the ground, com- 
position roof over wood and four doors of 60 sq. ft. 
each, would require heat as follows: 

1000x70° X 0.33 = 2310 B.T.U. for wall. 
1000 X 70° X 1.20 = 8400 B. T. U. for windows. 
1000 X 70° X .10= 700 B.T.U. for floor. 
1000 X 70° X .30= 2100 B. T. U. for roof. 
^40x70°x .42= 101 B.T.U. for doors. 
13611 B. T. U. total. 

To this must be added the following: 

10% for northerly exposure. 

10% if heated in day time only. 

30% if heated in day time only and greatly exposed. 

50% if heated only at long intervals. 

Allowances must also be made for broken win- 
dows, open doors to the outside or apartments not 
heated, etc., which usually is taken care of by an ex- 
tra air air allowance varying from 10 per cent to 25 
per cent, according to the judgment of whoever is 
laying it out. 

A concrete example will best illustrate the further 
procedure, in the determination of the heat required, 
the volume of air, etc. For this purpose we will as- 
sume that the exposure requires 1,918,400 B. T. U.; 
that the building contains 1,080,000 cu. ft. of space; 
that it is to be heated to 65 degrees in zero weather, 
in the day time only: 

Heat for exposure 1,918,400 B. T. U. 

Add 10% for heating in day time 

only 191,840 B. T. U. 

2,110,240 B. T. U. 

To care for leakages through windows, doors, etc., 
an additional amount of heat equal to an air change 
every two hours will be allowed, raised from 30 de- 
grees to 65 degrees. Thus 1,080,000 cu. ft. -^- 2 hrs. = 
540,000 cu. ft. per hr. X (65°-30°) X -0807 (wt. of 1 cu. 
ft. air^at 30°) X 0.2375 (specific heat of air) = 361,000 
B.T.U. 



152 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Adding this to the exposure loss as found above, 
makes a total of 2,471,240 B. T. U. per hour. 

It is customary to raise the temperature of the air 
at the heater" to about 130°. In a building of this size 
the average loss of heat from the ducts by radiation 
will be roughly 20°, which taken from 130 will leave 
110° as the average temperature of the air entering 
the building. As the temperature to be maintained 
inside is 65°, then 110°— 65° = 45°, the temperature 
lost to outside exposure. 

Therefore, 45° X 0.2375 = 10.7 B. T. U. per pound 
of air; then 2,471,240 B. T. U. -^ 10.7 = 231,000 pounds 
of air per hour, or 3850 pounds per minute. 

As the air heated by the coils has to be raised from 
0° to 130°, then the total heat to be supplied will be 
as follows: 

130° X 0.2375 X 231,000 lbs. = 7,150,000 B. T. U., or 
nearly three times the heat represented by the ex- 
posure. 

If, however, the air is to be recirculated, then the 
apparatus will only have to be as large as the differ- 
ence between the lowest allowable inside tempera- 
ture and the maximum temperature from the heater, 
which we will say is 32° inside' to 130° at the heater. 
Therefore, the heat required will be 98 X 0.2375 X 
231,000 lbs. = 5,375,000 B. T. U., cr about 25 per cent 
less heat. 

The volume of air required will be as follows, for 
3850 lbs. air per minute: 



Temp, of air 


Cu. ft. air in 1 lb. 


Cu. ft. of air per minute 


Oo 


11.58 


44,500 


320 


12.38 


47,600 


650 


13.14 


50.600 


llOo 


14.35 


55,200 


130O 


14.85 


57,200 



The velocity of the air over the heating surface 
should be somewhere between 600 and 1800 ft. per 
minute. Between 900 and 1200 feet represents aver- 
age practice. At 1000 ft. velocity, the free area 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



153 



through the heater would have to be somewhere near 
50 square feet. Referring to the following table, un- 
der No. 40 sections, with pipes 9'-9" and 10' high, we 
find a free area of 49.8 sq. ft. and 567.8 sq. ft. of heat- 
ing surface per section. 

THE **A B C" HEATER 



DIMENSIONS OF SECTIONS 



-IT' 




^r=r 




END 



K- 



A 

SIDE 






No.of 
Sccltun 


A 


B 


C 


D 


No. of 
Section 


A 


B 


C 


D 


No.of 
Section 


A 


B 


C 


D 


13 
I2A 

uB 

I5B 

18 

l>A 
• BB 


I'-iiH" 

3-K'A 
J-..>i 

J-7« 
3-7« 
J-7« 

4- iH 

4-SH 


Hi 

8K 

8K 
8K 


'V 

65, 

by, 
ty. 

6K. 


3'- 7'/4" 
i- *'A 
i-io'A 

4-1% 

5 -loii 
J- 7H 

4 ->o'^ 
»-4V< 
3 -io',5 


12 B 

23 

j8A 
iSB 


5- 'H 
s -loK 

S -lo'/j 

5 -.o'., 

«-7'/4 

6 - 7!/, 

6- 7!/, 


S'i" 
8JJ 
8 V.- 

8K 
8!i 

'K 
8K 


7V' 

7l! 
7)i 

7H 
7-H 

7>« 
7« 
7« 


5'- 4;f' 

4 - 4/'^ 

5 -loH 
S-4'4 
4-.014 

*-7K 
6- .« 
5-7« 


3" 
31A 

3.B 

36 
36A 
36 B 

40 

4oA 

40B 


7'-3V 
7-3H 

7- }H 

8- bW 
8- 5^4 
3- 5!^ 

9-4''S 
9-4W 
9-4'/4 


8K 

8;< 
iV. 

8K 


1-A" 

7'A - 
7'A 

7V> 

^^ 


7-4X 



154 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



The average volume through the heater when re- 
circulating will be 47,600 X 57,200 = 52,400 -^ 49.8 sq. 

2 
ft. = 1050' velocity per minute. 

By means of the following table, the temperature 
rise for any number of four row sections in depth can 
be determined for any velocity. 

Thus we want 130° with entering air at 32°, or a 
rise of 98°. If the steam pressure is 5 pounds, with a 
temperature of 227° and the entering air 32°, the dif- 
ference is 195°; dividing this by 98° equals 1.99, which 
is the proper factor for 1050' velocity, which by inter- 
polation from the table we find is about four sections 
with four rows of pipe per section. 

HEATING APPARATUS 



TO DCTERMltSE ITCMPERATURE RISE. TOR ANY 
STEAM PRESSURE. OR IMJTIAU TEMPv 
- T = TEMP STEAM 
D - i'^-t) i - » INCOMING A>R 

K * ^ ' Rise^ 

K = COKSTANT A3 FOL.LOWS 


K - 13 A5 rOLUOWS FOR ANY PRESS AND INITIAL TEMR 


O ttl 
lU uj 
to o 

oi O 


J 


J 


J 

•6 


^0 


J 
lU 

> 

'O 
O 

o 


b 

O 

21 


O 
O 

10 


J 

b 
o 

2 


J 

b 




J 

'O 
O 
f 


-1 
lU 

> 
b 

8 

to 


1 


3.9 


4.46 


4.91 


5.5? 


6.2 


6.66 


7.09 


?45 


7?80 


a.4 


a 


2.19 


2.5 


2.76 


S.13 


3.4d 


375 


3.97 


4.13 


4.36 


4.71 


3 


1.S15 


165 


2.0^ 


2.30 


2.56 


2.75 


2.92 


3.08 


3.22 


548 


^ 


1333 


1.525 


1.68 


1.91 


2.12 


2.2.8 


2.42 


2.55 


e 67 


2.87 


5 


1.2 1 


1.35 


1.46 


1.66 


1.65 


1.99 


2.11 


2.22 


a 3a 


Z.50 


6 


1142 


1.23 


13£ 


1.49 


1.6S 


1.785 


1A95 


2.00 


2.085 


2.26 


7 


Ml 


1.065 


12* 


V365 


1.54 


1.66 


l.?6 


165 


1 94 


2.08 


a 


1.088 


1.130 


1.19 


L3I0 


1.4-4 


1.55 


1.65 


173 


1.81 


1.95 


9 


1.072 


1.113 


1.152 


12 6 


1.36 


1.4S 


1.55 


1.635 


1.71 


165 


10 


106 


1.10 


1.130 


izto 


1.305 


1.40 


1.49 


15? 


164 


1.766 


DIVIDE (T-t)BY ABOVE CONSTANT - TEMPERATURE 
RISE rOR. AMY STEAM PRESSUfSC AND ANY INITIAL. TEh^P. 
IP "t"l5 ABOVE ZERO ADD TO "r" FOR. FINAL TEMPERATURE 
\r "t" 16 BE.UCW ZERO DEDUCT FROmV FOR FINAL TEMPERATURE 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 155 

As each of the sections has 567.8 sq. ft. of heating 
surface, so the entire heater will have 2271.3 sq. ft., or 
about 6600 lineal feet of one-inch pipe. 

The amount of steam required can be determined 
as follows: 

Total heat in steam at 5 lbs. is 1156 B. T. U. 

Heat in condensation at 212 deg 180 B. T. U. 

Latent heat given off is 976 B. T. U. 

5,375,000 -^ 976 = 5500 lbs. of steam per hour max- 
imum. 

As there are 33,305 B. T. U. per boiler H. P. then 
dividing same by 976 = 34.1 lbs. water per H. P.; then 
5500^-34.1 = 161 H. P. capacity. 

If coal contains 13,000 B. T. U. per lb. and boiler 
evaporates at 70 per cent efficiency, then from each 
pound of coal 9100 B. T. U. goes to evaporation, 
which divided by 976 gives 9 1/3 lbs. of steam per 
pound of coal. 

34.1 -^ 9.33 = 3.45 lbs. of coal per H. P. hour X 161 
H. P. = 556 lbs. of coal per hour. 

This would amount to about 300 tons per year for 
period of average heating, at 10 hours per day. 

If there is enough exhaust steam to supply the re- 
quired amount, then no fuel will have to be burned 
for heating. 

The steam main can be determined in several ways. 
From a steam table find the volume at 5 lbs. pressure, 
which is 20.08 cu. ft. per lb. X 5500 lbs. = 110,440 cu. 
ft. per hour or 1840 cu. ft. per minute. 

6000 ft. velocity is a reasonable figure to allow, 
hence 1840 X 144 = 44.2 sq. in. area, or 7^ in. diam- 

6000 
eter of main. If the main is very long, then to pre- 
vent loss of pressure, it had better be made 8 inches 
diameter, but if short, 7 inches will be ample. 

The return main is usually 6/10 of the area of the 
steam main which would make it necessary to use, a 
6" return for the condensation. With a vacuum sys- 
tem attached, slightly smaller returns can be used. 
Some even advocate one size smaller steam mains 
when a vacuum system is attached, but this practice 
is questionable, as it takes just so much power to 
move a given volume of steam, whether it is done by 
pressure or vacuum. 

The next thing is the selection of a fan suitable for 
the work. 



156 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

It is desirable to keep the air pressure as low as 
possible, so as not to waste power in driving the fan. 
The heater will require from 0.25 inches to 0.50 inches 
in most casfes, depending upon the number of sec- 
tions deep and the velocity. In this case it will be 
about 0.3 inches. 

The distributing ducts should be so designed as not 
to exceed 0.75 inch loss of pressure. This will make 
about one inch static pressure, which represents ap- 
proximately 2/3 of the total pressure, making the to- 
tal pressure about 1.5 inches or 0.87 ounces. 

As we want about 51,000 C. F. M. at 70 degs. temp., 
then a 160" fan will be required at 242 R. P. M., re- 
quiring about 40 H. P. to drive. 

A No. 13 Sirocco fan at 170 R. P. M. will also do the 
work, requiring 22.05 H. P. The speeds and powers 
in both of above cases are found as follows: 

The volume is directly proportional to the speed, 
and the power is directly proportional to the cube of 
the speed; hence if the volume desired is between 
two sizes or two pressures, in the table the required 
speed and power can be determined by proportion. 

The pressure will be as the square of the speed. 

Having now determined the size of the apparatus, 
the method of distributing the air to properly heat 
and ventilate the building must be considered. 



"^ 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 157 

"A B C" STEEL PLATE FANS 

Speeds, Capacities and Horse-Powers at Varying Pressures 

























Fan 

No. 


Dia m 
Wheel 


Static 
Press. 


3840 
471 
.88 

5475 

393 

1.25 


1" 


iy2" 


2" 


2H 


3" 


35^" 

10110 

1250 

16.20 


4" 


50 


30 


C.F.M. 
R.F.M. 
B.H.P. 


5425 

665 

2.48 

7740 

555 

3.53 

10020 

475 

4.58 


6640 

816 

4.55 


7650 

945 

7.00 

10900 

786 

9.94 


8595 
1060 
9.81 


9400 

1150 

12.85 


10810 

1330 

19.75 


60 


36 


C.F.M. 
R.F.M. 
B.H.P. 


9460 

681 

6.49 

12280 

583 

8.35 


12250 

880 

14.00 


13400 

%1 

18.35 


14410 

1040 

23.10 


15420 

1110 

28.10 


70 


42 


C.F.M. 
R.P.M. 
B.H.P. 


7100 

336 

1.62 

8640 

294 

1.97 

11000 

262 

2.52 

14050 

236 

3.21 

16600 

214 

3.80 

20300 

196 

4.64 


14150 

675 

12.93 


15900 
755 

18.19 

19350 
660 

22.10 


17400 

825 

23.80 

21150 

7Z2 

28.90 


18700 

890 

29.90 


20010 

950 

36.60 


80 


48 


C.F.M, 
R.P.M. 
B.H.P. 


12200 

416 

5.57 


14950 

511 

10.20 


17200 

590 

15.71 


22800 

780 

.36.. 50 

29000 

693 

46.40 

37000 

625 

59.10 


24350 

832 

44.50 


90 


54 


C.F.M. 
R P.M. 
B.H.P. 


15540 

370 

7.08 


19000 

454 

13.00 


21900 

525 

20.00 


24600 

587 

28.10 


26950 

641 

36.85 


31000 

740 

56.50 


100 


60 


C.F.M. 
R.P.M. 
B.H P. 


19850 

333 

9.05 


24300 

409 

16.65 

28800 

371 

19.70 


28000 

473 

25.60 


31450 

529 

35.95 


34400 

578 

47.10 


3%00 

665 

72.30 


110 


66 


C.F.M. 
R.P.M. 
B.H.P. 


23500 

303 

10.75 


33100 

430 

30.25 


37200 

480 

42.50 


40700 

525 

55.60 


43800 

568 

70.00 


46900 

605 

85.60 


120 


72 


C.F.M. 
R.P.M. 
B.H.P. 


28700 

278 

13.10 


35100 

340 

24.00 


40500 

394 

37.00 


45500 

440 

52.00 


49700 

481 

68.00 


53500 

520 

85.50 


57300 

555 

104.50 


140 


84 


C.F.M. 
R.P.M. 
B.H.P. 


27400 

168 

6.25 

34500 

147 

7.88 

42600 

131 

9.75 

51600 

118 

11.8 

61400 

107 

14.0 

72000 

98 

16.5 


38700 

238 

17.75 


47400 

292 

32.40 

59800 

256 

41.00 


54500 

337 

49.80 


61300 

378 

70.00 


67000 

413 

91.70 


72200 

445 

115.20 


77250 

475 

140.9 


160 


96 


C.F.M. 
R.P.M. 
B.H.P. 


48900 

208 

22.30 


68900 

2% 

62.90 


77300 

331 

88.40 


84500 

.362 

115.5 


91000 

390 

145.4 

112500 

346 

180.0 


97500 

416 

178.0 


180 


108 


C.F,M. 
R.P.M. 
B.H.P. 


60300 

185 

27.55 


73800 

227 

50.50 


85000 

262 

77.60 


95500 

293 

109.0 


104300 

320 

143.0 


120000 

369 

219.0 


200 


120 


C.F.M. 
R.P.M. 
B.H.P. 


73000 

166 

33.30 


89400 

204 

61.20 


103000 

236 

93.50 


115700 

264 

1.32.1 


126500 

289 

173.0 


136100 

312 

217.50 


145800 

332 

266.0 


220 


132 


C.F.M. 
R.P.R 
B.H.P. 


86800 

151 

39.60 


106000 

185 
72.50 


122200 

214 

111.50 


137400 

240 

157.0 


150200 

262 

206.0 


162000 

283 

259.0 


173000 

302 

316.0 


240 


144 


C.F.M. 
R.P.M. 
B.H.P. 


101800 

139 

46.50 


124500 

170 

85.00 


143500 

197 

131.00 


161000 

220 

184.0 


176000 

241 

241.0 


189500 

260 

303.0 


203000 

377 

370.5 























NOTE — Any of the above fans, when running at the speed and 
pressure indicated, will deliver the volume of air and require no more 
power than given in the table 

Allowances must be made for the inefficiency of the motive power 
and for transmission losses between motive power and the fan. 



158 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




a n B 



and B,I o ^r e r s 



SpeaAs* CapaeStlee and Botee Powers of Single lalet, Slaadard WtdiK Faas 
at VarioajB Pressures 

Fiam CSmb Pw m mi Oraai( PM«ni ia Ooaen pa Squn bdk. F<a Static (Nomr D*3uct 28.6%. 
Fsf Valooly Pgmia 0«d«ct 71.2%. 



da 
Fu 


DtomtMt 
d 

WhMl 




lOt 


♦ c 


iO^ 


10>. 


UOl 


liOi. 


UOi. 


2 0.. 


UOi. 


lOi. 


^ M 


1 


R-p.m! 
a a p. 


2290 
,006 


55 
3230 
.013 


67 
3W0 
,024 


77 
4580 
.037 


87 
5120 
,051 


95 
4600 
.068 


102 
6050' 
.085 


110 
6460 
,105 


122 
7232 
.145 


7920 
.190 


• 


«l 


cu.rr. 

R.P.JJ. 
B. H.P. 


87 
1S24 
.Oil 


J2S 
2152 
.030 


IS2 
3640 
.053 


l75 
30i8 
.034 


197 
.3400 
.116 


215 
3732 
»153 


232 
4040 
.193 


4304 
.238 


277 
4816 
.330 


304 
5280 
.433 


1 


• 


CO. FT. 

R.P. M. 

. fl. H. P. 


165 

1145 

.OISS 


220 
I81J 
.053 


270 
1880- 
.095 


310 
2290 
.147 


350 
2560 
.205 


380 
2800 
.270 


410 
3025 
.34 


440 

3230 

.42 


490 

3616 

.38 


ua. 


n 


7i 


CU. Ff. 
R.F. H. 
RHP. 


M2 
8IS 
.039 


344 

i2eo 

. .OK 


422 
1585 
,149 


485 

1830 
.230 


5«8 
2050 
.320 


594 
2240 
.422 


640 
2420 
.532 


638 
2580 
.(^56 


763 
2890 
.910 


3170 
1.19 


>t 


• 


CO. rr. 

(LP. It. 
B. H. P. 


3S0 

■m 

.042 


SOO 
10f7» 


610 
1320 
.218 


700 
1524 

,333 


790 
1700 
.463 


860 
1866 
,610 


930 

2020 

.77 


1000 

2152 

.85 


1110 
2408 
1.32 


1220 
2640 
1.73 


t 


12 


CU. Fr. 
R.P. H. 
B. H.P. 


S72 
.074 


880 
808 
.208' 


1090 
990 
.381 


1250 
1145 
.588 


1400 
1280 

.82 


1530 
1400 

1.08 


1650 
1512 
1.36 


1770 
1615 

I.GG 


1970 

1808 
2.32 


2170 
1980 
3.05 


tt 


It 


CO. pr. 

R.PM. 
B. H. P. 


m 

4U 
.116 


ISiO 
«4S 
.326 


- 16^0 

, 790 

.600 


1950 
912 
.923 


2180 
1020 
1.2D 


2400 
1120 
1.69 


2.T90 
1210 
2.14 


2760 
1290 
2.61 


30iX) 

1444 

3.65 


3390 
1580 
4,8 


* 


It 


CU. Fr. 
R.P.M. 
E. H. P. 


1410 
2Sl 
.!«7 


IWO 
538 
.470 


2440 
660 
.862 


2ii20 
1.33 


3160 
850 
1<8S 


3450 
933 
2.43 


ZTiO 
lOlO 
3.07 


3<1>,U 
1076 
3.75 


443C 
I.IM 
5..>5 


4880 
1320 
B.9 


»i 


21 


CU. FT. 
B.P.M. 
B. H. P. 


lt)26 
32a 
.227 


2710 

462 
.MO 


3310 
465 
1.17 


3850 
652 
1.81 


4290 
7S) 
2.53 


4/00 
SU) 
3.33 


UITU 
8d4 
4,18 


5120 
924 
5.11 


6060 
1032 
7.15 


6620 
1130 
9.4 


4 


24 


Cu. Ff. 
R.P. M. 
B. H. P. 


2500 

288 
,29B 


0540 
404 
.832 


4340 
■ 495 
1.53 


5O0O 
572 
2.35 


5600 
6t0 
3.28 


6120 
TOO 
4. 32 


6620 

756 

5.44 


7030 
SC7 
6.61 


7900 
901 
X.3 


86S0 
990 
12.i 


*i 


27 


CU. Fr. 
K.P. .«. 
B. H. P. 


3175 
2M 
.373 


44M 
S59 
1.05 


5500 
440 
1.94 


6350 

am 

2.98 


7100 
4.16 


7780 
622 
S.4S 


8400 
672 
6.90 


8980 

718 

.8.44 


10050 
804 
11.8 


11000 

880 
15J 


t 


M 


CU. FT. 
H.P.6L 
B. H P 


3910 

228 
.460 


5520 
322 
1.30 


6770 
395. 
2.40 


7820 
456 
3.68 


8750 
510 
5.15 


9600 
560 
6.75 


1035O 
60! 

a 53 


U05O 
«5 
10.4 


12350 
722 
14.5 


13550 

790 
19. 1 


6 


M 


CO FT. 
R.P. M. 
B. H. P 


£650 

190 

.665 


7950 
269 
1.87 


9750 
330 
3.44 


11303 
331 

6.30 


12610 
425 
7.40 


13800 
466 
9.72 


14000 

501 

12.25 


15900 
538 
15.0 


17800 
602 
20.9 


19500 
'680 
27.5 


? 


42 


CO FT. 
K. P.M. 
B, H. P. 


7700 
163 
903 


iossa 

231 
2.55 


13300 
283 
4 69 


154 OO 

320 
7 24 


17170 
335 
10 1 


ISKfO 
40O 
13 3 


20.300 
432 
16 7 


21700 
462 
20 4- 


24250 
516 
■28 5 


36600 
466 
37* 


• 


M 


cu.rr. 
ap M. 

B. H. p. 


10000 
143 
1.18 


11150 
202 
3.32 


17350 
248 
S.IO 


20O0O 
286 
9.40 


22400 
320 
13.1 


24500 
330 
17.2 


26500 

378 

21.75 


2830U 
403 
28.6 


31600 
452 
37.1 


»«70«- 
494 

48.8 


• 


M 


CU. FT. 
R.P.M. 
B. H. P. 


12700. 
127 
1.4« 


17950 

179 

4J0 


22000 
220 
7.75 


25400 
254 
11.9 


28400 
284 
16.6 


31100 
311 
21.9 


33eco 

336 
27.6 


35900 
359 
33.7 


40200 
402 
47.1 


44000 

440 

62 


l« 


M 


CO. FT. 
R.P.M. 
B. H. P. 


136S0 
IM 
I.St 


22100 
161 

4,20 


27100 

198 

«.58 


31300 
228 
14.7 


35000 
255 

20.6 


38400 
280 
27.0 


41400 
302 
34.1 


44200 

m 

41.6 


49400 
361 
53.2 


51200 

330 
76.5 


II 


M 


CO. Fr. 
HP. 11. 
B. H. P. 


189.W 
104 
2.23 


26800 
147 
8.30 


22850 
160 
11.6 


371KX) 
208 
17.8 


42300 
232 
24.9 


43400 
254 
32,7 


40100 
275 
41.2 


S3600 
294 
60.4 


enixx) 

328 
70.4 


65700 
360 
92.S 


12 


n 


CU. FT. 
R. P.M. 
B. H. K 


22600 
2.66 


31800 
13t 
T.48 


aooo 

165 
13.7 


45200 

190 

21,2 


50800 
212 
29.6 


55200 
233 
38.9 


59600. 
252 
49.0 


63600 
269 
5a8 


71200 
301 
83.6 


78000 
330 

no 


IJ 


n 


CO. FT. 
RP. M. 
B. fl. P 


28400 

83 

3.10 


37350 
124 
8.T7 


45800 
153 

re.i 


S2S00 

176 

24.8 


59100 
197 
34.7 


£4700 
215 

4S.6 


70000 
233 
57.5 


74700 
248 
70.2 


81500 
278 
98 


B1600 
305 
129 


14 


•4 


CU: FT. 
R.P. M. 
B. HP. 


30800 

81 

3.61 


43400 
115 
10.2 


43200 
142 

18.7 


61600 

163 

28.9 


68700 

182 

40.4 


75200 
200 
53 jO 


81200 
218 
66.8 


86800 
331 
81.7 


97100 
2SS 
114 


106400 
283. 
ISO 


II 


N 


CC. FT. 
R.P.M. 
h.U.V. 


U350 

79 

4J4 


46800 
107 
lU? 


eioQo 

132 
21.5 


70500 

152 

S3.1 


7S80C 

170 

46.2 


8M0a 
186 
60.7 


93300 
201 
TO.7 


99609 
214 
M.6 


111200 
341 
lit 


U200fr 

264 

in 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



159 




160 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

The character of the building and the purpose for 
which it is built must be carefully studied. What 
answers for one type of building is totally unsuited 
to another of a different type. Again what serves 
nicely in a building of a certain type, in which a par- 
ticular class of work is done, often proves anything 
but satisfactory in a building of the same type in 
which a different kind of work is done; for example, 
compare a machine shop with a paper mill. 

Both are similar in size, shape and exposure. In 
the machine shop no steam or moisture is emitted to 
condense on the walls and roof, whereas tons of 
water is thrown off into the air in a paper mill every 
day which must be taken care of by the amount and 
distribution of air circulated. 

Then, aside from the work done inside the build- 
ing, the character of design and construction influ- 
ence the distribution of heat and air. 

The tendency to build lofty industrial buildings 
with steel frames, narrow pilasters and shallow pan- 
els of brick or concrete beneath the windows, which 
fill most of the space between the pilasters, results in 
enormous surface exposures that conduct away heat 
very rapidly, thus producing an unbearable down- 
(vard circulation of cold air near the outside walls, 
which has to be neutralized or counteracted by the 
distributing system. 

The modern shop has a trussed roof, the bottom 
chords of which are often 30 to 50 feet above the 
floor. The ducts have to rest on these trusses and it 
is impossible to drive air from them down to the floor 
in a way that will produce satisfactory results. This 
method has been tried often enough, but there still 
remain others who must be convinced of its imprac- 
ticability by trying it themselves. The only way to 
obtain an even distribution of heat, is to discharge 
heated air at such points as it is most needed and 
where the effect will be most appreciated. 

To distribute the heat evenly necessitates running 
the ducts to all cold spots; it is needed the most in 
the lower strata near the floor, not up among the 
roof trusses; the greatest benefit is derived from the 
system by diffusing the warm air close to the floor, 
keeping the lower strata in circulation and thereby 
warming it by mixing with it the warm air discharged 
from the ducts. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 161 

The best way to bring this about is to extend the 
branch ducts from the main trunk line over to the 
walls or to posts not more than 20 feet away from the 
outside walls; then down toward the floor, ending 
four or five feet from the floor. The air should dis- 
charge directly toward the floor or at only a slight 
angle from perpendicular. This method will be found 
most effective in machine shops, foundries and other 
lofty structures. 

In paper mills, rubber works, dye houses and other 
plants for which the building is of the same type as 
those just noted, it is necessary to blow some hot air 
out towards the roof as well as down towards the 
floor, in order to take care of the condensation which 
would otherwise collect on the under side of the roof. 
Even then, in very cold climates, it is sometimes nec- 
essary to put in a false ceiling to overcome this an- 
noyance, particularly if the roof is built of a material 
which is a good conductor of heat. 

For buildings which are several stories in height, 
each story being from 10 to 16 feet high, the treat- 
ment should be different. With them, it is possible, 
and sometimes advisable, to introduce the air near 
the ceiling, blowing downward at an angle of 30 to 
45 degrees from horizontal. 

Frequently buildings of this character are quite 
effectively heated from one or two galvanized iron 
standpipes run up through the middle of the building 
with outlets into each story. This method is practical 
in buildings not over 60 feet wide; if the building is 
not over 100 feet long, one riser will be sufficient. 

For cotton, woolen or silk mills it has become al- 
most the universal practice to build vertical warm 
air flues on the outside face of the pilasters, on both 
sides of the building. These flues usually have a 
two-inch air space built into the l^rick work to insu- 
late them. The air is admitted to each story about 
eight feet above the floor. Deflecting "mill dampers" 
regulate the volume of air discharged through each 
opening. The various flues can be supplied at their 
base from a main duct built either of masonry or 
galvanized iron. 

For manufacturing plants it is customary to make 
the trunk line ducts of such an area as will convey 
the required volume of air at a velocity varying from 
1500 to 2400 feet per minute. In high buildings used 



162 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

for heavy and coarse work, where most of the em- 
ployees stand or move about considerably, the veloc- 
ity can be much higher than in shops divided into 
several stories, or those in which the work is more 
or less sedentary, like the manufacture of shirts, 
gloves, etc., where the employees sit all day, simply 
feeding the material into machines. 

Air currents or drafts are of not material moment 
in the former shops, while in the latter they will pro- 
duce great discomfort, if not sickness. Therefore, 
the latter class should have the main ducts of suffi- 
cient area to keep the velocity down to 1200 to 1800 
feet per minute and the branches should be propor- 
tioned to a velocity of 600 to 1200 feet. 

Another advantage the blower system possesses, 
infrequently brought to notice, is the cooling and 
comforting effect it has in oppressively warm weather 
in the summer time. Simply running the fan will, of 
itself, greatly relieve the oppressiveness, and when 
cold water is circulated through the coils the differ- 
ence is very noticeable. 

To sum up: The proper heating of factory build- 
ings is of as much importance and involves as many 
problems as anything the manager has to decide. It 
is as essential as the transmission, tools or light, and 
very much more complex. It should be considered 
with the plans of the building and made an integral 
part of the construction, having in mind all the time 
the equipment best suited to the type of building and 
the purpose for which it is built. 

Fresh air is essential to life. Man can clothe him- 
self to withstand cold, but he cannot get along with- 
out air. The purer it is, the better health he has and 
the faster and better he can work. Therefore, any 
heating system which does not provide for fresh air 
should have no consideration. 

Something in the way of a ventilating plant is re- 
quired where manufacturing processes generate 
steam, smoke and gases. Cold air only makes bad 
matters worse, so the ventilation necessarily becomes 
a part of the heating system. 

The subject of the proper temperature to maintain 
in shops is one that does not receive the careful at- 
tention it should. It is, if anything, worse to over- 
heat a shop than to underheat it. A fair average tem- 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 163 

perature should be arrived at and the heating system 
be flexible enough to keep the shop comfortable 
when the temperature outside is above and below 
average. 
• The distribution of the heat is very important and 
must be varied with the nature of the building and 
the work done within its walls. Consideration must 
also be given to the air velocities, for the purpose of 
ventilation. 

While the cooling of a building is not of the utmost 
importance, it certainly has great advantages in many 
ways, and if a system makes it possible of accom- 
plishment without complication or great expense, it 
becomes a valuable asset to any plant. 

These advantages, more or less amplified in the 
foregoing, as well as many others which have been 
covered by various writers, all point to but one sys- 
tem of heating as best adapted to manufacturing 
plants, and that one is the blower system. While it 
is quite generally recognized as the best, the proper 
way to install is not so generally understood, and to 
give some superficial ideas along this line was what 
prompted the foregoing. 

The ventilation of public buildings, assembly halls, 
churches, schools, etc., require special study to adapt 
the system to the plans of the building in a way that 
will be least offensive architecturally and still provide 
the proper distribution of fresh air. 

The velocities must be much lower in such build- 
ings than is allowable in factories, to avoid noise, 
drafts, etc. It has become quite the common practice 
to allow the following velocities to prevail in various 
parts of the plant: 
Heater and tempering coils. . . .'800 to 1200 ft. per min. 

Main distributing ducts 600 to 900 ft. per min. 

Vertical flues 400 to 600 ft. per min. 

Registers or grilles 300 to 450 ft. per min. 

The velocity of air through the fan discharge can 
be anywhere from 1500 to 2500 feet per minute. The 
velocity of the tips of the fan blades should never ex- 
ceed 4000 feet for absolutely noiseless operation. 

The amount of air required in public buildings is 
usually dependent upon the number of occupants, 
and this is generally far in excess of the amount 
which would be required to heat it, if considered 
strictly as a heating problem. 



164 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Space herein available will not permit covering 
public buildings in detail. Volumes have been pub- 
lished on the ventilation of buildings under this classi- 
fication, to which the inexperienced should refer for 
a broader knowledge of the subject, as this article is 
intended to cover the practical side and not the theo- 
retical aspect of the subject. 

Ventilation, Gravity System. 

When the amount of air required per hour is 
known, the following rules may be used for low- 
pressure steam systems: 

.02056 H. U. required to heat 1 cu. ft. of air 1°. 
1.439 H. U. required to heat 1 cu. ft. of air 70°. 
Total H. U. required -f- 350 = sq. ft. indirect steam 

radiation, for 1st floor. 
Total H. U. required -^ 325 = sq. ft. indirect steam 

radiation for 2d floor. 
Total H. U. required -^ 500 = sq. ft. indirect steam 

radiation for 3d floor. 
Velocity at all registers 3 to 4 feet per second. 
Velocity in heat flues 1st floor 3 to 4 ft. per second. 
Velocity in heat flues 2d floor 5 ft. per second. 
Velocity in heat flues 3d floor 6 ft. per second. 
Velocity in heat flues 4th floor 7 ft. per second. 
Velocity in vent, flues 1st floor 6 ft. per second. 
Velocity in vent, flues 2d floor 5 ft. per second. 
Velocity in vent, flues 3d floor 4 ft. per second. 
Velocity in vent, flues 4th floor 3 ft. per second. 

The cubic feet of air per hour divided by'velocity 
per hour = area of flue in square feet. 

When the temperature of steam is 216°, cold air 
enters at 0°, the total heat-units given off per square 
foot indirect steam radiation per hour ^ 486. 

The above rules are based on what may be ex- 
pected at registers in rooms in which they are located. 

If a velocity of 6 feet per second is maintained, a 
square foot of indirect radiation emits 3.25 heat- 
units per hour per degree difference between the 
temperature of steam and surrounding air at radia- 
tor. This may be taken as the limit of work for a 
square foot of indirect steam radiation with natural 
draft. 

To determine boiler capacity divide the total heat- 
units required for all work by 280; the result will be 
the work equivalent in direct steam radiation, as 
per the conditions on which boilers are rated by the 
manufacturer. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 165 



Amount of Air Used for a Blower System for 
Ventilation. 



Cubic feet per hour. 

Hospitals 3,600 per Bed. 

Legislative Assembly Halls 3,600 per Seat. 

Barracks, Bedrooms and Workshops 3,000 per Person. 

Schools and Churches 2,400 per Person. 

Theaters and Ordinary Halls of Audience. 2, 000 per Seat. 

Office Rooms 1,800 per Person. 

Dining- Rooms 1,800 per Person. 

Toilet and Bath Rooms. , 2,400 per Fixture. 



Making Tight Screwed Joints for Very High 
Pressure. 

If the ordinary steam fitter was called upon to 
put up piping that should stand 200 or 300 pounds 
of steam pressure, I think he would feel thai; he was 
taking a very large responsibility, and if he was 
called upon to do a job that should stand 1,000 pounds 
of air pressure he would not feel like taking this re- 
sponsibility, and any one taking this responsibility 
would feel that he was obliged to resort to very 
extraordinary means in order to accomplish such a 
result, and if called upon to do such work with the 
ordinary material that is manufactured and supplied 
in the general market, he would say that it was an 
impossibility to do it. __ 

Friction is due to the large amount of surface, espe- 
cially when the joints are coming up close to a bear- 
ing. Any grit or gummy material in the joint also 
tends very largely to produce friction. Friction pro- 
duces expansion, and as the pipe is lighter than the 
coupling it expands more than the coupling, and then 
when both again become cool the pipe shrinks more 
than the coupling, thus causing a tendency to leak. 

It is of course evident to anyone who has given 
any thought whatever to this subject, that in order 



166 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

to make tight such joints as are mentioned above, 
the iron must be brought together as solidly as pos- 
sible. 

To get such results it is imperatively necessary 
that the iron should be absolutely clean, and then it 
is essential that the very best lubricant is used in 
order to reduce the friction. 

Would also add, that we have discovered that, in 
order to produce good joints, it is not necessary that 
the threads should be absolutely perfect, nor is a 
taper essential nor is a large amount of bearing 
necessary; in fact, we made one joint with a thread 
reduced to three-fourths of an inch in width, and 
this joint was tight at 1,500 pounds hydraulic pres- 
sure, which proves that the bearing was not essential 
to the making of a tight joint, and that the length of 
thread was not essential to prevent stripping of 
the thread from the coupling or the pipe. 

This, I think, also proves another point that is not 
understood, and that is that it is not essential, in 
order to do good work, to have especially long 
threads. In fact, we are satisfied that especially 
long threads are a detriment in making a good joint, 
for it stands to reason that such long threads tend 
to produce friction, which prevents the iron from 
coming up closely together, and the irregularity of 
the thread on the pipe tends to prevent the iron 
coming up in the closest contact. This will be 
better understood, if we go to, a great extreme in 
-the matter. For instance, should we undertake to 
make a joint on eight-inch pipe, with a thread six 
inches long, the irregularities and friction would be 
so great that it would be impossible to get this 
thread contact. 



Johnson's handy manual. i67 

Superheated Steam. 

The subject of superheated steam has appeared in 
the forefront of engineering literature during the 
last few years as one of the most important factors 
in reaching the high degree of economy shown by 
some of our modern large power stations. Much 
has been said and written about the subject, but 
stated in simple words superheated steam is steam 
which has been heated above the boiling tem- 
perature without increasing the pressure at which 
it was boiled. 

This is accomplished by passing it through the 
so-called super-heater just as the steam leaves the 
boiler proper, to go into the steam mains. 

The superheater is composed of a number of tubes 
spaced closely (generally smaller than the boiler 
tubes proper), and exposed to the gases of combus- 
tion at a point when the gases are about half way 
on their passage from the furnace to the stack or 
breeching. The superheater may or not be con- 
structed as an integral part of the boiler and must 
not be confused with the economizer which is some- 
times installed in large plants, and which is located 
in a different place and used for an entirely differ- 
ent purpose. 

The economizer is used for heating feed water and 
is usually placed between the boiler and the stack 
and utilizes the heat left in the gases after they 
pass. 

The use of superheated steaAi in securing better 
economy in the operation of power plants has oc- 
cupied the attention of engineers for a number of 
years, but owing to the serious difficulties ac- 
companying its use it has been adopted generally 
only in the larger plants, where the fine points of 
design are looked after more carefully. 

Superheated steam when used in the steam engine 
has brought about a remarkable improvement in the 
steam consumption by reducing the cylinder con- 
densation. (By cylinder condensation is meant that 
stearn when admitted to one end of a cylinder which 
has just been opened to the exhaust, the walls of 



168 Johnson's handy manual. 

which are comparatively cool, a part of this steam 
is then condensed to water and is therefore lost as 
far as useful work is concerned.) 

On the other hand the troubles experienced in 
handling steam at such high temperatures have in 
many cases more than offset the advantages gained. 

For example: Gaskets have leaked and blown 
out packings have deteriorated and cylinders have 
been scored under the sudden and wide variations 
of temperatures which are thus met with. But many 
of these troubles have now been overcome and the 
success of the steam turbine as a prime mover has 
established the use of superheated steam more firm- 
Jy than ever. 

With the steam turbine one of the main advant- 
ages in superheating lies in the decreased friction 
of the steam on the blades of the turbine. Further- 
more, the erosion of the blades is reduced to a mini- 
mum. The exact gain in economy due to super- 
heating the steam used in steam turbines is as yet 
not fully determined, but the saving is approxi- 
mately 1 p"er cent for each 12^ degrees F. of super 
heat. After taking into account the increased cost 
of boiler plant with superheaters, and after allow- 
ing for increased cost of maintenance of the plant 
as a whole, the saving due to the use of superheated 
steam is beyond question an established fact. 



JOHNSON S HANDY MANUAL. 



169 



How to Construct Long Horizontal Flow Mains in 
Hot Water Heating Plants. 



f 







Fig. A. 



In constructing hot water heating plants for scat- 
tered buildings, where all radiatior is supplied from 
one boiler or a group of boilers coupled together, 
there must be some careful calculations made m the 
laying out of pipe work in order to secure a good 
circulation at all points throughout the plant. And,, 
for the purpose of showing how chis can be done in 
a successful manner, we make use of plate Fig. A, 
which is the working drawing of a large hot water 
heating plant now in operatiton and giving the most 
satisfactory results. 

We merely show in plate Fig. A the cellar mains 
connected to the boiler, but branches are taken from 
top of flow lines to the various radiators and risers 
with returns carried back to side of same flow lines. 



170 Johnson's handy manual. 

- Referring to the plan, it will be observed that the 
main flow from boiler connects with a Tee which 
separates the flow water to each side of the boiler 
as it is located. This Tee is the highest point in 
the cellar system of main pipes. We will now fol- 
low the flow line* of the right, marked (A). The 
direction of the arrow will show the direction in 
which the water moves. The first Tee over the 
boiler being the highest point, we begin to pitch 
down from this point, and, as will be noticed, in a 
distance of 5 feet we have a fall of ^ inch to the 
first angle or elbow. We have now a run of 48 feet, 
and in this distance we pitch down 4 inches. We 
now come to a bend in the line which is 5 feet 6 
inches long and we give this a ^ inch pitch. The 
next long stretch is 18 feet, which is given 1^ inch 
pitch. At this point we place a Tee on the line 
with the outlet looking up, with the end of this Tee 
cc«inecting by a 6 foot piece of main pipe to the side 
of the return, as shown. This offset is pitched ^ 
inch, which practically completes the first circuit. 

It will now be noticed as far as we have gone with 
this main flow line to the first Tee looking up, we 
dropped 6^ inches, and to continue further hori- 
zontally we rise from top of Tee just described, the 
same distance which we pitched down from boiler, 
6^ inches, then extending the main flow line, as will 
be noticed, a distance of 46 feet more, with a pitch 
in this distance of 4>^ inches, connecting with an- 
other Tee, we rise again the distance which we 
dropped in the last run, which is 4>2 inches, and, 
connecting the end of Tee to the side of return 
pipe, thus completing a second circuit in the main 
lines. 

The main flow line is pitched down again from 
the last 4^ inch rise as indicated, making the last 
circuit on the extreme end of the system and grad- 
ually pitching back to the return connectiton of 
boiler. (B) represents the main return pipe in the 
system, and, referring again to the pipe work on the 
left of boiler, the same general method is carried 
out, forming separate circuits according to the dis- 
tance and conditions of the building yet with only 
one flow and one return pipe connecting with the 
boiler. It is advisable to place air valves or air 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



171 



pipes at all high points on main flow lines, so that 
any air that may accumulate at such points, can be 
drawn or allowed to escape. 

This system of dividing the main flow line into 
various circuits gives a more uniform distribution 
of the hot water to the radiation, and allows the 
coldest water in the system to move back more 
rapidly to the boiler, by not having to travel the 
entire distance of the flow line. 

In pipe systems as shown in Fig. A, the propor- 
tioning of the size of the pipes at the various points 
for the work to be performed, is also an important 
matter, and long sweep fittings only should be used. 



Rapid Circulation of Hot "Water 

i -I 



r/gJ. 




r/^^ 



172 JOHNSON^S HANDY MANUAL. 



Rapid Circulation of Hot "Water. 

A simple manner of illustrating friction in the 
flow of water through pipes at various angles is 
shown in the accompanying illustration, which rep- 
resents 5 pipes standing on end. If we drop a 
marble into each pipe, and takje notice of the time 
that it take the marble to travel through each pipe 
we will find that the marble dropped into the 
straight pipe will reach the bottom in the shortest 
time. The marble dropped into the quarter bend 
pipe, Fig. 5, will require the longest time. If 
these pipes were of glass we would notice — we will 
say for illustrating it — that the marble dropped into 
the straight pipe, marked Fig. 1, would travel 
through this straight and perpendicular pipe without 
touching the wall of the pipe — as shown by arrows 
in illustration — consequently no friction. In Figure 
Fig. 2 it would drop at a great velocity through the 
straight part, which is about Yz of the whole length 
of the pipe, but as soon r s it reaches the bent part 
it would roll on the wall of the pipe, causing a 
friction which would retard its motion. In Figure 
3 the straight and perpendicular part of the pipe is 
less than in Fig. 2, and in Fig. 4 it is less than in 
Fig. 3, therefore the marble will be under frictional 
contact of the pipe for a longer time in Fig. 3 than 
it is in Fig. 2, and in Fig. 4 far more than it is in 
Fig. 3. Fig. 5 being a quarter bend, the marble will 
come in contact with the pipe from the very starting 
point. Consequently be under friction through its 
whole journey through the pipe, and requiring the 
longest time to pass through it. This might repre- 
sent an elbow in a hot water heating plant. §hort 
Elbows and Bends, therefore, for such work are 
great obstacles to rapid movement of water in any 
heating apparatus. Long Bends should be used 
where angles are necessary, in branches as well as 
in elbows. . , 



Johnson's handy manual. 



173 



THs^di 




£qiua/r3en 



Fig. C. 



174 Johnson's handy manual. 



Fig. C shows the proper way to connect up a cast 
iron boiler for steam illustration shows both one 
and two-pipe system. Follow these rules and you 
will not have any trouble with water in the radia- 
tors. 

Always take the supply pipe off the top of the 
Equalizing pipe; nipple should be long enough to 
give water a fair chance to get back into the boiler, 
thereby getting dry steam through the entire system. 

Fig. D shows a system of overhead force circula- 
tion of hot water laid out and done by the author 
of this book in a foreign country where 18 to 20 
inches was the depth on account of surface water. 
The illustration is just a small sketch showing just 
how the system was installed, using two pumps 
operated by electricity, and had twelve thousand 
square feet of radiation. 



JOHNSON S HANDY MANUAL. 



175 




be 



176 



JOHNSON S HANDY MANUAL. 






/O *■ 5"T££.s 




sZliC-s 



S V/i 



iO'*b''*s'r 



^oti-ein 



Fig. E. 

3 




J^J^ £iV/=IT/OA^ of^ Tof> /iei/tOE-l^. 







10'' 5 



^£fZ 




FL.l/rfiorf 



/O'-S 



72. <X/v. 



/^J-.t/rt 








Fig. G. 



Fig. E is a plain view of a couple of Hot Water 
Heaters, — twin connection. The size of pipes, 
valves and fittings are given merely to illustrate the 
difference in sizes. Actual sizes of pipes, etc., are, 
of course, governed by size of heaters. As there is 
not much expansion in water the header should be 
of an area equivalent to the area of the connections 



Johnson's handy manual. 177 

to the heaters. For the same reason the return 
header and connections to heaters should be of the 
same size as the supply. The illustration shpws 
headers to be 10" diam. with four 5" connections to 
heaters. Area of one 10" pipe being equal to the 
area of four 5" pipes. The illustration is so plain 
that any steamfitter will readily understand it. 

Where steam for heating purposes is taken from a 
power boiler, we must employ a reducing valve. 
Boiler pressure might be from 80 to 120 pounds. To 
reduce and admit steam to the heating main at any 
pressure wanted, the apparatus shown in the illustra- 
tion, Fig. F, is employed. 

A is a throttle valve, B diaphragm, C connection 
between low pressure main and diaphragm — D and 
E are counter weights. By moving D towards or 
away from the diaphragm and taking off or putting 
on weights at D, the pressure in low pressure main 
can be reduced to any pressure wanted. The work- 
ing is as follows: Steam is admitted through the 
throttle valve to the low pressure main until the 
pressure in the main is of the number of pounds to 
which the apparatus is set. Then the steam from 
the low pressure main acts on the diaphragm and, 
through the levers, partly closes the throttle valve. 
A diaphragm, being very sensitive, keeps steam in 
the heating main at the pressure wanted, at all 
times. 

Fig. H is a plain view of a couple of steam gen- 
erators, — twin connection. The size of pipes and 
fittings are given merely to illustrate the difference 
in sizes. Actual sizes of pipes are, of corrse, gov- 
erned by the size of generators required. Fig I is a 
side elevation, on larger scale, showing steam and 
return pipes — from the 6" Tee, Fig. H, with outlet 
looking up, connection is made to one or more 
loops of the supply line. Return to boilers is made 
at the 6"x6" Tees. Close to the Tees, for the supply 
as well as for the return connections, flange unions 
should be inserted so that disconnection of boilers 
can be made without breaking a fitting. 

The advantage of two boilers is: that in Spring 
and Fall, when just a little heat is required, one 
boiler only needs to be in use, thereby saving in 
fuel. 



178 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 







Fig. H. 




1} 



a 



-^ 




Fig. I. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



y 



179 




o 


U 

w 



180 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



181 




182 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

High Presstire Lubricating System.— Fig. 40. 

An oil storage tank is placed at a convenient loca- 
tion above the engines and piping from the storage 
tank run to all bearings which it is desired to oil. 
A system of piping is also run from pans or bed 
frames under bearings of engines which catch oil 
from bearings back to a combined oil filter and 
storage tank. This latter may be any good make. 
There are several on the market. 

From the outlet opening in this filter and storage 
tank run a delivery pipe to the first storage tank, 
placing a small pump on this pipe which will pull oil 
from the filter and deliver it into the storage tank. 

A very satisfactory pump is a hydraulic duplex 
pump run by city water pressure instead of steam. 

The manufacturers of the filters and pumps will 
give proper sizes and capacities for various sized 
engines, etc., so that any steam fitter can put in 
^uch a system. 



1^1^ 



n 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 187 



^S2-<= 



I !i 



1| 



'Y\1^ 



Gfeen/>atAS9 



— ^t=^^J'£.iri £^1 






1K 



r^ 



t—Z^/itn'^ CO// tin^r- ^/ircA, V-^'fi'/m, ^'t'-O'/^ ' iSS" 



Gree/7/iaus» 



t-^Af- 



/f/jkra^o)// tf/ri^m- dx'jreA J° -^ Mo^s S'* -O'/a ' ^£ 7" 




By Pass to filter 

Dischor^a 




Pumps. 



Cro35 Connection? 
TOrPi/mpinq Either 
Kind of Oil with 

either Pump, 



o 

ft 
12; 

O 

•^^^ 



> 

O 
> 

> 
r 



^•^'•"^ero///^^ 



^'"9 Tank 



^^""^^^^^n^S? 



Os^Ksrvr^ QiLirTO>3Y.5TjB:^i>r. 



182 



Hi 



An oi 
tion ab' 
tank ru 
A syst( 
frames 
from b 
storage 
There a 

From 
tank rt 

placing. ^2*-. 
from tl. 

A ve' 
pump r 

The : 
give pr 
engines 
^uch a 




HCAT/NS PUys/ OF G/?£f:NhX)US£ 



-Sv- 






JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



187 



Greenhouse Heating System. 




Fig .41. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 





H£y\r//s/G Plan or Gffcp^^iouss 



■hBy- 






JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Greenhouse Heating. 

A glass structure for horticultural purposes (ow- 
ing to the manner of its construction and the ma- 
terials employed) offers less resistance to the pene- 
tration of frost and cold winds than any other form 
of building, and necessarily requires a proportional 
greater amount of heat and its more even distribu- 
tion. To warm such a structure properly, without 
imparing the quality of the air, the heat must be 
produced by direct radiation from an extended sur- 
face heated to a moderate degree. The heating 
apparatus must be so arranged as to diffuse an eve i 
heat throughout every part of the house, and must 
be of sufficient heating power to increase the heat 
quickly in case of sudden changes in the weather, 
and to maintain the desired temperature during the 
nights, when the fires are unattended. Of the va- 
rious systems that have been advanced to meet these 
requirements, there are but three that have met with 
approval in general use; these I name in their order 
of excellence. First in the order of efficiency and 
economy is the system of heating by the circulation 
of hot water through iron pipes ranged round the 
house; these pipes are connected to a boiler 
or water heater, which heats the water and 
maintains the circulation through the pipes; the 
radiation from the pipes supplies the warmth to the 
house. This is the best method known for the pur- 
pose; the facility with which water absorbs the heat 
produced at the boiler, and by circulation, rapidly 
conveys it to the most distant points in the line of 
heating pipes, renders it a most efficient agent and 
affords the means of maintaining a uniform, 
even temperature of any required degree 
throughout all parts of the house; with a mild and 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 189 

humid atmosphere, which is congenial to the healthy 
growth and perfection of plants, flowers and fruits, 
while the substantial, enduring and reliable qualities 
of the apparatus, the easy managements and perfect 
control of heat in the house, or in several houses 
heated by the same fire, the number of hours it may 
be left without attention, and the entire freedom 
from deleterious gases, dust and smoke, are among 
the advantages fairly claimed for the system. 

It is so universal in its application, and offers so 
many advantages over every other system, that it is 
generally adopted, both here and in Europe, for 
heating plant houses of every size and description, 
from the small home conservatory to the largest 
botanical structures, and will be found in use, to the 
exclusion of all other methods, in the establishments 
of the most prominent and successful horticulturists 
throughout the country. 



How to Figure Heating Surface of a 
Greenhouse. 

In figuring a greenhouse we have to deal entirely 
with exposed surface, cubic contents, rarely, if ever, 
being taken into account; therefore, the entire 
amount of glass exposed and its equivalent should be 
determined, and in doing this the ends and side walls 
should be figured just as surely as the overhead and 
end glass. The sides and end walls, if of wood, 
sheathed and papered good and tight, should be fig- 
ured in the following proportions, viz: Five square 
feet oi wall to one squai-e fool of glass. 

After obtaining the number of square feet of glass 
and equivalent, the next point is the proper amount 
of heating surface necessary, and this is dependant 
upon the temperature required in the greenhouse. 
The following proportions of glass to heating sur- 
face will be found fully accurate. 



190 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



To a temperature of 40° divide No. 
To a temperature of 45° divide No. 
To a temperature of 50° divide No. 
To a temperature of 55° divide No. 
To a temperature of 60° divide No. 
To a temperature of 65° divide No. 
To a temperature of 70° divide No. 



sq. ftc of glass by 
sq. ft. of glass by 
sq. ft. of glass by 
sq. ft. of glass by 
sq. ft. of glass by 
sq. ft. of glass by 
sq. ft. of glass by 



St. 
9 
8 
7 

6M 
6 

514 
5 



H.W. 
6 

5 

4 

3 



The above is based on an outside temperature of 
zero. 

Lubricating System. 



e^^MI 



NATURAL SYSTEM OF 
CYLINDER LUBRICATION 



/r£Y TO D/AGRAM 

£ PL/Mf'S 

3 Lli^C STCAM MAIN 

4 OIL TANH 

5 CATC \/ALVE 

6 rV/VNCL 

7 CAUCC CLASS 
S Df>IP 

a CONNECTION TO LIVE STTAM H/t/N 

10 OIL SUPPL y PIPE 

11 INDCPCNOCNT SIGHT rcCDS 



:!x 



^9 



M:^ 




Fig. 39. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 191 

Useful Information 

Steam. 

A cubic inch of water evaporated under ordinary 
atmospheric pressure is converted into 1 cubic foot 
of steam (approximately). 

The specific gravity of steam (at atmospheric pres- 
sure) is .411 that of air at 34 Fahrenheit, and .0006 
that of water at same temperature. 

27,222 cubic feet of steam weigh 1 pound; 13,817 
cubic feet of air weigh 1 pound. 

Locomotives average a consumption of 3,000 gal- 
lons of water per 100 miles run. 

The best designed boilers, well set, with good draft, 
and skillful firing, will evaporate from 7 to 10 lbs. 
of water per pound of first-class coal. 

In calculating horse-power of tubular or flue boil- 
ers, consider 15 square feet of heating surface equiva- 
lent to one nominal horse-power. 

On one square foot of grate can be burned on an 
average from 10 to 12 lbs. of hard coal, or 18 to 20 lbs. 
soft coal, per hour, with natural draft. With forced 
draft nearly double this amount can be burned. 

Steam engines, in economy, vary from 14 to 60 lbs. 
of feed water and from 1^ to 7 lbs. of coal per hour 
per indicated H. P. 

Rules for Calculating Speed of Pulleys. 

1. The diameter of the driver and driven being 
given, to find the number of revolutions of the driven: 

Rule. Multiply the diameter of the driver by its 
number of revolutions, and divide the product by the 
diameter of the driven; the quotient will be the num- 
ber of revolutions. 

2. The diameter and the revolutions of the driver 
being given to find the diameter of the driven, that 
shall make any given number of revolutions in the 
same time: 

Rule. Multiply the diameter of the driver by its 
number of revolutions, and divide the product by the 
number of revolutions of the driven; the quotient will 
be its diameter. 

3. To ascertain the size of the driver: 

Rule. Multiply the diameter of the driven by the 
number of revolutions you wish to make, and divide 
the product by the revolutions of the driver; the 
quotient will be the size of the driver. 



192 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Expansion and Contraction. 

Scarcely anything can withstand the expansion of 
iron. It expands from 32° to 212°, about 1-900 of its 
length, which in 100 feet equals 1^ inches. The ex- 
panding power of a 2" pipe when heated to a temper- 
ature of 100 pounds steam, or 338°, exerts a force 
sufficient to move 25 tons. 

Cast iron expands 1/162000 of its length for each 
degree Fahr. It is subjected to within ordinary limits 
while in its solid state. 

Wrought iron expands 1/150000 of its length for 
each degree Fahr. To find the expansion of a line of 
pipe, multiply its length in inches by the number of 
degrees of temperature applied and divide the prod- 
uct by 150,000 for required expansion in inches; 
thus 100' X 12" = 1200 X 338° = 405600 -^ 150000 = 3.7 
inches. 

Special attention, then, must be given to the ex- 
pansion and contraction of pipes and allowance made 
for it. 

Expansion joints should not be used if the expan- 
sion can be compensated for in any other way. 





PRESSURE STAND PIPE 


Allow for thread 


Size of opening 


Bursting 


Working pres- 


to screw tight 


for tapping 


pressure 


sure factor Safety 


in fitting: 


(inches) 


(pounds) 


6 (pounds) 


5/l6 


^732 


25,182 


4,197 


Vs 


2%4 


24,174 


4,029 


% 


1%2 


18,420 


3,070 


ri6 


2%2 


17,490 


2,915 


8/l6 


1%6 


13,704 


2,284 


% 


P/l6 


12,780 


2,130 


% 


IK 


10,140 


1,690 


H 


IH 


9,000 


1,500 


% 


2%6 


7,000 


1,240 


% 


211/16 


8,262 


1,377 


% 


35/16 


7,080 


1,180 


Vs 


31%6 


6,366 


1,061 


1 


4%6 


5,880 


980 


i 


m 


5,460 


910 


Ws 


55/1 6 


5,130 


855 


IK 


65A6 


4,614 


769 


IM 


7% 


4,290 


715 


IM 


8% 


4,926 


671 


IVz 


9% 


,3,846 


641 


iVs 


IOV16 


3,648 


608 


lU 


121%2 


3,120 


520 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 193 

A gallon of water (U. S. Standard) weighs 8V3 
pounds, and contains 231 cubic inches. 



A cubic foot of water weights 62^ pounds, and 
contains 1,728 cubic inches, or 7>2 gallons. 



Each Nominal Horse-Power of boilers requires 1 
cubic foot of water per hour. 



In calculating horse-power of steam boilers, con- 
sider for tubular or flue boilers 15 square feet of heat- 
ing surface equivalent to 1 horse-power. 



Condensing engines require from 20 to 25 gallonj 
of water to condense the steam evaporated from one 
gallon of water. 



To find the pressure in pounds per square inch of 
a column of water, multiply the height of the column 
in feet by .434. (Approximately, every foot elevation 
is called equal to one-half pound per square inch.) 



To find the capacity of a cylinder in gallons. Multi- 
ply the area in inches by the length of stroke in inches 
will give the total number of cubic inches; divide 
the amount by 231 (which is the cubical contents of 
a gallon in inches), and the product is the capacity in 
gallons. 



Ordinary speed to run pumps is 100 feet of piston 
per minute. 



194 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

To find quantity of water elevated in one minute 
running at 100 feet of piston per minute. Square 
the diameter of water cylinder in inches and multiply 
by 4. Example: Capacity of a five-inch cylinder is 
desired; the square of the diameter (5 inches) is 25, 
which, multiplied by 4, gives 100, which is gallons 
per minute (approximately). 



To find the diameter of a pump cylinder to move a 
given quantity of water per minute (100 feet of piston 
being the speed), divide the number of gallons by 4, 
then extract the square root, and the result will be 
the diameter in inches. 



To find the velocity in feet per minute necessary 
to discharge a given volume of water in a given time, 
multiply the number of cubic feet of water by 144, 
and divide the product by the area of the pipe In 
inches. 



To find the area of a required pipe, the volume and 
velocity of water being given, multiply the number 
of cubic feet of water by 144, and divide the product 
by the velocity In feet per minute. The area being 
found, It Is easy to get the diameter of pipe necessary. 



The area of the steam piston multiplied by tVie 
steam pressure, gives the total amount of pressure 
exerted. The area of the water piston, multiplied 
by the pressure of water per square inch, gives the 
resistance. A margin must be made between the 
power and the resistance, to move the pistons at the 
required speed; usually reckoned at about 50 per cent. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 195 

Every pound of coal requires a definite amount of 
air to burn it. It therefore requires ten times as 
much air to burn properly one hundred pounds of 
coal as "it does to burn ten, and so on. Don't try to 
do what is impossible; a boy may sometimes be made 
to do a man's work, but a small chimney cannot pos- 
sibly do the work of a large one. 

The Boiling Point of Water. 

Water boils at different temperatures, according to 
the elevation above the sea level. In New York 
water boils practically at 212 degrees Fahrenheit; in 
Munich, Germany, at 209y^ degrees; in the City of 
Mexico, at 200 degrees, and in the Himalayas, at an 
elevation of 18,000 feet above the level of the sea, 
at 180 degrees. These differences are caused by the 
varying pressure of the atmosphere at these points. 
In New York the whole weight of the air has to be 
overcome. 

In Mexico, 7,000 feet above the sea, there is 7,000 
feet less of atmosphere to be resisted; consequently 
less heat is required and boiling takes place at a lower 
temperature. 

Under no consideration should ^-inch pipe be used 
in any kind of hot water heating systems. Use 1-inch 
or larger in all cases. 



196 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Number of threads to the inch of screw on Ameri- 
can standard wrought iron, steam, gas and water 
pipe, from % to 10 inches. 






vs/vwvwwwc 



Fig. 42. 



Size of pipe 

Number of threads per inch 

Size of pipe 

Number of threads per inch 

Size of pipe 

Number of threads per inch 

Size of pipe 

Number of threads per inch 



27 


18 


18 


14 


1 




IH 
llJi 


2 
11^ 


3 

8 


W2 

8 


4 
8 


4'/S 
8 


6 
8 


7 
8 


8 
8 


9 

8 



14 

2^ 
8 

5 
8 

10 



Difference Between Tonnage and Horse-Power. 

Locomotives and steamships are always rated as 
tonnage in figuring horse-power and tonnage; the 
difference is 16/35 of a horse-power equals a ton. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 197 

A square foot of uncovered pipe, filled with steam 
at 100 pounds pressure, will radiate and dissipate in 
a year the heat put into 3,716 pounds of steam by the 
economic combustion of 398 pounds of coal. Thus, 
10 square feet of bare pipe corresponds approxi- 
mately to the waste of two tons of coal per annum. 

To Remove Stains From Marble. 

Take two parts of soda, one of pumice and one of 
finely powdered chalk. Sift through a fine sieve and 
mix into a paste with water. Rub this composition 
all over the marble and the stain will be removed. 
Wash it with soap and water, and a beautiful bright 
polish will be produced. 

To Clean Marble. 

Mix up a quantity of the strongest soaplees and 
quicklime to the consistency of milk; lay it on the 
stone for 24 hours; clean it and it will appear as 
new. To further improve, rub with fine putty 
powder and olive oil. 

To determine necessary surface in square feet for 
aspirating coil in ventilating flue divide air to be 
moved per hour by .950 for steam radiation, and .600 
for water radiation. 

To reduce Fahrenheit temperature to centigrade 
subtract 32 from Fahrenheit reading, multiply by 
5 and divide by 9. 

To reduce centigrade to Fahrenheit multiply centi- 
grade reading by 9, divide by 5 and add 32. 

Liquid Measure. 

4 gills make 1 pint. 

2 pints make 1 quart. 

4 quarts make 1 gallon. 

315^ gallons make 1 barrel. 



198 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Boiling Points of Various Fluids. 

Water in Vacuum 98° 

Water, Atmospheric Pressure 213° 

Alcohol 173° 

Sulphuric Acid 240° 

Refined Petroleum 316° 

Turpentine 315° 

Sulphur 570° 

Linseed Oil 597° 

Melting Points of Different Metals. 

Aluminum 1400 

Antimony 1150 

Bismuth 507 

Brass 1900 

Bronze 1692° 

Copper 1996° 

Glass 2377 

Gold (pure) 2066° 

Iron (cast) " 2786 

Iron (wrought) 2912 

Lead 617 

Platinum 3080° 

Silver (pure) 1873 

Steel '. 2500 

Tin 446 

Zinc 773 

Weights and Measures. 

Measure of Length. 



o 



o 



o 



o 



4 


inches 


make 1 hand. 


7.92 


inches 


make 1 link. 


18 


inches 


make 1 cubit. 


12 


inches 


make 1 foot. 


6 


feet 


make 1 fathom. 


3 


feet 


make 1 yard. 


5H 


yards 


make 1 rod or pole. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 19 9 

Measure of Length — Continued. 

40 poles make 1 furlong. 
8 furlongs make 1 mile. 
SQVa miles make 1 degree. 
60 geographical miles make 1 degree. 

1760 yards ) 

> 1 mile. 
5280 feet ) 

Measure of Surface. 

144 square inches make 1 square foot. 

9 square feet make 1 square yard. 
SO^square yards make 1 rod, perch or pole. 
• 40 square rods make 1 square rood. 

4 square roods make 1 square acre. 
10 square chains make 1 square acre. 
640 square acres make 1 square mile. 
Gunter's chain equal to 23 yards or 100 links. 
272]^ square feet make 1 square rod. 
43,560 square feet make 1 acre. 

• Measure of Solidity. 

1728 cubic inches make 1 cubic foot. 
27 cubic feet make 1 cubic yard. 

Firing. 

Steam. 

Experience teaches us that in many cases where 
the water leaves the boiler and goes into the radia- 
tion the trouble is caused by improper firing. 

The steam gets low either from neglect or over 
night, and the fireman, desiring to get the steam up 
as soon as possible, opens the ash-pit door, and with 
a strong draft in chimney flue urges up the fire to an 



200 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

intensity far beyond what the boiler needs, and this 
causes the water to boil so furiously that it lifts out 
of the boiler. The ash-pit door is only made to gain 
access to the pit to take out the ashes, and should 
be used for this purpose only, and not to create 
draft, as the draft door is made sufficiently large 
to admit all the air necessary for combustion. In 
other words, don't put a 13-horse power fire under a 
4-horse power boiler. 

Caution. 

If the water should disappear from the gauge glass, 
do not draw the^ fire, but cover it with wet ashes, 
and allow the boiler to cool before refilling with 
water. 

When connecting damper regulator adjust the 
chains so that both the draft door and check draft 
door will be closed when the regulator lever is level, 
and there is no steam in the boiler. In this position 
chain should be tight. 

Metal That Expands in Cooling. 

Lead, 75; antimony, 16.7; and bismuth, 18.3. 
Expansion of solids from 32° to 212°, at 32° being 
equal to 1. 

Brass , 1.00191 

Common brick . . . . , 1.00055 

Cast iron 1.00111 

Cement 1.00144 

Copper ^ .; 1.00175 

Fire brick 1.0175 

Glass 1.00085 

Granite 1.00079 

Water expands .1 of its bulk in freezing. 
A column of water 2.3 ft. high equals 1 tb. per sq. 
in. pressure. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 201 

Ordinary atmosphere will sustain 33,9 ft. of water 

in height. 
35.84 cu. ft of water=l ton. 
39.84 cu. ft. of ice=rl ton. 

1 cu. ft. of sea water=64.3 tb. 
Sea water contains 4 to 5 oz. of salt per gallon. 

Weights of Different Metals. 

Lead 1 foot square, inch thick=59.06 

Copper 1 foot square, inch thick=45.3 

Wrought-iron 1 foot square, inch thicki=40.5 

Cast-iron 1 foot square, inch thick=:37.54 

Cast-steel 1 foot square, inch thick=40.83 

Under no consideration should lead be used in fit- 
tings as lead has a tendency to stop the circulation 
in time. A good practical man will always lead on 
the threads. 

Pipe and Fittings. 

Use ample-sized pipe. If one or two sizes large 
it will not be detrimental to the successful circula- 
tion of the steam or water, but if too small .will in 
all probability cause failure. Pipes of ample size 
are the most satisfactory and economical in the long 
run. Use fittings which will allow of the free and 
rapid circulation of the steam or water, connecting 
them in such a manner as to permit proper expan- 
sion and contraction of the pipe. 



Shrinkage of Castings. 

Pattern-makers' rule for Cast-iron . . 1/8 

" " Brass 3/16 

" " Lead 1/8 

" " Ti^ 1/12 

" " Zinc 3/16J 



of an inch 
longer per 
linear 
foot. 



202 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

PLUMBING. 

Method of Wiping Joints. 
^ Watching somebody wipe joints, a clear descrip- 
tion of how it is done, and acquaintance with the 
traits and qualities of materials used, are essential, 
but practice in the art of wiping joints has more to 
do with it making one proficient than has mere prac- 
tice to do with proficiency in any other line of work. 
One may give the closest attention to the manual op- 
eration of making a thousand joints when the cloth 
and ladle are in the hands of some one else and yet 
fail to remember the how and wherefore for the hun- 
dred movements necessary to success. 

Before commencing to wipe a joint, one should be 
positive that the pipe is firmly set, that the cleaning 
is well done and of proper length, that the junction 
of the ends is well made, so that solder will not run 
through into the pipe, that the edges are well pasted 
or otherwise protected, so that the solder will not 
adhere except at the cleaning, that no undue currents 
of air are passing through it, that there is enough 
solder in the pot to get up the heat and do the work- 
and that the cloth is in good condition. 

The beginner should keep the solder hot, leaving 
the pot in the furnace while practicing, so that he can 
put back and remelt the cold solder from time to 
time. He can do no better than to try to imitate the 
motions of those who know how. Practice will soon 
teach him a few points which words cannot explain 
to the inexperienced. Let the novice take the cloth 
in his left hand, holding it forward, so as to cover the 
tips of his fingers and take a ladle of solder in his 
right hand, hold the cloth under the cleaning and 
drop the solder, drop by drop, upon the different 
parts where the joint is to be made. A single drop 
of solder too hot will melt a hole through a pipe very 
quickly. Keep the ladle moving, so that the drops 
will fall in different places. When some solder gath- 
ers on the cloth put it up on top again and drop the 
solder on it and continue this operation until you 
have got the required amount of heat on the pipe so 
that your solder and the pipe is of the same heat and 
then form and wipe your joint. 

Solder is a metal or alloy used to unite adjacent 
metallic edges or surfaces. 

It must be rather more fusible than the metal or 
metals to be united, and with4;his object the compo- 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 203 

ne-nts and their ^relative amounts are varied to suit 
the character of the work. 

As the melting point of lead is 617° to 626° accord- 
ing to the purity of the lead, solder must melt at a 
lower temperature. 

The solder depends very much upon the nature and 
quality of both tin and lead. 

No definite rule can be made for the melting points 
of plumbers' solder, although the following table is 
said to be nearly correct: 

3 parts lead to 1 of tin, coarse melts at 480° F. 

60 parts lead to 40 of tin, plumbers melts at . .440° F. 

1 part lead to 1 of tin, fine melts at 370° F. 

1 part lead to 1>^ of tin, tin pipe melts at. .. .330° F. 

It often happens that solder will become spoiled 
by getting zinc or other ingredients into it, which 
causes the solder to harden or crystallize contrary to 
its nature. 

.This is shown by the solder quickly setting or work- 
ing badly, while if disturbed when cooling it is a kind 
of gray blue. 

This is often caused by dipping brass or copper 
work into the pot for tinning, and also when solder- 
ing brass or copper to lead. 

If too hot the zinc leaves the copper, and the tin 
takes it up, because the tin and zinc readily mix. A 
small portion of zinc will also cause the lead and ti^i 
to separate. 

If there is zinc in solder, heat it to about 900° or 
nearly red hot, throw in a small quantity of sulphur 
(brimstone), which melts at 226° F. This high tem- 
perature is needed to melt the zinc, which melts at 
773° F., and being lighter than lead or tin, has a ten- 
dency to float with the help of sulphur. 

The sulphur mixes with the zinc and brings up all 
foreign substances to the surface. 

Skim the solder well and after the heat is reduced 
to about the melting point of solder, add resin or 
tallow, to free the sulphur, and the solder should be 
clean, 

- Lead and tin can be separated by one rising above 
the other, so always stir before taking out a ladleful 
for use. 

Never stir solder when red hot or burnt. 

If allowed to burn, the nutriment or binding quali- 
ties are gone, and the pliable property which makes 
the solder work like butter, deducts from the ductility 
always needed in good working solder. 



204 JOHNSOIsf'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Some solder will work well for several heats and 
then become coarse; its appearance will be black and 
dull, become very porous and unreliable without 
more tin. 

This is due to the fact that poor tin has been em- 
ployed or some foreign substance, such as antimony, 
has been mixed with it. It will form teats or drops 
on the bottom of the joint and it will be difficult to 
make the joint. When this occurs, clean the solder 
with sulphur and resin and add tin to replace the 
deficiency caused by cleaning. 

When solder hangs to the cloth it is too fine and 
needs a little lead, and when it sets too quickly or too 
coarse add tin. 

Never leave sulphur in ladle or solder pot, as it 
cannot be cleaned without considerable trouble. 

The fluxes generally employed for soldering, are, 
for iron, borax or sal-ammoniac; for zinc, brass or 
copper, sal-ammoniac or zinc chloride; for lead or 
tin pipe, resin or tallow. 

A liquid for use in fine solder is made by dropping 
small pieces of zinc into two ounces of muriatic acid, 
until bubbles cease to rise, then dilute by adding 
water. 

In tinning metals, the object is to prepare the sur- 
faces that they may readily unite with the melted 
solder. 

The tinning operation is best performed at a mod- 
erate heat. When overheated, the coating of solder, 
or the tinning as it is called, is reduced to a yellow 
powder and is destroyed. The tinning must be re- 
stored before it can be used. 

Resin is recommended as a flux for tinning copper 
bits which are to be used for soldering lead and for 
tinning all brass and copper work upon which sof 
solder joints are to be wiped. 

Articles composed jDf brass or copper, such as fau- 
cets, nipples, etc., should be tinned, filing to remove 
the coating or oxides, leaving the metal surface clean, 
then coating with a flux. Solder is then applied with 
a bit entirely covering the filed surface. 

It is bad practice to dip brass articles into a pot 
of molten solder which is to be used for wiping pur- 
poses, because some of the zinc, of which the brass 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 205 

is partly composed, will melt out and alloy with the 
solder, thus spoiling it. Articles composed wholly of 
copper, provided they are perfectly clean and free 
from filings, will do no injury to the solder. 

Iron articles may be tinned by thoroughly cleaning 
the surfaces and treating them with sal-ammoniac 
before applying the solder. 

Great care must be taken, when filing brass or 
other metals preparatory to tinning them, that the 
filings do not fall on the bench or such places that 
solder falling from wiped joints will pick them up. 
As a precaution, filing should not be done near the 
place where the wiping is to be done. 

Solder flows better at high temperatures, provided 
the temperature is not so high as to oxidize it. 

Solder will flow into a joint until it is chilled, there- 
fore, it flows farthest when it possesses a large ex- 
cess of heat above that which is necessary to main- 
tain it in the fluid condition. 

The heat necessary for making wiped joints Is sup- 
plied wholly by the molten solder, thus, it is essen- 
tial that the solder should possess a considerable sur- 
plus of heat. The temperature is limited, however, 
by the tendency of the soldeT to oxidize. 

The strength of a joint not only depends upon the 
quantity, but the quality of the solder. 

Too long manipulation spoils the solder and weak- 
ens the lead, the first joint made, if the metals are 
thoroughly fused, will be the most reliable, even if 
the shape is not perfect. 

In making wiped joints, the metals to be joined 
should be heated to a temperature nearly equal to 
the fusing point of the solder. 

Care should be taken that they are not heated be- 
yond this temperature. 

Fit ends of pipe tightly to prevent solder entering 
the interior, thoroughly clean all surfaces to be 
wiped, and immediately cover this cleaned surface 
with grease or oily matter, to prevent tarnishing. 

In shaving, do not dig out the lead, as It Is weak- 
ened and the joint cracks at the edges much sooner 
than it otherwise would. 

It is of great importance that all wiped joints 
should be sound and reliable. 



206 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Patient practice until one can make a perfect joint 
is necessary. No wiped joint is perfect unless strong 
in body, perfectly fused, clean at the edges, true in 
form and free from solder inside. 

In all joints the solder should be well mixed, and 
so fuse with the pipe that the metals will be perfectly 
united. 

Wiped joints, properly made, are the strongest 
known to the trade, and generally recognized in the 
plumbing industry as one method of proving a 
plumber's status. 

What is a metal? 

An elementary mineral substance possessing con- 
siderable specific gravity, hardness and cohesion and 
requiring a high degree of heat to liquefy. 

Give the symbol, ore and composition of the metals 
of interest to plumbers. 

Lead 

Tin 

Zinc 

Copper 

Iron 

Pb 

Sn 

Zn 

Cu 

Fe 

Galena 

Tinstone 

Blende 

Glance 

Pyrites Iron 

Magnetite 
Hematite Iron and Oxygen 

Lead and Sulphur 
Tin and Oxygen 
Zinc and Sulphur 
Copper and Sulphur 
Copper and Sulphur 



It « 



• JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 207 

Give the relative tenacity of the above metals. 

Lead 1 or lowest. 

Tin 1 1-3 times that of lead. 

Zinc 2 times that of lead. 

Copper 18 times that of lead. 

Iron 211/2 ■ times that of lead. 

Give the relative malleability of the five metals. 

Copper, tin, lead, zinc and iron? 

What does tenacity denote? 

The relative power of resistance the metals have, 
to being torn apart. 

On what does the malleability of a metal depend? 

A great deal on its tenacity, coupled with softness. 

What is the melting point of iron and some of its 
properties? 

Melts at 2786° F., is very ductile and malleable and 
appears m three forms, malleable, or wrought, in its 
purest state, or cast, when containing carbon in dif- 
ferent proportions. 

At what temperature will zinc melt and what are its 
peculiarities? 

Melts at 773° F., is somewhat brittle and fairly per- 
manent in air. It is a protecting coating for iron un- 
der the name of galvanized iron, and dissolves easily 
in acids. 

What are the peculiarities of tin and its melting 
point? 

Melts at 428°, is a brilliant white metal in the pure 
state and produces a peculiar crackling noise when 
bent, called the "cry" of tin. It is very malleable, but 
also slightly ductile. 

What is copper, its melting point and some of its 
uses? 

An elementary metallic substance of a pale, red 
color, moderately hard, malleable and ductile. Cop- 
per fuses at 1742° F. It is the most useful of all the 
metals for alloy. Mixed with tin it forms bronze; 
with zinc it forms brass; is a good conductor of heat 
and electricity and one of the most useful of metals. 

What is brass, its uses and melting point? 

It is composed of copper and zinc of different pro- 
portions and has no certain temperature for fusing, 
as the component parts vary; about 1100° F. It is 



208 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. ' 

one of the most useful of alloys, more fusible than 
copper and not so apt to tarnish. It is malleable 
when cold, but not so when heated. 

Describe the properties of lead, its melting point 
and some of its uses? 

Lead is of a bluish gray color, very soft and of 
slight tenacity. Its proper name is galena or sul- 
phide of lead. It melts at 612° to 617° F., according 
to its purity. It is used in^the arts and sciences, and 
combines with other metals in various alloys. 

What are alloys and some of their properties? 

An alloy is a combination by fusion of two or more 
metals. All alloys are opaque, have a metallic luster, 
are more or less ductile, elastic and malleable, also 
good conductors of heat and electricity. 

What is solder, and of what is plumbers' solder 
composed? 

A metal or alloy to unite adjacent metallic edges or 
surfaces and is composed of lead and tin in different 
proportions. 

What are the proportions of lead and tin in plumb- 
ers' solders, and their melting points? 

Coarse mixture 3 lead 1 tin, melts 480 

Plumbers' mixture 60 lead 40 tin, melts 440° 

Fine mixture 1 lead 1 tin, melts 370° 

Tin pipe mixture 1 lead ly^ tin, melts 330 

What spoils solder and how should it be cleaned? 

Allowing zinc or antimony to mix with it and by 
burning it. 

Clean it by heating the solder to 900° or more, in- 
troducing sulphur, which helps impurities to rise. 
When this is skimmed, put in resin, and the mixture 
should be purified. This high temperature is needed 
to melt antimony which fuses at 834°, and zinc at 773°. 

Why should solder never be allowed to burn? 

Because the pliable property and nutriment are ex- 
tracted. 

What are some of the fluxes used in soldering dif- 
ferent metals? 

For iron, borax or sal-ammoniac. For zinc, copper 
or brass, — sal-ammoniac or zinc chloride. For lead 
or tin pipes, — tallow or resin. Also, for iron and 
zinc, drop small pieces of zinc into two ounces of 
muriatic acid until bubbles cease to rise; then add a 
little water. 



o 



o 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 209 

Sewage. 

Sewage is composed of waste water carrying in 
suspension organic and inorganic wastes. The or- 
ganic wastes contain both animal and vegetable mat- 
ter, such as urine and excreta and wastes from 
kitchen sinks, slaughtering, rendering and packing 
establishments, etc. Inorganic wastes are from man- 
ufacturing establishments, as for instance paper mills, 
foundries, gasworks and tar or asphalt plants. The 
decomposition of the organic wastes produces men- 
thane or marsh gas' according to the best authorities. 

This is a poisonous gas, but not so virulent as car- 
bon-monoxide, which is a deadly poison, producing 
almost instant death. 

Carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide gases are 
probably produced in sewage by inorganic wastes. 
Invariably it will be found that the presence of such 
gases in public sewers carrying sewage is due to leaks 
in gas mains. 

All brick sewers are porous, nearly all tile sewers 
leak at points where connections have been made 
and thereby absorb the leaking gas from mains. Such 
gases are poisonous and cause many of the fatal acci- 
dents which sometimes happen in sewer manholes, 
catch basins and excavations. These gases must be 
kept out of houses for the same reason, hence we 
have traps, vents, etc., in our modern plumbing sys- 
tems. 

The treatment of raw sewage by means of septic 
tanks and filter beds, or by dilution, renders it harm- 
less. 

The action of animalculae in septic tanks is being 
studied by engineers and chemists to the end that 
sanitary disposal of sewage may be accomplished in 
a manner suitable to inland towns. 

The dilution method of disposal is more suitable to 
towns and cities on tide water or on large rivers, pro- 
vided the volume of water in the rivers is sufficient 
and other towns do not use such water for domestic 
purposes. 



210 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Ventilation of Sewer. 

Sewers and drains, together with plumbing sys- 
tems, are ventilated in order to carry off the gases 
mentioned and to protect the inhabitants of build- 
ings from gas poison and infection. 

Sewers are ventilated by manholes in the street,-" 
having perforated iron covers. 

Drains are ventilated in the same manner and by 
the vent pipes in a plumbing system. 

Plumbing systems are ventilated by the extension 
of soil and waste pipes through the roof of a build- 
ing. Vent pipes are connected into these soil and 
waste pipes above the highest waste connection, or 
extended separately through the roof. 

Vent pipes are designed to safeguard trap seals and 
provide for a circulation of air in the plumbing sys- 
tem. 

Trap seals are necessary to prevent the entrance 
of sewer gas to the living rooms. 

If there were no vent pipes the accumulated gases 
would eventually pass through the water seal, or the 
latter would be lost by reason of air compression or 
vacuum. 

The installation of plumbing appears to be very 
simple. There' is a reason for simple things. Igno- 
rance of that reason may produce very serious con- 
sequences. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 






211 







212 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 213 

Drainage Plan, Fig. 104. 

A gravity system for sewage and subsoil waters 
flowing directly to public sewer. Clean-out Y branch 
fittings, Fig. 10, back water gate valves, Fig. 2, sub- 
soil drain basin, Fig. 31, and water jacket grease ba- 
sin, Fig. 27 or Fig. 29, for receiving waste from sinks 
are used as indicated on plans. Also gravel basin. 
Fig. 31, is shown near rear wall to which down spouts 
may be attached. ■ 

Plans, Figs. 102, 103 and 104, give an idea where 
best to install Wade clean-out fittings, back water 
gate valves, catch basins, bilge pumping outfit, etc. 
In connection with lines of sewer and sub-soil drains. 
Each accessible flushing clean-out back water gate 
valve and clean-out fitting is provided with an iron 
inspection manhole which reaches from the sewer in 
the ground to the surface of cellar floor and is also 
provided with a tight iron cover which is easily re- 
moved when necessary and permits direct access to 
the back water gate valves, clean-out fittings and in- 
terior of house drains without removing any floors 
or concrete. The Wade accessible sewer flushing 
clean-out system, back water gate valves, catch ba- 
sins and bilge pumping outfit as shown and illus- 
trated in this book guarantee cleanliness in the house 
drains, accessibility for inspection and easiness by 
which they can be flushed and cleaned. They give 
knowledge to the owner or occupant of the building 
of the exact location and condition of the sewer and 
access to the straight lines of drains and lateral 
branches and obviate the danger of clogged sewers, 
flooded basements and sewer gas. If, therefore, you 
are erecting new or remodeling old residences or 
business structures, install Wade Accessible House 
Drainage Systems — since correct house drains pre- 
vent disease, preserve life, health and welfare of hu- 
manity. 

Drainage Plan, Fig. 103. 

Consists of an extra heavy cast iron pipe, as shown 
in double dotted lines, hung from the basement ceil- 
ing. By gravity it discharges direct to the" public 
sewer. Gravel basin, Fig. 31 or Fig. 49^, is shown 
near rear wall to which down spout is connected. 
Sink grease basin, Fig. 27 or Fig. 29, is also shown on 
plan and is intended for use at the foot of sink waste 
pipe. The above system embraces all pipes leading 
from fixtures located above the basement 



214 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



nmtt any 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



215 








216 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Ice Box. 

A great deal of attention has of late been given to 
the sanitary connection of the waste from a refrig- 
erator to the soil pipe. This is especially true when 
planning for two, three or more stories apartment 
buildings where the refrigerators on the different 
floors are located directly over one another. 

The drawing on the following page shows the 
latest connection of two refrigerators. Here a spe- 
cial drum trap is located under the floor. The trap 
is connected to the waste by means of a union. By- 
simply disconnecting this union, the refrigerator can 
easily be moved. The traps should be from 6 to 8 
inches in diameter and 8 inches deep. 

In the center of the trap is a partition wall divid- 
ing it in two parts. This partition extends to within 
two inches of the top. Waste is connected to the 
bottom of one compartment and as the waste water 
must reach a level on line with the top of the parti- 
tion before it can overflow into the other compart- 
ment, which is connected to the soil stack, a perfect 
water seal is created. Trap has a threaded brass 
cover which allows the trap to be easily cleaned. 

Refrigerators connected in this manner have been 
found to be great ice savers. -It prevents hot air 
from entering the boxes, as it does when a pan is 
placed under the waste pipe of the refrigerator, as 
the waste pipe does not come within several inches 
of the top of the pan. Soil stack is usually of two 
or three-inch galvanized pipe with galvanized fittings. 
Stack should vent to the atmosphere and before it is 
connected to the soil pipe, a trap should be inserted. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



:i7 



Pfopet Way of Draining an Ice Box. 

There are many ways of draining ice boxes, but 
the manner as shown in Fig. 69 is the most sanitary 
and simple way that has been brought to the writer's 
notice. 

End of waste pipe from ice box must be under 
water in pan as shown. Place on brackets, under 
floor of basement, a sheet lead lined box 8x8x10. 
Run waste from there to sink in basement. Waste 
should be at least 1^4 inch pipe to assure free drain- 
age of ice box. 




Wi«\AT& - 



6lNK 



n 



n 



a>qNIT/\RY CONNE-CTION 

FoK Ice-box 

Fig. 69. 



\h 



Waste* -^ 



— r^ 

V&MT 



218 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



219 



(«@" 




220 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Beer Pump and Piping. 

Illustration shown here is beer pumps and piping 
connection. Different makes of beer pumps; this 
will give a plumber a good knowledge of this kind 
of work. These cuts show hydraulic beer pump and 
carbon gas pump outfits. 

Jeanette Automatic Electric Beer Pump. The 
principal feature of this pump is, that it is automatic 
in its operating and can be set to operate at any pres- 
sure from 10 to 50 pounds, and when connected to u 
storage tank the air can be regulated. 

The automatic cut-off is very simple, with the posi- 
tive knock out never failing to start or stop the 
pump at the pressure desired. The connections as 
shown here are very simple to make if the sketch is 
followed outright. There is nothing to get out of 
order in the Jeannette Beer Pump. 

Plumbing Railroad Station. 

Of late years special attention has been given to 
the sanitary equipment of toilet rooms in railroad sta- 
tions, public buildings and factories of all kinds, and 
public comfort stations are established at different 
parts of all our large cities. 

All fixtures in these places are of the latest and 
most sanitary kind. Soil pipes, inside of buildings, 
are all extra strong C. I. soil pipe. Figures 1 and 2 
show a plan view and cross section, respectively, of 
an up-to-date arrangement of the different fixtures in 
toilet rooms of this kind. Here a 2' 6" wide work- 
ing and vent space is arranged. Walls for this work- 
ing space are 4 inches thick of a light colored salt 
glazed brick. In the ceiling of this working space 
are located two 24-inch diameter ventilators. On 
either side of these walls are, in this case, a battery of 
ten closets. In the walls, at the center of each closet, 
is located a 2^-inch high by 163^-inch long opening 
with a vent hood in the rear of the closet and a de- 
flector in the working space. Through the large ven- 
tilators in the ceiling of the work room a draught or 
circulation is created which draws the foul air out of 
the stalls. The deflectors force the foul air upwards 
along the walls. 

At each end wall of the room are located five 
urinals and four lavatories. Lavatories are supplied 
with hot and cold water. Automatic closets and 
urinals should always be used. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



221 




222 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 223 

A Plea for Correct Sewerage. 

The close of the century witnessed a most re- 
markable development in the construction of plumb- 
ing and house drainage. Heretofore many earnest, 
well-meaning individuals not appreciating the im- 
portance of correct drainage, were inclined to sacri- 
fice this vital factor in their buildings, to the adorn- 
ment of their reception, dining and other rooms, not 
realizing that the very decorative feature on which 
so much time and expense were spent, might conceal 
a lurking enemy in the disguise of DEADLY 
SEWER GAS. 

The presence of drain diseases, such as typhoid and 
scarlet fevers, dysentery, etc., coming frequently from 
no apparent cause led inquiring minds to investigate 
and as a result of their investigation, we attribute 
much of the improvement now noted in modern edi- 
fices. The same art which was heretofore employed 
for the embellishment of the more favored portion of 
a dwelling is now applied to bath and toilet rooms 
and their accompanying accessories, and knowledge 
and refinement have superseded ignorance and neg- 
lect. While all of this is a laudable step in the right 
direction, still it must be borne in mind that attract- 
ive fixtures may be attached to defective drains and 
a state of corruption may exist amidst the daintiest 
surroundings. 

House drains convey from the house the liquid and 
solid refuse which animal life .rejects. Waste is a 
necessary accompaniment in all conditions of life. 
The accumulated waste from food, clothing, bathing 
and other simple acts of daily existence tends to de- 
cay, which naturally becomes offensive and must be 
removed, or disease will ensue. 

The drain therefore which-encircles the abode and 
conveys the matter from dwellings must be abso- 
lutely perfect, even the slightest imperfection creates 
a chronic state of ill health or puzzling anaemia and 
oftentimes death. Every builder should weigh these 
facts well, he should familiarize himself with the 
drainage system of his house and adopt only that 
which is convincingly trustworthy in every respect. 

There is another danger which must not be over- 
looked. Many families having closed up their homes 
during a period of travel, perceive on their return an 
offensive odor permeating the different apartments. 



224 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

The difficulty is simply this — The water which stands 
in the traps of house pipes and which shuts off gases 
from the sewer when wash basins, etc., are in use, 
not receiving its customary supply, evaporates during 
the absence of occupants, and gases from the main 
sewer are permitted to enter. 

For weeks, perhaps, there has been no .water seal 
in the traps, the ascent of sewer air has been con- 
tinuous, so that not only the air is utterly unfit to live 
in but curtains, carpets and other absorbing furnish- 
ings have become saturated with the pollution thus 
acquired. 

Let it be remembered, that when lavatories, sinks 
and other fixtures are not in use they are gradually 
losing by evaporation the trapped water seal, and 
authorities have declared that sewer gas or sul- 
phurated hydrogen is the most poisonous of all the 
gases of known composition, that it is heavier than 
the ordinary atmospheric air, that experiments have 
been made with it by chemical authorities which 
show that one part of the gas and two of the air 
will kill animal life. This gas therefore must be re- 
moved so far away from us that it cannot return in 
the form of dangerous invisible gases of decomposi- 
tion. 

It must then be obvious to any person that a thor- 
ough system of house drainage and plumbing is nec- 
essary in order that the building may be kept free 
from the pollution in public sewer and its poisonous 
air. 

The remedy for this evil is not so very far away but 
what it can be very easily reached. 

At the proceedings of the International Congress 
of Hygiene and Demography held at Washington, 
D. C, by the most eminent architects and sanitary 
engineers in the world, the most important subject 
discussed was the sanitation of the interiors of houses 
connected with the public sewers, and it was unani- 
mously adopted that the end and object of the system- 
atic drainage of a house is to endow it with a good 
system of water supply and discharge for waste 
water and to regularly flush the interior of the drains 
by clean pressure water, it being 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 225 

Resolved, that the object will be the most cer- 
<:ainly attained where the following essential rules are 
strictly observed: To exclude from the interior of 
our houses all sewer gas, to avoid pollution of the 
soil by fecal matter or waste water, to prevent the 
generation of deleterious gases in the soil and in the 
air below and around our houses, to discharge as rap- 
idly as possible into the public sewer all fecal mat~ 
ter and waste matter produced. 

The application of these essential rules necessitates 
an intercepting flushing, FRESH AIR INLET 
TRAP IN THE HOUSE DRAIN, inside main wall 
of cellar for THE EXCLUSION FROM THE 
HOUSE OF POLLUTIONS, AND SEWER GAS 
IN THE PUBLIC SEWERS, a proper system of 
ventilation, pipes that are air tight and water tight, 
the employment of proper materials for the pipes, 
proper dimensions and thicknesses for all pipes, 
FLUSHING AND CLEANSING JUNCTIONS 
WITH VERY OBTUSE ANGLES, proper construc- 
tion of water closets, baths and other sanitary appli- 
ances, FACILITY OF ACCESS TO ALL HOUSE 
DRAIN PIPES FOR FLUSHING, INSPECTION 
AND TESTING THEM, sufficient CLEAN-OUT 
CONNECTIONS, periodical visitation and cleansing 
when necessary. 

Every city, town or village in the United States has 
a plumbing ordinance of their own, and each thinks 
they have the best. 

The plumbing that Is shown in this book is the 
latest and best that can be done, and the illustrations 
can be followed successfully. 

We show crown venting, also continual venting. 



2^6 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

This installation shows one of the latest sanitary 
installations, as used in one of the large public build- 
ings. 

We start from the main stack 5" and then branch 
both ways to 4" with 45° Ys, and nipple into a 45° ell 
and then raise with the nipple to 90° closet ell, which 
is grooved and has a 2" top vent opening. The closet 
cast iron yoke is then attached to this grooved ell by 
chilled steel bolts which rest' into the groove. 

Into this grooved ell is then screwed a brass iron 
pipe threaded wall flange with a bell recess for gas- 
ket. The closet is then fastened to the yoke by two 
long holding bolts. The recessed horn of the closet 
slips into the gasket and brass wall flange. The 
closet does not receive any support from the wall at 
all. The three stud bolts, two on the top and one on 
the bottom, having hole cut out through wall and 
being screwed from the yoke and rest against the 
back of the wall, making it thereby, absolutely im- 
possible to break the marble or wall at any time. 

The vent is taken from the stack of 4" and branches 
both ways as a tee and with 2" drops into the top of 
the 4x2x4 grooved closet ell. The supplies are taken 
from the main riser of a three-inch into heads of 
2J^", where they drop down to 1%" into an elbow 
into the stop of the closet valve. 

This is based on a battery of twenty closets, as the 
size of batteries increase or diminish, the supply is 
reduced in proportion. On the soil waste this size 
is reduced according to the size of the number of 
closets in the battery. 

This is one of the new installations for wall closets 
and also is adapted to wall urinals. The construc- 
tion being so that the closet can be removed by just 
unfastening of the two holding bolts. On account of 
its construction of the two studs on the top and the 
one on the bottom, the breaking strength has never 
been fully determined, although tests have been made 
up to 1700 lbs. actual weight. 

Another test being made, which is more severe on 
closets of this description, is not to see how much 
dead weight th^ closet will stand, but to see what 
conditions the joints are in, after subjecting the 
closet to a test of jumping on same. 



JOHNSON'S 



SOIL STflCK 




FiG. e 



foer su^^e^TS 










Sewagf 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




HANDY MANUAL. 




, SO/L STACfr 







BY- THE 

ANDf>£WSSTE£l SEP7ICVimPMC£SS 
errs. /m^s. 



i Disposal System. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 230a 

Sew^age Disposal System 

Among the various methods of disposing of sewage wastes 
in a sanitary manner, the septic tank system operated in 
conjunction with a sub-surface system of irrigation is the most 
easily adapted for a wide range of conditions. There are 
many modified forms of septic tank systems, which operate 
more or less satisfactorily in proportion to how closely the 
designer has followed the principles involved in the reduction 
of sewage wastes by this process. Present day practice and 
experience show that a septic tank sewage disposal system 
should possess the following features. There must be a 
reservoir or tank of suitable proportion to the number of 
persons to be served for retaining the sewage for a definite 
period, an automatic discharging device which empties the 
tank at definite intervals of time,«a filter bed or irrigation field 
of suitable proportions and materials for final treatment of 
the liquids. 

The accompanying illustration shows such a sewage dis- 
posal system with an Andrews steel septic tank designed for 
use in dwelling houses, school and public buildings. The 
tank is divided into two compartments called the intake and 
dosing chambers and is constructed of boiler plate ]4, inch 
thick, has riv'eted heads, hand-holes, automatic siphon, intake 
fitting and is made absolutely air tight. The location of the 
tank is shown for three different conditions, the one most 
frequently used being shown in Figure 1. Where the ground 
is level and there is no basement to drain, the locations shown 
in Figures 2 and 3 are desirable. As shown in Figure 1 
ordinary 4-inch glazed sewer tile is laid with cemented joints, 
having a pitch of 1 inch in 20 feet between the house and the 
tank and from the tank to the disposal or filter bed. At the 
^disposal bed ordinary Y branches are used with 4-inch porous 
[rain tile laid with ^ inch open joints for branches. Pieces 
)f tile should be laid above and underneath the joints so as 
:o prevent dirt from getting into the branch pipes. These 
Lrain tibs are laid with a pitch of 1 inch in 25 feet. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




g vcf^r f>mE 



SewMiE DsposAL SysTTM 

oy TMC 
AnOII£WSSTI£L SEPTIC7Am/*0CESS 

CNa. ocfT bfrre /- »- /■•. 

orre. ».>rs. 



Sewage Disposal System. 



230b JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Converting sewage into harmless liquids is a biological 
process and operates in the system as follows: All domestic 
sewage contains a certain percentage of bacteria, which under 
suitable conditions, which are present in the septic tank with 
the exclusion of air and light, will start up an active fer- 
mentation process which results in a decomposition of organic 
matters contained in the sewage. Organic solid matters are 
thereby reduced to liquids, gases and humus materials. A 
period of twelve to twenty-four hours is about as long as is 
required for this action to take place, after which the contents 
of the dosing chamber should be discharged to the filter or 
disposal bed. Here further bacterial action takes place due 
to organisms present at the surface of the soil, completing the 
reduction process. These organisms depend upon oxygen 
consequently it is important to have the filter or disposal be 
well aerated. 

For the ordinary suburban or country home it is usual td 
allow about 20 gallons of water per occupant to get the capac- 
ity of the tank; 1 foot of drain tile per gallon of liquid dis- 
charged per twenty-four hours and 3 sq. ft. of area for the 
filter bed. Where the soil is of an open, porous condition, 
a special prepared filter bed is not necessary. It is customary 
to dig furrows and embed the tile below the surface about 
12 inches. Where the ground is of an impervious nature, it 
is necessary to dig trenches 4 feet or 5 feet deep and 24 inches 
wide and fill in with gravel, sand or cinders to within 1 foot 
of the surface and embed the tile. 

Andrews Heating Company. 
Engineering Depi. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



231 



Action N^.l 



Tmin dH£D3 or the C.IiY(ffR ■ 

-TrflCAL LfirOVT or OOUn SfVuTYtoRK.- 




z: 



IE, 



Q 



:s 



z 



a 



3:^ 



New Depot 

Drinking fountains are supplied with filtered water and cooled 
by an ice machine and pumped through a circulating system. 

The fountains are distributed through the station, beneath 
the train shed and to the power house, covering a distance of 
four city blocks. 

It requires 63 9-inch drain pipe connections to city mains 
to drain the entire plant. Four 4-inch water mains are provided. 

A series of cast iron setthng basins are placed in the under- 
ground sewers which serves the down spouts and track drains. 
They are placed about 75 feet apart, one emptying into an- 
other. In this manner all the cinders and track rubbish is 
collected. 

Women emigrants have a special arrangement providing a 
laundry equipped with 12 porcelain wash trays and a steam 
dryer, so that while waiting for trains, laundry work can be done. 



232 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



There are also porcelain bath tubs for the use of the patrons 
of the C. & N. W. R. R. Co. 

The women's toilet room of this station has accommodations 
for 3500 persons per day. 



^3ECTm N^S — 




Sections 1, 2 and 3 that are shown in this book are 
something out of the ordinary. Typical layout shows 
down spouts and its workings of the Chicago & 
North-Western train sheds. These sheds are the 
largest in the world, being 1200 feet long. There 
are 304 trains every 24 hours, in and out. Every one 
of these locomotives has to blow off steam, more or 
less. You will notice here in Section 2 that there 
is used in this work expansion joints made out of 
pipe. These expansion joints take care of expansion 
and contraction in case the down spouts get hot, as 
they naturally will, from high pressure steam from 
the locomotives. 

This plumbing work was done by Hulbert & 
Dearsey, Chicago, 111. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



233 



fMi 



-3ECTioti N°.3. — 



\Kr^y 



j^Dtmiit Spottr 



mmiz 



-rjrfifx. CanfECTi 

\ 
EIZL 




^ rV 



The perfect system of the Northwestern deserves your 
patronage. 



234 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




Trf/c/jL IjfrouT Tvn Or£/JM<5H[p PujinwriG. 



Shows the WATROUS "AQUAMETER" system m ship plumbing. Closets are shown both 
above and below the water line supplied by direct pump connection, without the use of storage or sewage 
tanks. The pump used for this purpose is of the usual form employed to maintain a uniform pressure, and 
when connected to the "AQUAMETER" system as diown will automatically start and stop by the opera- 
tion of any one of the closets. 

Where closets are placed below the water line, the sewage tfierefrom is automatically discharged 
by means of a steam ejector, which is opened and closed by the increase and decrease of the water pressure • 
in the supply pipes to which it is connected. Tlie instant the pressure is reduced by the flushing of a closet, 
the ejector opens and allows the steam to escape into the .4-inch waste pipe, effectually discharging its con- 
■lents and closing the instant the water stops flowing to the closetii. 

I To provide against accident or possible failure of the ejector, a second starting means is located 

withiii the 'vent pipe and is arranged to operate independently of the first when the water has risen to i 
certain height jn the waste pipe. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



\ 







r 8C1.0H Fu»a Um 



'ij' For Uee « Scmocx. House Worh 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 







■■frWrri, 






-4-- . - -r-J 
---. r'-J 

7 



. l^-jj- j-J^ Q. ^_;- 



<ja355 SSCTTCM CF DOUBEE 5EUL URIML 



Trncrti. Cut S^wrfms Rouomjw tow Plopw 







.JRO^T JIEWOKJH, 




n 


"HOI 


^"Ip'^jKjy ;r"'''n^^^ 


Igrj 




IjM. 


^f'-^ii'^'^' 


^-''i 






"'NK%"Nk''^--|-' 


^-•j 


i'r- 


--te 


^.4-x@,---;r---.@,-^;i-- 


u oy _i 




PLWWT-riTTfflGS-rOi? DOUBli ST/Hi DHNBL. 





L 



« . dl il ^rn;: 'm\\\ i: Oil ii 




k^""4'''^~"ik'X~'''^^"''X"~^^ 




L, hoi) ,J|..^noA ^.^'L_ hoy , Ji..^HOM ,.J; 




PLAN cr fittiugs kk single stall urbpl 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



235 



boib Sta«.i^. 




f 1 

( I 

I _. J 

n 






Z Ve.i»x 



w==& 






^ 



X-' 






k^--- 



"T* Ofcv^e-K 



K 



<^; 



■^ 



4f=4 



V 



VfciMT dTAAK 



^^ 



^ 



V 



lb CxTCM v!>« e> 



^ 



236 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 237 



Installation of Control Apparatus for Administering 
Hydrotherapeutic Treatment 

After the selection of apparatus and fixtures that are essen- 
tial for complete Hydrotherapeutic Equipment is made, same 
should be located as indicated in room marked "J," sectional 
view showing interior medical bath establishment, on opposite 
page. 

To insure absolute control of the temperatures in order that 
the treatment may be administered in a scientific manner, 
equal pressures or both hot and cold are essential, and an 
adequate supply of hot water furnished, delivered to this 
apparatus at a regulated temperature that may be maintained 
at 140 degrees Fahrenheit. 

The most satisfactory method is to use a separate heater 
automatically controlled as shown in room marked "M." 
The addition of a storage tank to the heater indicated will 
add greatly to the accuracy; with this the control table will 
operate at times when a small particle is lodged temporarily 
under the seat of the valve which controls the steam leading 
to the heater. The maximum pressure used on both hot and 
cold is 40 pounds. Assuming that the pressure in the build- 
ing indicated in the drawing would be greater than 40 pounds, 
the installation of a pressure reducing valve in the corridor, 
underneath room marked "K" with branch leading from same 
on the cold side to the apparatus, also through the heater and 
out again to furnish the hot water will give ideal conditions. 

It is not intended that the patient should be submitted to 
direct application of ice water. The cooling chest shown in 
room marked "M" should be of ample size co furnish sufiicient 
ice water to reduce the temperature of the cold for a few 
seconds in order that a cold dash at a temperature not lower 
than 54 degrees be given. The supply of hot and cold lead- 
ing to the control apparatus should not be less than 13^ inches 
for hot, and 1^ inches for cold water. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




Plumbing for Flat Building 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



239 



n 






X 






V~7 cT 



II ^"rn *T ■ ■ 




FlumbiDg for Residence 



240 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



241 






T 



v/»pto J 1 

=tir 



I 






n 









i^ 











Proper Connection for Kitchen Sink 



242 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



ttr 




Proper Connection for Slop Sink 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



243 



vi 






__f VJtWOH J* 



Of KV.V 





Lavatory Connection 



244 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




(^4 












7. !^H^^s 





ZM 







Bath Tub Connection 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 245 



In the pages following is shown by simple 
sketches, the proper method of installing perfectly 
sanitary work in accordance with the ideas of the 
best sanitary experts in this country. 

Each of our large cities has its own distinctive 
health ordinances, to govern the installation of 
plumbing and sewerage, but all these ordinances can 
be placed under two general heads: The first being; 
those that specify a house trap inside the foundation 
wall, and do not specify a catch oasin. The second; 
those that specify that sinks must waste into a catch 
basin, and do not allow the use of house traps. 

These sketches show proper installations for each 
of these general systems. 

As it is impracticable to show sketches which will 
comply with every ordinance, sketches are given 
showing correct and sanitary installations in the two 
general classes. 

In Fig. 43 is shown the waste and vent connections 
pertaining to the plumbing in an ordinary dwelling, 
in accordance with the general run of plumbing or- 
dinances, which specify that the waste from sinks 
mu&t be carried to a catch basin before entering 
sewer. 

A. 2" extra heavy soil pipe from catch basin in yard 
to a point about 12" below roof. 

B. 2" galv. iron, or extra heavy soil revent pipe 
from increaser F. near roof, to a point in soil pipe, C. 
below lowest fixture revented. The revent from each 
individual trap should be carried wp to a point at 
least 3 feet above floor before making connection 
with vent line. This is to prevent the fixture from 
wasting through the vent pipe, in case of stoppage 
in waste or soil pipe. In some cities the ordinances 



246 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




fnon CATCH sMi/i.^* -nsev^fH in aTHter — o 



Fig. 43 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



247 




€& 1 . 



1] ^ 



Fig. 44. 



248 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

allow the connection of revent "B" to stack "C" at 
any point above the highest fixture wasting into 
stack. 

CA" extra heavy soil pipe stack, from sewer in 
basement to a point about 13" below roof. 

D. House sewer of 4" extra heavy soil pipe from 
catch basin to a point about 10 feet outside of foun- 
dation wall. From this point to sewer in street, the 
sewer may be 6" salt glazed sewer pipe. 

E. 2x4 extra heavy increaser 30" long. 

F. 4x5 extra heavy increaser 30" long with 2" side 
outlet for revent pipe. 

G. V/^" galv. revent pipe to lavatory trap and bath 
trap. 

H. 2" galv. revent pipe to 4" lead bend or to crown 
of closet trap. Some cities compel the use of ex- 
tra heavy soil pipe for "G" and "H." In cases where 
but one fixture wastes into stack, the revent is un- 
necessary. For instance, note that sink trap in 
sketch is not revented as the sink is the only fixture 
wasting into stack "A." In cases of this kind, the 
fixture should not be more than 5 ft. from stack. 

J. 4" lead bend for closet waste. 

K. and L. 1^" lead -pipe, 3 lbs. per ft from bath 
tub to drum trap, and from drum trap to lead bend. 

M. 4" lead drum trap. 

N. connection of revent to 4" main stack. 

Fig. 44 is practically the same as Fig. 43, except that 
it shows the work done in accordance with ordi- 
nances which do not compel the use of the catch 
basin. 

In Fig 45 is shown the correct method of install- 
ing the plumbing in a flat building in cases where 
catch basins are used. The descriptions are same 
as given for Fig. 43 and this sketch will apply equal- 
ly well to flat buildings of three and four stories. 
1 jr buildings of a greater height than four stories it 
is only necessary to increase the size of the sewer 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



249 




Fig. 4S 



250 



JOHNSON'S HANDY VIANUAL. 




tis. 46, 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



251 




t" 



252 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

"D," the main stack, "C," the sink stack "A" and 
the revent stack "B." 

Fig. 46 is practically the same as Fig. 45, except 
that it shows the work done in accordance with or- 
dinances which do not compel the use of the catch 
jasin. 

Fig. 47. In this sketch is shown the proper 
method of placing a house trap with fresh air inlet. 
As fresh air inlets are frequently more of a menace 
than a benefit to health, it is advisable to use the 
Ayres inlet, as this fitting will prevent the escape 
of sewer gas from the fresh air inlet in case of a 
down draft in the soil pipe. As the house trap pre- 
vents the ventilation of the street sewer through the 
roofs of dwellings, the sewer gas naturally escapes 
at the street level. To obviate this, it is advisable to 
run a 4" extra heavy soil pipe stack from the street 
side of trap, directly through roof. 

B. Cleanout. 

C. 4" main stack. 

D. 4" house sewer. 

E. Ayres fresh air inlet. 

F. 4" extra heavy soil pipe, connecting with salt 
glazed sewer, 10 ft. outside of foundation wall. 

G. 4" extra heavy fresh air inlet pipe. 
H. 4" extra heavy vent through roof. 

Fig. 48. In this figure is shown the general con- 
struction of the catch basin. It should be made with 
hard burned brick laid in cement with a stone or ce- 
ment cover, and a removable iron cover. It should 
be at least 3 ft. in diameter, have a depth of at least 
3 ft. below the water line, and carried up to grade. 
The trap should be built of brick, or can be made 
by using a quart r bend turned down from the 
sewer pipe. The inlets from the sink and from the 
down spouts should be at least 6" above the water 
line. Catch basins should be placed not nearer than 
10 ft. from the foundation wall, and the water level 
in the catch basin should be belov** the line of the 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 253 



^ wzz^ 



YfATER LIN£. 




■'■'■'■ ' 



I I 



Fig. 48. 



Z3 




fig. 49. 



254 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




yyy7V yy yy y; 



Fig. 50. 




Fig, 51. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 255 

basement floor. In the sketch, "A" represents the 
sink waste, "B" the stone cover, "C" the removable 
iron cover, and "D" the house sewer. 

Fig. 49. In cases where the catch basin is placed 
at the side of the house the connection should be 
made as shown in Fig. 49. 

Fig. 50. In this sketch is shown the proper method 
of connecting the waste and vent of a laundry tub. 
The pipes and trap should not be less than 1^". 
The trap is connected as shown to the house sewer 
or sink waste to catch basin, as the case may be. 
The revent should be connected to the revent stack 
"B." In branching into the trap it is advisable to 
make connection below the water level of trap, to 
prevent circulation of air in the waste pipe between 
the tubs. 

Fig. 51. In this sketch is shown a simple and 
sanitary method of setting a closet. The lead bend 
should be cut off on a level with the top of brass 
floor flange. Cut out the floor to allow for the 
square end of closet bolts. Place the closet flange 
with the bolts over the lead bend after tinning the 
concave surface of the flange, and shaving the out- 
side of the bend. Now place your closet bowl on the 
flange to be sure you are right. Remove the closet 
bowl and screw the flange to the floor. Fill the space 
between the flange and lead bend v/ith solder and 
make it perfectly tight. Then place litharge or red 
lead on the brass floor flange, set the closet, and 
screw heads on bolts. Putty should never be used, 
except to level up the closet, or to fill in the space 
between the base and the floor. 

In Figs. 52, 53, 54, and 55 is shown the plan and 
piping for a factory, school or public toilet room. 
Fig. 52 shows the floor plan of the toilet room. Fig. 
53 is a cross section showing the waste and vent pip- 
ing for the closets and urinals. Fig. 54 shows the 
waste and vent piping for the wash and slop sinks. 



256 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




Fig. 52. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



257 




258 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Vi R) 



m 



IT 








be 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 259 



iVw. 



> 



~tq 



Ct 



w 



1 



^-^?7 



w 



m 



Fig. 55. 



260 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Fig. 55 shows method of connecting vent for closets 
and wash sink. For work of this kind it is always 
advisable and should be compulsory to use individ- 
ual automatic closets and urinals. For schools, 
urinal stalls may be used, but they should be of the 
type known as ventilated urinals in which the water 
is continually running. The wash sink should be 
omitted in schools, but in place of this, a long drink- 
ing fountain is installed in the basement, in some 
room other than the toilet room. Range closets are 
not sanitary fixtures, and should in no cases be used. 

Hot Water for Domestic Purposes. 

In the accompanying sketches is shown the cor- 
rect method of installing the piping for hot water for 
domestic uses. In work of this kind, the pipes must 
always have a general upward pitch to the boiler, 
or tank. Care must be taken that there are no 
dips or traps, as this will cause hammering and 
pounding in the system. Sediment or draw off cocks 
must be placed at the lowest point, in order to 
thoroughly drain the system. Stops and check 
valves should not be used at all in this work, ex- 
cepting, of course, the stop and waste on the cold 
water supply to the boiler. A vent should always be 
provided to allow for the expansion, in all cases 
where the expansion cannot "blow back" into the 
water main. In cases where the supply is taken 
from a tank in the attic, an expansion pipe should 
be run above the tank as shown in Fig. 64. Fig. 56 
shows connection between gas range and boiler, and 
Fig. 57 connection between coal range and boiler. 
Fig. 58 shows range boiler connected to two ranges 
in the kitchen, and to two heaters in the basement. 
In work of this kind, care should be taken to place 
the boiler above the source of heat; for instance; a 
boiler in the basement should never be connected to 
a range on the first floor, because were the water to 
be shut off, the water front would drain. If the 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



:6i 



MOT. R IT COLH. 






G^5 







^ 



^Trj^ 



I 



Fig. 56. 



M 



^^TV n COLZ>, 



II 



^°^' =U=W* 



nAMae . 



I 



Fig. 57. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



COi,0 







Fig. 58. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



2(53 



water were then turned on, the cold water entering 
the hot water front, would generate steam so quick- 
ly, that it would in all probability blow up the water 
front. With the boiler in its proper place, that is, 
above the source of heat, the shutting off of the 
water would have no effect on the boiler or water 
front, as water would still remain in the boiler to 
within six inches of the top. Figs. 59, 60, and 61, 
show the connections between tanks and tank heat- 
ers. Fig. 63 shows the method of installing the hot 
water piping to the fixtures in an ordinary dwelling, 
the hot water being taken from a hot water tank in 



COLD, 




Fig. 59, 



the basement, and a circulating pipe brought back 
to the heater. The hot water is taken from the top of 
the tank and carried to the highest fixture. A return 
pipe is carried from this point and connection made 
to cold water supply to heater, as close to heater as 
possible. The hot water for all fixtures, except the 
highest, is taken from the return pipe, as shown in 
sketch. For hotel work, it is a good plan to carry 
the hot water direct to the attic, and from there dis- 



264 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 
HOT. 



'- %4 



flF=^ 






(oood 



1 



HOT. 



LJ 



1 



mgryttN 

PIPE. 



^^ 



COLD. 



JifMMN COCfC. 



J'/f/ICTICAL COHH£CTJOH6 or W/irE/9 
H£/ir£H FOR JOOMC9T/C t/Se. 
VERTICAL Tf\NK. 

Figr. 60. 

HOT. II COLO 



F^TI 



OOOOI 



I 



RSTUt^N PIPE 



«g» P/fACT/C/IL CONNECT/ONS 
OF WA T£/r He A T£R FOR 
DOMCSr/C (/SE. 

0RI20NJ/IL T^NH. 



»^''' 



J>RAIN COCK. 



m 



Fig. 61. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



265 



lAVATOiy. 



IE 



9=a& 



^£7i//fM. 



7 



SATHf 



fLOW. 



^ 




Fig- 62. 



266 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



PRflCTlCAl 

conntcTionoFRflnot 

60ll£RfOROOME5Tlt 
(J3t 




Figr. 63. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY "MANUAL. 267 

tribute it to the fixtures through the return risers. In 
Fig. 63 ,is shown the connection between range and 
boiler in cases where a door or window intervenes 
between boiler and range. A great deal of trouble 
is often caused from work installed as shown in 
Fig. 64. The hot water pipe is taken from the 
boiler and carried under the floor to a sink on the 
same floor, this sink being the highest fixture from 
which hot water is drawn. At times, the hot water 
will run freely from the sink faucet, then suddenly 
stop, although the faucet remains open. The 

trouble will be found at the point marked "X." To 
prevent this trouble, a vent must be carried as shown 
in the dotted line. This vent may be of ^" galv. 
pipe, and should be carried above the tank, and 
turned down, the end remaining open above the 
water line. In cases where this vent or expansion 
pipe cannot be installed, put a small pet cock at the 
point marked "X." In case of stoppage of the hot 
water, this pet cock should be opened for a few mo- 
ments and trouble will cease. 



Pump Systems. 

In Fig. 65 is shown the complete hot and cold 
piping for a dwelling, in which the supply is pumped 
to a tank in the attic. The supply to tank from pump 
is also used for the cold supply to all fixtures. This 
supply enters the tank at the bottom, and at this 
point, in the tank, is placed a Tee with a check 
valve to prevent the water from entering the tank. 
The ball cock should be connected to the top of the 
Tee. An overflow should be taken from the tank 
and discharged to the nearest convenient place. A 
pressure gauge should be placed near the pump to 
show when system is filled. 

In Fig. 66. is shown the method of installing a 
soft water system, using the city pressure for power 
to run the water lift. In work of this kind a faucet 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAi., 



■^ 



:^^ 



2 



7 



Fiff. 64. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



269 




Fier. 65. 



270 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




Fig. 66 



JOHNSON'S 



L 




\ 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




HANDY MANUAL. 




Fig. 67 



JOHNSON'^ HANDY MANUAL. 



275 



for city water for drinking purposes is generally 
placed at each fixture, and the city water also sup- 
plies the water closet tanks. In this way the water 
used for power to run the water lift, is used instead 
of being wasted into the sewer. A storage tank 
should be placed in the attic with an over-flow, 
either directly back to the cistern, or out through the 
roof. The pipes in the basement should be so cross- 
connected as to by-pass the city water into the sys- 
tem in case of shortage of soft water. 

Pneumatic Water Supply Systems. 

In Fig. 67 is shown the method of installing the 
pneumatic water system which is coming into gen- 
eral use for farm houses, and in fact, is now being 
used to maintain pressure in municipal water plants. 




(^lQz^2^.^r 



AuTOM ATicEi_cCTRicRAir(wATER CorviPRCsstON Tai\i? Puf^piNG System. 

^fr»6uP*»i.v raoM cisrtifvt. 

B*C'»V^1.VCS TOeiTHCR TANK CAW aE 03CD- Hsf^OHAW O^^ COCrtS- 

D^FOn OOFr w-(TrR TO #=n(Tu«£:S. Kr^ V*tVC TOCOWTWOt AurOMAT'C SWITCH' 

E..r-0« C'lTr VSATCR TO SO^T WATER PtPC. Ij^ A>R Ch AMOCR. 

F-^CfTv eUof3LT TOFf«Ti/SES. M^Cr'CCrt VAi-VC TOSTO^ WaTC^ ^RQM ^AdltO VPTQPVMO 

Q^cirr GufPLv ToevnH N-*a>«cocm ro cCI* Our mK. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




Fig. 67 



276 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




This is the proper way to build a coil to be installed 
in a tank, for domestic use 



Z^ n. 







OOf^ 






/^^/Z 



OO/Z 



,>K_ ^ 



Tub. Goh** 



JBA&£yy?£:r>/T 




Our P^ZTu 



277 




1 









f^T. l^U^ 



fP^ics 




278 ■ 



Johnson's handy manual. 279 

During the last -decade or two, great advance- 
ments have been made in plumbing and drainage. 
In fact, what was considered perfection only a few 
years ago, is now obsolete. 

Amongst all the improvements, the so-called F & 
W Combination Vent, Re-vent and Drainage fittings 
easily take the lead. As all re-vent connections to 
the soil stack are connected by means of 45° and all 
so-called pockets are done away with. It absolute- 
ly prevents any rust or sediment to lodge in the 
bends and thereby, after a few years, close up the 
re-vent as was the case in the old style fittings. 
The F & W system is now considered the perfec- 
tion and is compulsory in several of the largest 
cities in both the east and west. 

"Fig. A" shows the customary way of roughing 
in for a two-story and basement residence having 
one water-closet and stationary laundry tub in the 
basement, kitchen sink on the first floor, water- 
closet, bath tub, and lavatory on second floor. 

"Fig. B" shows roughing in for a two, or more, 
stories flat building. Here, of course, kitchen sink, 
bath tub, water-closet and lavatory are on one floor 
and roughing in repeated for as many stories as the 
building contains. The dotted lines, where marked 
"Plan of fixtures," shows a partition wall and the 
different fixtures. 

"Fig. C" is an elevation of roughing in for a bat- 
tery of double water-closets as used in schools, 
office buildings, factories and public buildings. 

For houses in towns and country places, where 
there are no sewers, the soil from a full line of fix- 
tures can be taken care of in a perfectly sanitary 
way by building a cess pool of either brick or wood, 
25 feet or more from the rear of the building. If the 
cess pool is of wood, holes of 1^" or 2" diameter 
should be drilled on about 4" or 6" centres all the 
way around and for a height of three to four feet. 
If of brick, use good hydraulic cement mortar and 
leave a, 2" opening at frequent intervals and to a 
height slightly below the soil pipe. A run from the 
cess pool can be made to distribute the water over 
a larger area. If such a run is made, lay the pipes 
without any cement joints, thereby letting the 
water run out at every joint. 



280 JOHNSONS HANDY MANUAL. 

\ 

For an ordinary residence having two water- 
closets, laundry tub, sinks, two lavatories and a bath 
tub, a cess pool eight feet in diameter has been 
found ample. Wall should not be less than 8^" 
thick. A good way to make the top is to place ^" 
W T pipes about 6" apart, but leaving a space about 
3' 6" in the middle. Then lay another course, at 
right angles to the first course, leaving also an 
opening 2' 6". You have now a skeleton cover look- 
ing like the wires of a sieve, with a 2' 6" square hole 
in the middle. On this framing lay, in cement, a 
course of brick, flat ways, and when set finish with 
a 6" to 8" thick course of concrete of the following 
proportions: One part Portland cement, two parts 
Torpedo sand, and three parts of coarse gravel. 
After a day or two, when the concrete is thorough- 
ly set. build up with brick laid in cement, a 2' 6" 
round extension to within 4" of the surface. On 
top of this, place a 4" thick cement or stone ring 
with cast iron manhole cover. 



JOHKSON S HANDY MANUAL. 281 



\ 



t 



'B% 



« 



X 





Id 




tu 




h) 




^ 



^ 



^ 



^ 



^\\\\\\\\\\\^l 









N 

K 



111 



U^^Si 



I^J 



->»• 



■i^. 



282 



.'+♦■-> 
.^^t-," 
/ ,— 



\ ^ 






'I 

\ 
I 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 283 

The Art of Soldcting. 

The term "soldering" is generally applied when 
fusible alloys of lead and tin are employed for uniting 
metals. When hard metals, which melt only above 
a red heat, such as copper, brass or silver are used, 
the term "brazing" is sometimes used. 

Hard soldering is the art of soldering or uniting 
two (2) metals or two (2) pieces of the same metal 
together by means of a metal or solder that is al- 
most as hard and infusible as the metal to be united 
In some cases the metals to be united are heated and 
their surface united without solder by fluxing the 
surface of the metals. This process is then termed 
"burning together." 

Some of the hard soldering processes are often 
termed "brazing." Both brazing and hard^ soldering 
are usually done in the open fire or with a brazing 
torch. A soldering joint is more perfect and more 
tenacious as the point of fusion of the solder rises. 

Thus: Tin, which greatly increases the fusibility 
of its alloys, should not be used for solder, except 
when a very easy running solder is wanted. Solder 
made with tin is not so malleable and tenacious as 
those prepared without it. The Egyptians soldered 
with lead as long ago as B. C. 1490, the time of 
Moses. 

Pliny refers to the art, and says it requires the ad- 
dition of tin to use as solder. 

Another solder, a very odd but very good one for 
some purposes, called "Cold Solder" is as follows: 

Steel Filings 2 oz. 

Brass Filings 3 oz, 

Fluric Acid l}i oz. 

Dissolve the filings in the acid, apply to the parts 
to be soldered, having first cleaned the parts to be 
connected, keep the acid in a lead vessel only. 



284 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Advantage may be taken of the varying degrees of 
fusibility of solders to make several joints in the 
same piece of work. Thus, if the first joint has been 
made with the fine tinner's solder, there would be 
no danger of melting it in making a joint near it with 
bismuth solder. 

The fusibility of soft solder is increased by adding 
bismuth to the composition. An alloy of lead, 4 
parts, tin 4 parts and' bismuth 1 part, is easily 
melted, but this alloy may itself be soldered with 
an alloy of lead 2 parts, bismuth 2 parts, and tin 1 
part. By adding mercury with 2 parts of tin will 



make 


a 


composition 


which melts at 122 degrees 


Fahr., 


or 


tak 


en in this 


5 order for the same work. 


First 






. 1 tin . . 


.2 lead 


Next 






. 1 tin . . 


.Head 


Next 






.4 tin .. 


.4 lead ...1 bismuth 


Next 






.2lead. . 


. 1 tin . . .2 bismuth 


Next 






.Head. . 


. 1 bismuth ... 1 mercury ... 2 tin 


Next 




• • • • 


.3 lead.. 


.3 bismuth . . .5 tin 


Next 







.5 lead. . 


.8 bismuth . . .3 tin 



Solders. 

To solder lead 1 tin 2 lead 

To solder tin 1 tin 1 lead 

To solder pewter 2 tin Head 



Spelters. 



for brazing: 



Spelter 
Spelter 
Spelter 
Spelter 
Spelter 



, .Hardest 
..Hard 
. . Soft 

Very Soft 



.3 copper . . .1 zinc 
.1 copper ... 1 zinc 
.4 copper ...3 zinc, 
, 1 antimony. . . 



.For Flatina is Gold. 
Spelter for gold; 2 parts gold, 1 part silver, 
copper. 



. . 1 tin 
. . 2 tin 

1 part 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 285 

Spelter for silver; 4 parts silver, 3 parts brass, 1/16 
part zinc. 

Spelter for iron (hard); silver solder, 7 parts brass, 
1 part zinc. 

Spelter for iron (soft); 1 part tin, 1 part lead. 

Spelter for brass and copper (hard); brass mixed 
with y2 to 1/5 or Y^ of zinc. 

Spelter for brass and copper (soft); 1 part tin, 1 
part lead. 

Spelter for pure tin; 4 parts pewter, 1 tin, 1 bismuth. 

Spelter for very soft solder; 3 parts bismuth, 3 lead, 
5 tin. 

Metal which melts at a heat not exceeding boiling 
water is 8 parts bismuth, 5 lead and 3 of tin. 

An Old but Exceedingly Good Method of Lead 

Burning. 

The apparatus required is a cast-iron furnace, two 
or three ladles, and some moulding sand. Burning 
is resorted to by plumbers generally for purposes 
where soldering will not stand. 

Cast a sheet of lead of the proper thickness, and 
cut the proper length and width, turn it up round 
like a hoop, bringing the two ends well together to 
form a good joint on the outside, and firmly tack 
them together on the inside; roll it over to see that 
the joint is close on the outside, and paste a piece 
of stout brown paper about 4 inches wide over the 
whole length of the joint. 

The sand must be well tempered, not to have any 
wet lumps in it; make a level bed with the sand about 
5 or 6 inches thick; roll the hoop on the sand so 
that the joint will come under, be careful not to shift 
it backwards or forwards, but well ram up under both 
sides. Have a strip of wood rather longer than the 
joint, and ^-inch thick, to form the runner with, 
place it along on edge on the top of the joint; now 
place some sand both sides and ram it well together. 



eSB JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

adding sand until there is a good bank on the top of 
the work; smooth it off with a trowel, cut it down 
towards the strip, so as to form a sort of funnel, 
leaving about 2 inches of the strip buried; draw out 
the strip endways, being careful not to break the 
sand, leaving one end stopped up, the other end 
stopped up about one inch high. At this end make 
a bay or pond for the overflow metal to run into. 
Have the metal red hot, be careful that the runner is 
free from loose sand, shake a little powdered rosin 
along the runner. Now begin to pour the metal, hold- 
ing the ladle at least one foot above the runner so as 
to give weight and force to the burning metal; pour 
plenty, not minding what is running off, as the metal 
that is pouring in has to melt the part which is in the 
cold sand. When the joint is burned through try it 
by drawing the trying stick along in the runner; if 
it feels smooth along the bottom it is burned, if not, 
pour some more until it is, then stop up the end 
where the metal has been running off, and fill up 
about two inches high, and watch for shrinkage, hav- 
ing some hot metal ready to fill up as it shrinks down 
in cooling, or else the joint will not be round. When 
set, remove it from the sand, and cut off the runner 
with a mallet and chisel, finishing off with a piece of 
card wire, the paper on the outside will strip off, leav- 
ing it bright and clean. 

Having now completed this part and set it up, 
round in shape, proceed with burning in the bottom; 
having a hole or pit in the floor, deep enough for the 
hoop to go down level with the floor, placing it in 
perfectly level. Fill up with the sand inside and out 
rather slackly. When filled up within four -or five 
inches from the top, ram it down for the other part 
quite hard on the outside, leaving the sand rather 
higher than the edge; then with a straightedge scrape 
off level with the edge of the lead. Now with a scribe 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



287 



take out the sand the thickness of the required bot- 
tom, plane the sand off with a trowel, and the work 
will turn out clean. The sand on the outside being 
up level with the edge, smooth off, and cut a bay all 
around to take the overflow, shake a little rosin 
around the edge; having the metal red hot, begin to 
pour as before, only this is a work for two or three 
persons if it is any size, as it must be done quickly, 
pouping the metal along the edge until it is properly 
burned down; when it is burned deep enough, pour 
a few ladlefuls all over the bottom, so as to get in a 
thoroughly fluid state; then with the edge of the 
trowel clean off the dross, leaving a perfectly bright 
surface. Let it remain to set. This will not require 
any filling up, as it is open to the air and shrinks; 
when set it may be removed, and if well burned it will 
be perfectly solid. 



Useful Information 



Minimum Sizes of Local Vent Pipe Stacks 



Size of 
Pipe 


Maximum 

developed length 

in feet 

Mains 


Number of Closets vented 
Main 
Vent Vertical 
Branches Vent 


2 inches . . . . 


400 


1 


1 


3 inches . .. . 


100 


3 


6 


4 inches . . . . 


150 


6 


12 


5 inches . . . . 


200 


10 


20 


6 inches . . . . 


250 


16 


32 


7 inches . . . . 


300 


23 


46 


8 inches . . . . 


350 


32 


64 


9 inches . . . . 


400 


42 


84 


10 inches . . . . 


450 


56 


112 


11 inches . . . . 


500 


72 


144 


12 inches . . . . 


550 


90 


ISO 



288 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Check Valves Should Never be Used on Circulation. 

While this is true as a general proposition, there 
are some cases where a check valve is necessary, to 
prevent the water from reversing in the circulating 
pipe. In cases of this kind use a horizontal check 
valve and place it as near the boiler as possible. The 
check valve should be installed so that the water 
cannot flow through check valve from boiler. 



Size of Pipe 
2 



Branch Soil Pipe 
Water Closets 



nches 

nches 

nches . 8 

nches 18 

nches '36 

nches 63 

nches 105 



Main Soil Pipe 
Water Closets 



16 

36 

72 

126 

210 



Minimum Sizes of Soil and Waste Pipes. 



Size of Pipe. 



Branch Waste 

and Connecting 

Soil Pipe. 

Fixtures. 



nches 3 

nches 4 

nches 32 

nches 72 

nches 144 

nches 252 

nches 420 



Main Waste 
and Connecting 
Soil Pipe. 
Fixtures. 

4 

8 

64 

144 

^88 
504 
840 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 289 

Hammering or jarring in the pipes may be caused 
by a loose part of one of the faucets or ball cocks. 
A loose Fuller ball or washer will cause a rattling 
in pipes that can be heard throughout the house. 



Doubling the size of pipes increases the capacity 
four times, because capacities of pipes are to each 
other as the ratio of their squares. Thus the capac- 
ity of 4" pipe is 4 times as great as the capacity of 
2" pipe. The capacity of 6" pipe is 9 times as great 
as the capacity of 2" pipe. The method of reaching 
these conclusions is as follows: The large pipe 4" 
multiplied by itself, 4X4=16. The small pipe, 2" 
multiplied by itself 2X2=4. 16-^4=4: Therefore 
the capacity of 4" pipe is 4 times as great as the ca- 
pacity of 2". 6X6=36. 2X2=4. 36-^4=9. There- 
fore the capacity of 6" pipe is 9 times as great as the 
capacity of 2". 



To multiply feet and inches by feet and inches, 
without reducing to inches. This is useful to the 
plumber in figuring marble. 

For example take 4 ft. 6 in. by 6 ft. 3 in. 



4 — 
6 — 


6 
3 


4 ft.x6 ft.= 
6 in.x6 ft.= 

4 ft.x3 in.= 
6 in.x3 in. 


=36 in. or 

= 12 in. or 
=18/12 in. or 

Total 


24 ft. 
3 ft. 


24 
3 
1 


1/2 - 


1ft. 

l^in. 




.28 ft. 1^ in. 


28 


1^ 



An insertable joint will save time and trouble in 
cases where it is necessary to break into a stack. 



290 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Things We All Should Know. 

If back outlet closets and graduated fittings are 
used when installing a battery of closets, it will be 
unnecessary to put in a raised floor. These closets 
and fittings are carried in stock by the leading sup- 
ply houses, and the fittings are of sufficient length 
to allow one to each closet without the necessity of 
using pieces of soil pipe between the fittings. 



In estimating water for factory supply, allow 100 
gallons per day per capita. 



Soft water cisterns must be ventilated to prevent 
stagnation. 



Storage tanks should have an extra large sediment 
draw off cock to be used solely for cleaning tank. 
It is a regretable fact that the majority of storage 
tanks are seldom cleaned. 



Hammering, rumbling or snapping in the range 
boiler or hot water pipes is caused from sagging of 
the pipes, causing traps or dips or from stoppage 
in the water front. 



Water fronts should never be connected directly 
to the city pressure. The cold water supply to the 
water front should be taken from the bottom of the 
range boiler. 



Use a small offset between sink and sink trap as shown in 
Fig. 43, page 246. This will prevent the annoying constant 
dripping noise in the sink. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 291 

Very often it will be found economical to waste 
all the fixtures but the closet, into the 2" sink stack. 
In cases of this kind the closet need not be revented 
as it is the only fixture wasting into the 4" stack. 



House sewers should have a pitch of y^" to the 
foot. 



Automatic closets and urinals should always be 
used in schools and factories. 



In cities where the water pressure is increased in 
case of fire, a pressure regulator should be used, or 
the house should be supplied from a tank in the at- 
tic. If the tank system is used, the extra fire pres- 
sure does not affect the fixtures or piping. 



It is poor practice to connect sediment pipe from 
range boiler to the sink trap. It is far better to 
use a compression bibb, as this precludes the possi- 
bility of waste, and the plumber knows for certain- 
ty that the system is drained. 

File or drill a small hole in boiler tube about 6" 
from the top to prevent syphonage of boiler. 



The circulating pipe should be of the same size 
as the flow pipe, and to insure best results, take sup- 
ply to fixtures from return or circulating pipe. 



Hot water faucets should be at the left hand when 
facing the fixture. 

Stops should never be used on range boiler supply. 
Always use stop with waste to give vent to boiler 
when water is shut off. 



Coils in furnaces should be placed above the bed 
of fire, not in it. 



292 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



The Sanitary -perfect Screw Connection 

As Manufactured and Furnished by 

The J. L. Matt Iron Works 

of New York 




■^^&, *x 



Plate 5001- A 

question of careless or un- 
skilful work disposed of by 
the sanitary-perfect screw 
connection, must be ad- 
mitted by all; moreover, 
those who have seen and 
used this devise do not 
hesitate to say that it solves 
the question of water closet 
connection, and state, fur- 



In these days of al- 
most perfection in sani- 
tary science, the connec- 
tion of the water closet 
to the soil pipe is the 
one weak spot in an 
otherwise admirable sys- 
tem of house plumbing, 
the one connection that 
cannot be relied upon 
under all conditions. 
That absolute security 
is assured, and the 




Plate 5002 M- A 



thermore, that knowing such device to exist they would feel in 
duty bound to recommend the same to their clients as the only 
perfect connection which they could guarantee under all 
conditions. 

Note. — All ordinary connections require bolts through 
the base of the closet. The sanitary-perfect is a screw con- 
nection, hence is absolutely and permanently reliable and 
furthermore it dispenses with unsightly bolts. 

Plate 50023^-A shows closet with the sanitary-perfect 
screw connection and the threaded floor coupling which is 
connected to soil pipe. 

The section of the sanitary-perfect screw connection 
tion (Plate 5001-A) shows how the threaded brass screw 
connection is secured into the base of the closet. The joint thus 
formed makes the brass connection equivalent to an integral 
part of the closet which is impossible to loosen or disturb in 
the slightest degree, the taper thread insuring against leakage. 









































EIGHT HOUR DAY WAGES TABLE— 48 Hours Per Week 


$5 


$5^ 


$6 


$^ 


$7 


m 


$8 ] 


^•er Week $- 


\ $9 


$10 


$10i 


$11 


$12 


$13 


$13i 


$14 


83 
05 


92 
06 


loo 

07 


108 
07 


117 
07 


125 

08 


133 

08 


Per Day. Oi 


i 150 
t 09 


167 
10 


175 
11 


183 
11 


200 
13 


217 
14 


225 
14 


233 
15 


? * 


O 


10 


11 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


i 1 


^ 


L 19 


21 


22 


23 


as 


27 


28 


29 


21 


23 


25 


27 


20 


31 


33 


2 2 


^" o; 


2 38 


42 


44 


46 


60 


54 


56 


58 


31 


34 


38 


41 


44 


47 


50 


3 


or 


5 56 


63 


66 


69 


75 


81 


84 


88 


42 


46 


50 


54 


58 


63 


67 


4 


H 0^ 


t 75 


83 


88 


92 


100 


log 


lis 


117 


52 


57 


63 


68 


73 


78 


83 


5 


0. 


) 94 


104 


l09 


115 


125 


135 


141 


146 


63 


69 


75 


81 


88 


94 


loo 


6 


Ya 0( 


5 ll3 


125 


131 


138 


115 


0l63 


169 


175 


73 


80 


88 


95 


102 


109 


117 


7 


0' 


r 131 


146 


153 


160 


175 


190 


197 


204 


83 


92 


loo 


108 


117 


125 


133 


8 


1 0{ 


5 150 


167 


175 


183 


200 


217 


225 


233 


94 


l03 


113 


122 


131 


141 


150 


9 


05 


) 169 


188 


197 


206 


225 


244 


253 


263 


104 


115 


125 


135 


146 


156 


167 


10 


iM i( 


) 188 


208 


219 


229 


250 


271 


281 


292 


l25 


138 


150 


163 


175 


188 


200 


12 


Wi K 


5 225 


250 


263 


275 


300 


325 


338 


350 


167 


183 


200 


217 


233 


250 


267 


16 


2 r 


7 330 


333 


350 


367 


400 


433 


450 


467 


2og 


229 


250 


271 


292 


313 


333 


20 


Wi 2] 


L 375 


417 


438 


458 


500 


542 


563 


583 


250 


275 


300 


325 


350 


375 


400 


24 


3 2. 


} 450 


500 


525 


550 


600 


650 


675 


700 


202 


321 


350 


379 


408 


438 


467 


28 


3H 2< 


) 525 


583 


613 


642 


7oo 


758 


788 


817 


3l3 


344 


375 


406 


438 


469 


500 


30 


3M 3] 


L 563 


625 


656 


688 


750 


813 


844 


875 


333 


367 


400 


433 


467 


500 


533 


32 


4 3: 


5 600 


667 


700 


733 


800 


867 


900 


933 


354 


390 


425 


460 


496 


531 


567 


34 


414 3. 


5 638 


708 


744 


779 


850 


921 


956 


922 


375 


413 


450 


488 


525 


563 


600 


36 


4y2 3j 


i 675 


750 


788 


825 


900 


975 


1013 


1050 


396 


435 


475 


515 


554 


094 


633 


38 


4M 4( 


) 7l3 


792 


831 


871 


950 


1029 


1069 


IIO8 


406 


447 


488 


528 


569 


609 


650 


39 


4] 


L 731 


813 


853 


894 


975 


1056 


1097 


1138 


.417 


458 


500 


542 


583 


625 


667 


40 


5 4i 


I 750 


833 


875 


917 


lOoo 


1083 


1125 


1167 


427 


470 


513 


555 


598 


641 


683 


41 


4^ 


5 769 


854 


897 


940 


1025 


llio 


1153 


1196 


438 


481 


525 


569 


6l3 


656 


700 


42 


5M 4^ 


t 788 


875 


919 


963 


105O 


1138 


1181 


1225 


448 


493 


538 


582 


627 


672 


717 


43 


4{ 


5 8O6 


896 


940 


985 


1075 


1165 


1209 


1264 


458 


504 


550 


596 


642 


688 


733 


44 


5H 4f 


5 825 


917 


963 


IOO8 


lloo 


1192 


1238 


1283 


469 


516 


563 


609 


656 


703 


750 


45 


4' 


7 844 


938 


984 


1031 


1125 


1219 


1266 


1313 


479 


527 


575 


623 


671 


7l9 


767 


46 


5M 4J 


5 863 


958 


IOO6 


1054 


1150 


1246 


1294 


1342 


490 


539 


588 


636 


685 


734 


783 


47 


4< 


) 881 


979 


1028 


1077 


1175 


1273 


1322 


1371 


000 


550 


600 


650 


7oo 


750 


800 


48 


6 5( 


) 900 


$10 


1050 


lloo 


1200 


1300 


1350 


1400 


1 


$15 


$16 


S16§ 


S17 


$18 


$19J 


Per Week 


$20 


$21 


$22 


$22i 


$24 


$25 


$27 


$30 


250 


267 

17 


275 
17 


283 
18 


300 
19 


325 
20 


Per Day 


333 
21 


350 

22 


367 
23 


375 
23 


400 
25 


417 
26 


450 
28 


500 
31 


16 


ffi3/2 


e 


31 


33 


34 


35 


38 


41 


§ 1 




42 


44 


46 


47 


50 


52 


56 


63 


63 


67 


69 


71 


76 


81 


3 2 


M" 


83 


88 


92 


94 


loo 


l04 


113 


l25 


94 


loo 


l03 


l06 


ll3 


l22 


3 




125 


131 


138 


141 


150 


l56 


169 


l88 


125 


133 


138 


l42 


150 


163 


4 


M 


167 


175 


183 


188 


2oo 


208 


225 


250 


156 


167 


172 


177 


188 


203 


5 




208 


2l9 


229 


234 


250 


260 


281 


3l3 


188 


200 


206 


2l3 


225 


244 


6 


M 


250 


263 


275 


281 


300 


313 


338 


375 


219 


233 


241 


248 


263 


284 


7 




292 


306 


321 


328 


350 


365 


394 


438 


250 


267 


275 


283 


300 


325 


8 


1 


333 


350 


367 


375 


400 


417 


450 


500 


281 


300 


309 


319 


338 


366 


9 




375 


394 


413 


422 


450 


469 


506 


563 


313 


333 


344 


354 


375 


406 


10 


m 


4l7 


438 


458 


469 


500 


521 


563 


625 


375 


400 


413 


425 


550 


488 


12 


W2 


500 


525 


550 


563 


600 


625 


675 


750 


500 


533 


550 


567 


600 


650 


16 


2 


667 


7oo 


733 


750 


800 


833 


900 


lOoo 


625 


667 


688 


708 


750 


8l3 


20 


23^ 


833 


■875 


917 


938 


1000 


1042 


1125 


1250 


750 


800 


825 


850 


900 


975 


24 


3 


lOoo 


1050 


lloo 


1125 


1200 


1250 


1350 


1500 


875 


933 


963 


992 


lOoO 


1138 


28 


W2 


1167 


1225 


1283 


1313 


1400 


1458 


1575 


1750 


938 


lOoo 


1031 


1063 


1125 


1219 


30 


Wi 


1250 


1313 


1375 


1406 


1500 


1563 


1688 


1875 


lOOO 


1067 


lloo 


1133 


1200 


1300 


32 


4 


1333 


1400 


1467 


1500 


1600 


1667 


I8OO 


2OOO 


1063 


1133 


1169 


1204 


1275 


1381 


34 


434 


1417 


1488 


1558 


1594 


1700 


1771 


1913 


2125 


1125 


1200 


1238 


1275 


1350 


1463 


36 


m 


1500 


1575 


1650 


1688 


1800 


1875 


2025 


2250 


1188 


1267 


1306 


1346 


1425 


1544 


38 


m 


1583 


1663 


1742 


1781 


1900 


1979 


2138 


2375 


1219 


1300 


1341 


1381 


1463 


1584 


39 




1625 


1706 


1788 


1828 


1950 


2031 


2194 


2438 


1250 


1333 


1375 


1417 


1500 


1625 


40 


5 


1667 


1750 


1833 


1875 


2000 


2083 


2250 


2500 


1281 


1367 


1409 


1452 


1538 


1666 


41 




1708 


1794 


1879 


1922 


2050 


2135 


2306 


2563, 


1313 


1400 


1444 


1488 


1575 


1706 


42 


5M 


1750 


1838 


1925 


1969 


2 loo 


2188 


2363 


2625 


1344 


1433 


1478 


1523 


1616 


1747 


43 




1792 


1881 


1971 


2OI6 


2150 


2240 


2419 


2688 


1375 


1467 


1513 


1558 


1650 


1788 


44 


53^ 


1833 


1926 


2017 


2063 


2200 


2292 


2475 


2750 


1406 


1500 


1547 


1594 


1688 


1828 


45 




1875 


1969 


2063 


2109 


2250 


2344 


2531 


2813 


1438 


1533 


1581 


1629 


1725 


1869 


46 


5H 


1917 


2013 


2IO8 


2156 


2300 


2396 


2588 


2876 


1469 


1567 


1616 


1665 


1763 


1909 


47 




1958 


2056 


2154 


2203. 


2350 


2448 


2644 


2938 


1500 


1600 


1650 


1700 


1800 


1950 


48 


6 


2O00 


2I00 


2200 


2250 


2400 


2500 


2700 


30OO 


At S9 per Week ($1.50 per Day), the Wages for 46 Hours' (5M: Days) amount to $8,63. . 



293 



TABLE showing EQUIVALENT of several Discounts; Proceeds on $; Profit on Co 



1 % 

2 " 

3 " 

4 " 

5 " 

6 " 

7 " 

8 " 
10 " 
10 " 
10 " 
12 1/2" 
121/2" 
121/2" 
15 " 
15 " 
15 " 

15 " 

16 V3" 
I6V3" 
I6V3" 
I6V3" 
20 " 
20 " 
20 " 
20 " 
20 " 
25 " 
25 " 
25 " 
25 " 
25 " 
30 " 
30 " 
30 " 
30 " 
30 " 
331/3" 
331/3" 
331/3" 
331/3" 
331/3" 
331/3" 
35 " 
371/2" 
40 " 
40 " 
40 " 
40 " 
40 " 
40 " 
40 " 
40 " 
40 " 
45 " 
40 " 
50 « 
50 «, 
50 " 
50 
50 
50 
50 
50 
50 
55 



B 



> 0%ofF 

§. " 

" 

" 

" 

" 

" 

" 

" 

21/2" 

5 " 
" 

21/2" 

5 " 
" 

21/2" 

5 " 

10 " 

" 

21/2" 

5 " 

10 " 

" 

21/2" 

5 " 

10 " 

15 " 

" 

21/2" 

5 " 

10 « 

20 " 

" 

21/2" 

5 " 

10 " 

20 " 

" 

21/2" 

5 " 

10 « 

20 " 

25 « 

" 

" 

" 

21/2" 

5 " 

10 " 

15 « 

20 " 

25 " 

30 " 

331/3" 

" 

" 

21/2" 

5 " 

10 « 

15 " 

20 " 

25 " 

30 « 
33Vj« 

40 « 

" 



= 2 " 
= 3 " 

= 4 " 

= 5 ." 
= 6 " 

= 7 " 
= 8 " 
=10 " 

=12^/4" 
=14^/2" 
=12^/2" 

=i4y-3" 

= 16'/s" 
= 15 " 

= 17i/H" 

=19i/i" 
=23^/2" 
=162/3" 
=133/4" 
=20^/5" 
=25 " 
= 20 " 
= 22 " 
=24 " 
=28 " 
=32 " 
= 25 " 
=2€'/s" 
=28^/i" 
=321/2" 
=40 " 
=30 " 
= 513/4" 
=551/2" 
=37 " 
=44 " 
=331/3" 
=35 " 
=552/3" 
=40 " 
--46yz" 
-50 " 
-35 " 
=571/2" 
-40 " 
-411/2" 
-43 " 



=46 " 

=49 " 

= 52 " 

= 55 " 

=58 " 

=€0 " 

=45 " 

=50 " 
=511/4" 

= 521/2" 
=55 *' 
=571/2" 
=60 " 
--621/2" 
-65 " 

--6$yz" 

-70 " 
-55 " 



D 



99 9 
98 I 
97" 
96 § 
955: 
94 « 

930 

92 I 
90? 

S7V4 

851/2 

871/2 

851/3 

83 Vs 

85 

82V8 

803/4 

761/2 

831/3 

81 1/4 

791/6 

75 

80 

78 

76 

72 

68 



/o 

731/8 

711/4 

671/2 

60 

70 

681/4 

661/2 

63 

56 

662/3 

65 

631/3 

60 

531/3 

50 

65 

621/2^ 

60 

581/2 

57 

54 

51 

48 

45 

42 

40 

55 

50 

483/4 

471/2 

45 

421/2 

40 

371/2 

35 

331/3 

30 

45 



01|? 
04- 

?^^ 

17^ 

26^ 

383 

53?? 

8 70^ 

11 llg 

13965- 

16 96^^ 
14 298 

*17 19C 
20 30" 

17 65" 
20 66" 
23 84" 

30 72" 
20 " 
23 08" 
26 32" 
33 33" 
25 " 
28 21" 

31 58" 
38 89" 

47 06" 
33 33" 
36 75" 
40 35" 

48 15" 
66 67" 
42 86" 
46 52" 
50 38" 
58 73" 
78 57" 
50 " 
53 85" 
57 89" 
66 67" 
87 50" 

100 « 

53 85" 

60 " 

66 67" 

70 94" 

75 44" 

85 19" 

96 08" 

108 33" 

122 22" 

138 10" 

150 " 

81 82" 

100 " 

105 13" 

110 53" 

122 22" 

135 29" 

150 " 

166 67" 

185 71" 

200 « 

233 33" 

122 22" 



60 % 

60 " 
60 " 
60 " 
60 " 
60 " 
60 " 
60 " 
60 " 
60 " 
60 " 
60 " 
60 " 
60 " 
60 " 
60 " 
60 " 
60 " 
60 " 
60 " 
60 " 
662/3" 
662/3" 
662/3" 
662/3" 
66V3" 
662/3" 
662/3" 
662/3" 
70 " 
70 " 
70 « 
70 " 
70 " 
70 " 
70 " 
70 " 
70 " 

75 

75 

75 

75 

75 

75 

75 

75 

75 

80 

80 

80 

80 

80 

80 

80 

80 

80 

90 

90 

90 

90 

90 

90 

90 

90 

90 

90 



> 0%off 
a. 21/2" 
5 " 
71/2" 
10 " 
121/2" 
15 " 
171/2" 
20 « 
22 1/2" 
25 " 
271/2" 
30 " 
331/3" 
35 " 
371/2" 
40 " 
421/2" 
45 " 
471/2" 
50 " 
" 
5 « 
10 " 
20 " 
25 " 
331/3" 
40 " 
50 " 
" 
5 « 
10 " 
20 " 
25 " 
30 " 
331/3" 
40 " 
50 " 
" 
5 « 
10 " 
20 " 
25 " 
30 " 
331/3" 
40 " 
50 " 
« 
5 « 
10 « 
20 " 
25 " 
30 " 
40 « 
50 " 
60 " 
" 
10 " 
20 « 
30 « 
40 « 
50 « 
60 « 
70 « 
80 « 
90 « 



=60%oS\4:0 C. 



61 

= 62 ' 

= 63 '• 
= 64 " 
= 65 " 
= 66 " 
= 67 " 
=68 " 
= 69 " 
= 70 " 
= 71 " 
= 72 " 
= 731/3" 
= 74 " 
= 75 " 
= 76 " 
= 77 " 
= 78 " 
= 79 " 
=80 " 
= 66^3" 
= 681/3" 
= 70 " 
= 751/3" 
= 75 " 
= 777/9" 
=80 " 
= 831/3" 
= 70 " 
= 711/2" 
= 73 " 
= 76 « 
= 771/2" 
= 79 " 
=80 " 
= 82 " 
=85 " 
= 75 " 
= 761/ i" 
= 771/2" 
=80 " 
=811/4" 
= 821/2" 
= 851/3" 
=85 " 
=871/2" 
=80 " 
=81 " 
= 82 " 
=84 " 
= 85 " 
= 86 " 
= 88 " 
=90 " 
=92 " 
= 90 " 
= 91 " 
-92 " 
=93 " 
= 94 " 
-95 « 
-96 " 
=97 " 
-98 " 



39 3 
38 S" 
37 § 
36 s: 
35 » 
34 
33?: 
32^ 
31' 
30 
29 
28 
26 

262/3 

25 

24 

23 

22 

21 

20 

332/3 

31 1/3 

30 

262/3 

25 

222/9 
20 

162/3 

30 

28V2 

27 

24 

221/2 

21 

20 

18 

15 

25 

233/4 

221/2 

20 

183/4 
171/2 
162/3 

15 

121/2 

20 

19 

18 

16 

15 

14 

12 

10 

08 

10 

09 

08 

07 

06 

05 

04 

03 

02 

01 



150 
156 4i 
163 1( 
170 2: 
177 7i 
185 7] 
194 li 
203 Oil 
212 5C 
222 5£| 
233 3? 
244 82 
257 14 
275 
284 62 
300 
316 67 
334 78' 
354 55 
376 19 
400 
200 
215 79 
233 33 
275 
300 
350 
400 
500 
233 33 
250 88 
270 37 
316 67 
344 44 
376 19 
400 
455 56 
566 67 
300 
321 05 
344 44 
400 
433 33 
471 43 
500 
566 67 
700 
400 
426 32 
455 56 
525 
566 67 
614 29 
733 33 
900 

1150 
900 

1011 11 

1150 

1328 57 

1566 67 

1900 

2400 

3233 33 

4900 

9SOO 



The whole Discount la atown m Col. C, when two (A and B) are given. Thua 40.% off (A) and 10^ 
off repaioder (B) = 46% off (C) : which = 54c on the S (D, )&c (^ee Art; 194). The Rules an< 
I'nnciplea of Trade Dtacoua t are clearly set forth in Arta. 190 to 199. ' " ' 

294 



TABLE Aiding DEALERS, MANUFACTURERS — Fixing Prices, Profits, Discounts. 

For Retail Trade For Wholesale Trade Manufacturers, Jobbers 



And 
deduct 

off 
RetaU 

Price 

2V^ 

5 " 

5 " 

5 

5 

2V2 

5 
10 
I2V2 

2V2 

5 
10 
15 

2V2 

5 
10 
15 

2 1/2 

5 
10 
15 
20 

2V2 

5 
10 
15 
20 
25 

5 
10 
15 
20 
25 
30 

5 
10 
15 
20 
25 
30 

331/3 
10 
15 
20 
25 
30 
33V3 
10 
15 
20 

25 " 
30 " 
33Vs" 
10 " 
15 « 
20 " 
25 " 
30 " 
331/3" 
10 " 
15 " 
20 " 
25 " 
30 " 
33Vs" 



Profit 

on 
Cost 
wiU 

be 

71/4% 
41/2" 
fiVs" 
91/4" 

17 " 
14 " 

8 " 
5 " 

2Vh 

12^2 

eV4 
231/2 

17 

101/2 

30 

26yz 

20 

151/3 

6-/3 
5«i/2' 
33 
2S 
19 
12 

5 
42^/2 
35 

271/2 
20 
121/2 

5 
52 
44 
36 
28 
20 
12 

50 

4r-/3 
531/3 

25 

16^3 

ll^h 

53 

44^2 

36 

271/2 

19 

13^3 

571/2 
48^* 
40 

311/4 
221/2 

1«V3 

62 
53 
44 
35 
26 
20 



If you 

Buy (of 

List) 

at 



10%cff 
10 " 
121/2" 
15 " 
I6V3" 
20 " 
20 " 
20 " 
20 " 
25 " 
25 " 
25 " 
25 " 
30 " 
30 " 
30 « 
30 " 
331/3" 
331/3" 
331/3" 
331/3" 
331/3" 
40 " 
40 " 
40 " 
40 " 
40 " 
40 " 
50 " 
50 " 
50 " 
50 " 
50 " 
50 " 
60 " 
60 " 
60 " 
60 " 
60 " 
60 " 
60 " 
66V3" 
662/3" 
662/3" 
66Vs" 
68»/3" 
68V»" 
70 « 
70 « 
70 " 
70 " 
70 " 
70 " 
75 " 
75 " 
75 " 
75 " 
75 « 
75 « 
90 " 
$0 " 
30 " 
80 " 
80 « 
80 « 



And 

Sell 
(same 

List) at 

2i/2%off 

5 " 

5 " 

5 " 

5 " 

5 " 

10 " 

121/2 " 

15 " 

5 " 

10 " 

15 " 

20 

10 " 

15 " 

20 " 

25 " 

10 " 

15 " 

20 " 

25 " 

30 " 

10 " 

15 " 

20 " 

25 " 
30 

331/3 " 

10 " 

20 " 

25 " 

30 " 

331/3 " 

40 " 

20 " 

25 " 

30 " 

331/3 " 

40 " 

45 « 

50 " 

20 " 

25 " 

331/3 " 

40 " 

50 " 

60 " 

25 " 

30 " 

331/3 " 

40 " 

50 " 

60 " 

30 " 

40 " 

50 " 

60 " 

66V3 " 

70 " 

30 " 

40 « 

50 " 

60 " 

70 « 

75 « 



Profit 

on 
Cost 
wiU 

be 



«l/3% 

55/9" 

8V7" 

*11V4" 

1^3/4" 

isyi" 
121/2" 

^Vs" 

61/4" 
2efV3" 
20 " 

131/3" 
r/3" 

28*/ 1" 
2IV7" 
1^2/7" 
71/7" 
35 " 

2tl/2" 

20 " 

121/2" 

5 " 

50 " 

4r-/3" 
33^3" 

25 " 

IffVs" 

111/9" 

80 " 

60 " 

50 " 

40 " 

331/3" 

20 " 

100 " 

871/2" 

75 " 

66V i" 

50 " 

371/2" 

25 " 

140 " 

125 " 

100 " 

80 " 

50 " 

20 " 

150 " 

1331/3" 

1222/9" 

100 " 

66V 3" 

33V i" 

180 " 

140 " 

100 " 

60 " 

33'/3" 

20 " 

250 " 

200 " 

150 " 

100 " 

50 " 

25 « 



n 



In 

order 

to 

give 

Trade 



10%ofif 
10 " 

121/2" 

15 " 

I62/3" 
20 " 
20 « 
20 " 
20 " 
25 " 
25 " 
25 " 
25 " 
30 " 
30 " 
30 " 
30 " 
331/3" 
331/3" 
331/3" 
331/s" 
331/3" 
40 " 
40 " 
40 " 
40 " 
40 " 
40 " 
50 " 
50 " 
50 " 
50 " 
50 " 
50 " 
60 " 
60 " 
60 « 
60 " 
60 " 
60 « 
60 « 
662/3" 
662/3" 
662/3" 
662/3" 
662/3" 
662/3" 
70 " 
70 « 
70 « 
70 " 
70 " 
70 " 
75 « 
75 " 
75 « 
75 « 
75 « 
75 " 
80 " 
80 " 
80 « 
80 " 
80 « 
80 " 



And 


List 


realize 


Price 


on 


must 


Coat 


be 


10 % 


1-/9 H 


20 " 


11/35 

*iVil 


20 " 


20 " 


*1V8* 


20 " 


*1V9 


20 " 


IV 2 


30 " 


IVsl 


40 " 


IV i' 


50 " 


IVs 


20 " 


IVo" 


30 " 


*13/4" 


40 " 


*1V8" 


50 " 


2 " 


20 " 


IV7" 


30 " 


IV7" 


40 " 


2 " 


50 " 


21/7" 


20 " 


IV5" 


331/3" 


2 " 


40 " 


21/10" 


50 " 


21/4" 


60 " 


22/5" 


20 " 


2 " 


30 " 


21/6" 


40 " 


21/3" 


50 " 


21/2" 


60 " 


22/3" 


80 " 


3 " 


331/3" 


23/3" 


40 " 


2V5" 


50 " 


3 " 


60 " 


31/5" 


80 " 


33/5" 


100 " 


4 " 


331/3" 


31/3" 


40 " 


31/2" 


50 " 


33/4" 


60 " 


4 " 


70 " 


^1/4" 


80 " 


41/2" 


100 " 


5 " 


331/3" 


4 " 


40 " 


41/5" 


50 " 


41/2" 


60 " 


4Vi" 


80 " 


52/5" 


100 " 


6 " 


331/3" 


4V9" 


40 " 


42/j" 


50 " 


5 " 


60 « 


51/3" 


80 « 


6 " 


100 « 


6Vi" 


331/3" 


51/3" 


40 « 


53/5" 


50 " 


6 « 


60 " 


52/5" 


80 « 


7i/s« 


100 " 


8 " 


331/3" 


6V3" 


40 " 


7 " 


50 " 


71/2" 


60 " 


8 « 


80 " 


9 « 


100 « 


10 « 



These Tablaa wil l save B uyers aad Sellers many abatriiae Calculations 

Z)5 



< 


2 

D 
CO 

cc 

Hi 

H 
10 









O 

fa >> 

'« 
O 



o -p *- 3 

^_, ^ r-f fH 



V « «> 

XA ^ 
*i *J o 

••Ob 

3"" B-C 

■^ «2 
«S ^ 
4J b 






r-p 



£ C 
3 a) 

«"» 

CO 

as 



Q 4) I. 
S 1" S 



u A 



fM eg -p 



•S'S- »" 
is el D 

^ o !; jd 
T 2 



" tifj 
« 3j! 



o O m \ 2 n S tC 9 

o -P 5( O ^x) SE-"-5^ 



Q*-p fc. 

a .-a 



"^ ja ® ^' S 

UC>00 3 S 

a -pos 

o d 5 



CO , Q 

*) W p M 

■ S^ 

i— ISO 

§•2 ^ " 



•P rt 
M '-<-p 

o'S o 






III 

I3LU 



CO 

UJ 



Ul 






a 
o 
o 



« »3 a ^ 3 



9 ^ 
E o 



; 03 






M IS 

d s> 



31I 

o CO 
O^ 

So I- 
> 2 



a H : «, -I ^ .p 
®-p * «5 o-c 

j5 ^ KO d o 






f^ Q o 5 



= o d 

300 3 © 

T-i o"^ 

03 "5 

0) H r 



10 c> o • 

CS -P -P 

-3 a) ti d 
J2 d a; >< 

0) = d 2 
■fflW .d 

"*= d = 
^<d|K 

"-Pav 
o ri ^ 
.c d = a 



CO m >, 

■E^^SS •> 

S ccOCm 

*00 7, 



d - y 



A 



^1 

"6 






- CI 



IS 



O 












--§ 



o 

- - - -- - . - . ...-St 

— 1-^1-ll-l,-lr-^^T-^TH1-^.-^(^^(^)(^^(M(^^e<l(^^(^^(^(-<^c,;(■ 

^ S^^^^ W « ^ 3^pj^ W « <1 S5 t^t^ W « <- s5 t= « K K ^ s^. 

i<NCO-<*iOOI>OOC50i-H(NCOTiHiOia:)|>OOC50i-i(MCOTt<L':iCDl>00020J 
i-Hi-l,-lrHr-n-i^^^ .-H <M (N (N <M (N (N (N iM (>) (N M C 



S^^t)^ W « <! d^ t>;^ W K <! S^ t3^ W « ^ S^ t=^ W K <; 3 



'-^c^cotjhiocoi>goo:)0 






■ — . ^ ,. r- — ■- ■-^ ^^ -» •—■ >. - r^ I. -r— iL»^w^F^[:-^K'r-'H-ityjg^p^r~' |.» t~i Mh iZ5 1 

H P3 -^ 3 ° 13.^ m 03 ^?i.° b.'^' trl r,^ . p< O & W w « . « O 



pa^H^Hfag;MSH^Hfa;gBaSHg:f-<far^M SPH^p:[£, 

^4H lO ro r^ rr\ ,-tn /-^ ^ /-v-. /^^ _lj ..-^ .^ ».. — T^r':^r~z^ — . r — r ^— = — ~ — = — 11^ 



= — — :- — i^ — r-, .^^ ». ^-, ,. ■ r- L - ^^ tj^ «r^ i^< ir^ K^ r-' HH (jj t« ^^ f-i i^ ^ p:^ j 

rHC^cc^iOCOt^OOOiO^CacOTjHiCCOt^OOOOT-KNcO-^iOCOr^OOC-. Or 
r-ii— l^T-l>r^^-^1-l1-^1-^1-l(^^<M(^^(M(MOql^^(^4(^^(^c/; J. 



gHfaa}02SH^Hfe^oaSHgHfag^aaSHgHfa r^MgPH^P-:E 



_= ^ — "^ — l;^ ". 1 . ^ .-i — ■ ■ t, ■ w ^ L • r^ ^j.^ v^ f^H L ' t*^ [T^' hH L/J VJ ^^ ~ k*" r^ I 

H!MC0Tf<iOOI>Q0a3 O'-iC^C0-«JHiOC0t>.00Cr. Or-HC-JCOTjHiCCDlXXlClOi 
T-ir-ir-i,-i,-H,-i^^— < -HiMC<)(MO;(N(N(N(N(NIN0CH 



t=j^Wp;^3°&«Mp;^30t),^W«<i-3°&^W(S-.3°lD« 

t— 1 C<1 CO ^ tOc^TN^fyTTT^^ — -. - - — =- 



c^(:o^400i>(X)OOi-HC^coTt^iocoi>oooiOi-icv4cO'^i.o<r)t^ooo:>o"i 



^£;^ W « .. S^&t^ W fi ^ 3^ t= « W K ^ 3^ t=tf W « ^ 3 o p f' 



—:^ — :: — i^ — ' • ~^ ■ ■- "^ •- ■ •— ' ■-'^ »> J -^ L ■ 1^ ir^ I— I L>.' i« f=H r^ ^^ r"! I- H C/J 03 t 




^O 

00 00 



.'-IN.WOO 
.00 00 00 00 



OOQOOOOO .00 00 00 00 05 03 '0500002 



. 05 100CO 
.Oi-(«(N 
,00 00 00 00 



l>fO00'* 

00 OO 00 00 



lOi-HtOIN . fO 03 to T-H <B (N 
CDN^t-OO . 05 05 O I-H iH (M 
OOOOOOOO . OO 00 05 03 OS o; 



W02 
fOCO 

05 0i 



SS;:^ -S^JSSSSI ."^"^St^ oooocr»050^ 
OOWOO .OOOOOOOO .00000000 oooooooomo) 



'-'t^NQO 

(NiMeoco 

05 05 0» 05 



N .COOl^O 

o . -^^eq CO 

00 .OOOOOOOO 



'-<I>«00 

00.B0 00 00 
t-iThiH<-i 



051CIOC0 

CO r^ 00 00 

OOOOOOOO 



03 . O i-iM <N "CO 
00 .03 05005 "05 



oo»-i 

00 00 00 



.05 100 
.<MCO'* 

.00 00 00 



eooo-<# 

00 00 00 



. lO i-l «0 fO 00 ■* 

.00 03 0»OOt-h 
, 00 OO 00 05 0» 05 



lOi-HO 
<^ 05 0> 



^^'»«#^^e^^^ot»M^eT^^^ 












tOiH<-t<jlcPg»T)IC-W>B»-Kq 



^t»t»wiOTHeotoe»«^t»c<i 



OCD 

OO 

00 00 



N.eo 
00 00 



OOrf* 
MfO 
00 00 



.lOi-HtO 

.Tt<»OIO 

.00 00 00 



03^0 
t^00O5 

00 00 00 



2% 



(N . CC 05 Tjf O 

C5 . 03 05 0> 03 



<j Hk_i fcilj b [„ t) a u O H 



WtDtDWlTHt»eq>OiHWtOi-l 






JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



292a 



9)m/}m>jj/>jj^?jjjjj/f?j. 




292b JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 

The sanitary arrangements and toliet facilities of 
a modern up-to-date factory are entirely different 
from what they were ten years ago. At that time 
all that was expected for the comfort and cleanli- 
ness of the help were a couple of wooden or, perhaps, »l 
black cast iron troughs with a steam coil in the 
trough to temper the cold water. Here in the same 
water, a dozen or more had to wash. As for 
water closets, two or three were considered sufficient 
even for a force of a hundred men. Showers were 
things unheard of. 

In a modern factory you will find as a rule, 30"- 
x6'-0" enameled wash sinks with six combination hot 
and cold water faucets to each sink, and the men 
wash their hands and faces in water coming directly 
from the faucets. For the women it is customary to 
arrange individual enameled cast iron lavatories with 
combination hot and cold water faucets. 

As a rule water closets in up-to-date factories are ' 
installed to a number corresponding with one closet 
for >every 15 to 20 persons. Another great improve- 
ment is that nearly all new factories now have a 
good sized rest room for the women help in which 
are settees, chairs, tables, and in most cases, a cot, 
to be used if someone' suddenly becomes ill. There 
is also a first aid set. Ventilated steel lockers 12''- 
xl2"x5'-0" high for men and 15"xl5"x5'-0" high for 
women are also installed. 

The accompanying drawing shows a very complete 
arrangement of toilet, locker and rest rooms and 
will give the reader a very clear idea of how toilets, 
etc. are arranged by modern up-to-date, industrial 
engineers. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



292o 




r^He^^^H^ ::^,:^: ^i;^ . i L, - ^M.^ ^ 



ff//*0~ fc/9/VS 









292d JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 

The plan on page C and D is a layout for Plumb- 
ing on the Barrack Building which was built at the 
Great Lake.s Naval Training Station. This building 
was built by Paschen Brothers and the plumbing 
was installed by Kohlbry, Howlett Company of 
Chicago, Illinois. 

In the Aviation Camp there was nine of these 
barracks as above and each building was equipped 
with thirty-two low down water closets with vitreous 
tanks, open front seats, eight six foot enamel iron 
urinals with enamel iron tanks and thirty-two enamel 
lavatories set in batteries of four, each battery 
equipped with bubbling cup, thirty two showers and 
eight wash sinks. These wash sinks were used by 
the sailors to wash out their clothes. Each building 
was equipped with hot and cold water. The hot 
water being furnished from the Central Power House 
and return pipes back to same. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



292.e 




5Sd^#;^^ 



rrPfC/f^ • ' 






292f 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



k-^^ 



t. 



j._^ 



.3V— ♦-. 



f^^^i^^ 



'/ 



f 



'il 



n^ 



m 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



292g 



I 
I 



m 



m 



IKJ 



\ 


i 


, 










{ 



H 



K^^^^^^MJ 



Q 



S5 



m 







WJ 



5 I 










5 

«>:. 

s 



AK 



The above plan and plan on preceeding page 

is a layout of piping for plumbing work in 
Barracks Building located at Great Lakes Naval 
Training Station. There was one hundred and 
three of these buildings put up in the Isolation 
and Detention Camps. Each building was equipped 
with eight water closets with open front seats 
operated by Sloan Valves, four three foot enameled 
lipped urinals and enamel iron tank and twelve 
enamel iron lavatories set in batteries of three, each 
battery equipped with hot and cold water and one 
bubbling cup for each battery. Twelve showers and 
four double Galvanized iron sinks. One side of 
the sink was for sterilizing purposes and the other 
side for rinsing. Thirty-five of these buildings were 
equipped with hot water from Central Power House 
and sixty eight of them had individual hot water 
tanks. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 297 

Arco Wand Vacuum Cleaner. 
Wiring Chart Should Be Sent With Each Machine. 

All that is required of the trade in the matter of 
electric installation is to obtain from the local electric 
power station the information as to whether direct 
or alternating current is to be used. If it is direct 
current, ascertain the voltage; or if it is alternating 
current, the voltage, phase and cycles. When this 
information is sent to us, a correct wiring chart to 
apply exactly to the conditions is sent with the 
vacuum cleaner, making it a very easy matter for the 
electrician to make proper wiring connections. The 
wiring charts here inserted show the completeness 
of the information we furnish with each machine. 
Wiring Diagrams of Alternating Current Single- 
Phase Installations With Remote Control for 5^, 

34, 1^ and 2 Horse Power Motors. 

Note. Motors are installed without starting box. 
Direct current, motors are series wound with enough 
shunt winding to prevent racing under no load con- 
ditions. 

Note A. Switches No. 1 and No. 2 are three-way 
snap switches. A control circuit of this nature con- 
sists primarily of two (2) three-way switches and if 
more control points are needed, four-way switches 
will be connected between the two three-ways, i. e., if 
four control points are wanted two (2) four-way 
switches will be connected between two (2) three- 
way switches. 

Note B. Switch No. 1 must be located not to ex- 
ceed 4 feet from vacuum cleaner relief valve so that 
both can be reached at the same time. 

Note C. If metal conduit is used draw all three 
control wires into one conduit. 

Wiring Diagrams of Alternating Current Single- 
Phase Installations With Remote Control for ^ 
and 34 Horse Power Motors. 

Note. Motors are installed without starting box. 
Direct current, motors are series wound with enough 
shunt winding to prevent racing under no load con- 
ditions. 

Be careful to connect proper switch terminals to 
motor and line leads. Failure to do this will result in 
short circuiting line if two or more switches are 
closed at one time. One of these switches must be 
located not to exceed 4 feet from vacuum cleaner re- 



298 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

lief valve so that both can be reached at the same 
time. If motor is connected for 220 volts, ten (10) 
ampere double pole flush switches to be used. If 
motor is connected for 110 volts, twenty (20) ampere 
double pole rotary surface switches to be used. 

Sizes of Pipe. 

With Nos. 460, 461 and 462 Arco Wand Vacuum 
Cleaners, 1^-inoh pipe can be used where distance 
from machine to most remote inlet coupling does not 
exceed 60 ft.; 2-inch pipe can be used where distance 
from machine to most remote inlet coupling, with 
No. 461, does not exceed ?50 ft., and with No. 462 
does not exceed 350 ft. In such runs of 2-inch piping, 
IJ/^-inch pipe can be used for 60 ft. from remote inlet 
couplings toward the machine, using 2-inch pipe for 
remainder of distance. . Thus, risers in any building 
less than 60 ft. in height can be made of lJ/2-inch pipe, 
using 2-inch pipe for horizontal mains in basement. 
The exhaust pipe for each of these machines should 
be 2-inch pipe. 

Installing Inlet Couplings. 

First. After applying lead or pipe-joint paste to 
the male thread of the inlet coupling bushing, screw 
it into the opening of the drainage fitting as far as 
possible, using the Arco Wand wrench. 

Inlet Coupling in Place. 

Second. After applying lead or pipe-joint paste to 
the male thread of the inlet coupling, start it into 
the thread of the inlet coupling bushing, turning it 
by hand. Then insert the wrench into the opening 
of the inlet coupling and turn until the flange is 
drawn up snugly against the baseboard, stopping 
with the cover hinge at the top. 

Use Good X,ead or Pipe-Joint Paste. 

In the installation of piping for vacuum cleaning, 
always apply lead or pipe-joint paste to the male 
threads of pipe and fittings. If applied In this way 
when the threads are made up, all surplus lead or 
paste will be forced to the outside of the fittings and 
pipe, leaving the Interior free from such substances. 

Never apply lead or paste to female threads. 

Typical riser, concealed In partition, one Inlet 
coupling to be located In baseboard In each story. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



;99 



Section o£ Cleaner-Main. 

When it is necessary to drop a pipe for an inlet 
coupling located below the cleaner-main, always 
make the connection from the side of the cleaner- 
main, and never from the bottom — as bottom con- 
nection would fill with dirt. 

Drainage Fittings, Cast Iron, Screwed for Wrought 

Iron Pipe. 

These fittings are made with a shoulder, and are 
the same size inside diameter as pipe. 

The pipe screws in up to the shoulder, making a 
continuous passage, leaving no pockets for the solid 
matter to lodge in, thus preventing choking up of the 
pipe. 




NO. 1001 



No. 1003 






Y INLET 



T INLET 

B 

L 



RUN 
No. 1020 



RUN- 



m. 



RUN 

No. 1021 





RUN 

NO. 1-029 




< RISER 

CONNECTION 



CLEANER-MAIN 



300 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



SOI 






IK 



'/Z/^CH. 







^"l/^C^^ 







O/v/o/V 



<:r^£:/?/v Oi/rnltfs. a/^ 












302 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Svfitch No. 2 
Dt JB 




, <^l lA 

Install 4 way ewitches so 
that one position connects 
A to.B and C to D 



cr-^A 

The other position 

connects 
A to D and C to B 
Switch No.l 



1 Fuse block 

Use No. 14 wire for control circuit 




Motor 



u 



Fused 
Enlfe Switch 



_Lino 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 303 

The American Rotary Valve Company, Chicago, 
are manufacturers of both the rotary and recipro- 
cating type vacuum cleaning machines, in which are 
embodied a number of novel features that have been 
endorsed by many of the leading architects and engi- 
neers throughout the country. 

In the construction of both types of machines, the 
separation is mechanical and does away entirely with 
screens, cloth bags and strainer plates. 

The air and collected sweepings being carried 
through the system of piping directly to the base of 
the machine, passing through the mechanical sep- 
arator, which is submerged in water, the dirt, dust 
and bacteria are mixed with the water and held in 
solution in the base of the machine. The air bubbles 
are thoroughly broken up, and the air passing through 
the water is scoured and purified before being taken 
into the pump and exhausted to the atmosphere. A 
perfect separation is thus secured and no dirt or dust 
is carried through the pump, which insures its long 
life. Screens, cloth bags and strainer plates have a 
strong tendency to become heavily coated or clogged 
with collected dirt and dust. The entire elimination 
of such devices in these machines insures the highest 
constant efficiency. 

The method of cleaning these machines is also 
mechanical and they require no hand cleaning what- 
ever at any time. The operator never comes in con- 
tact with the collected dirt. This method of clean- 
ing is accomplished by reversing the action of the 
pump, which converts it from a vacuum producer to 
an air compressor, and the contents of the base, when 
necessary, are discharged, direct to the sewer under 
force of compressed air. 

The entire operation of cleaning out these ma- 
chines and putting them in readiness for operation 
on vacuum is accomplished in less than three minutes. 

The highly sanitary method of disposing of the 
collected sweepings is worthy of the highest con- 
sideration. 

Contrast this with the systems which necessitate 
the disposal of the dirt and bacteria in a manner 
which not only exposes the one who cleans the ma- 
chine, but the entire neighborhood, to possible con- 
tagion. 



304 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




l/je /one J w-eefa c/^^v/'/re fir 



7^/'/D/'/7P L<7l/OUt 

yaee/u/77 C^/ea/f//? ^ >S y^fcm. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 305 

Another very desirable feature is that it is possible 
to utilize the compressed air for cleaning purposes. 
In a number of their installations the pipe has been 
extended to the garage, and with the compressed air 
feature, in addition to the vacuum, it has enabled the 
owners to keep their cars in much better shape than 
has heretofore been possible. The compressed air is 
also very desirable for use in blowing the collected 
dust from overhead pipe in the basement. Also for 
cleaning radiators and getting into close places which 
it is impossible to reach with a vacuum appliance. 
Once this dirt is dislodged and blown into the open, 
it can be readily taken up by means of vacuum. 

The rotary type machine, as manufactured by this 
company, is made in one and two sweeper capacities, 
suitable for schools, hospitals and small hotels and 
residences. 

The reciprocating type machine represents the best 
in vacuum cleaning machines, and is the type which 
is now being installed in the New York postoffice. 
These machines are operated with a mechanically 
moved rotary valve, which insures the highest possi- 
ble mechanical efiiciency, and is the last word in 
vacuum cleaning machines. There are no valve 
springs or small internal parts to lubricate or get out 
of order. 

The oiling system of this machine is entirely auto- 
matic, and within a few seconds after starting up, 
every moving part is being properly lubricated. The 
machine is noiseless and requires no attention during 
the operation of sweeping. 

The regulating feature of this machine is another 
point which has been finely worked out, and engi- 
neers who have seen the machine in operation are 
unanimous in their opinion that it is a long step in 
advance of any regulating device now on the market. 
By means of this regulator, the vacuum under which 
it is deemed advisable to work to meet the various 
requirements, can be adjusted and will remain con- 
stant until readjusted. Any vacuum required up to 
20 inches can be constantly maintained. 

The displacement of air is also properly regulated, 
and at no time is there more air being pumped than 
is required by the number of sweepers in operation, 
the reduction being proportionate, and results in a 
big saving in consumption of power when less sweep- 
ers than the capacity of the machine are in operation. 



306 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

These reciprocating type vacuum cleaning ma- 
chines are being installed in large office buildings, 
public buildings, hotels, hospitals, mills, factories and 
theaters, and are manufactured in capacities to take 
care of buildings of any size. The New York post- 
office being a fine example, this being the largest 
vacuum cleaning machine in the world. 

We are showing here two systems of vacuum 
cleaning machines, the dry and the wet. These two 
systems have been thoroughly tried out and found 
to be the best that has been manufactured and the 
best that money can buy. Architects all over the 
country endorse these two types of machines. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 307 

MecHanicsil Refrigeration 

Mechanical refrigeration is the process of reducing 
and keeping the temperature of a body or substance 
below the temperature of the atmosphere without the 
use of ice. In order to reduce such temperature it is 
necessary to employ a medium of lower temperature, 
which will absorb the heat. Liquids having a low 
boiling point are used as refrigerants. Carbonic an- 
hydride (carbonic acid) and ammonia are used as re- 
frigerants. 

Carbonic anhydride evaporates at the low tempera- 
ture of 124 degrees below zero Fahr. under atmos- 
pheric pressure and during evaporation absorbs from 
its surroundings a quantity of heat corresponding to 
its latent heat of evaporation. In other words, while 
water boils at 212 degrees Fahr. under atmospheric 
pressure, and about 250 degrees at fifteen pounds 
pressure; liquid carbonic anhydride boils at 124 de- 
grees below zero Fahr. under atmospheric pressure 
and at 30 degrees Fahr. under a pressure of 34 atmos- 
pheres. Ammonia boils at 28 degrees Fahr. 

The boiling point of water being far above the at- 
mospheric temperature, heat must be applied to bring 
it to the boiling temperature. The boiling point of 
liquid carbonic anhydride and ammonia being very 
much lower than the temperature of the atmosphere, 
they absorb from their surroundings the necessary 
heat to cause them to boil or evaporate. 

Refrigeration is produced by the ebullition of the 
refrigerant which is circulated through the cooling 
coils and returned to the refrigerating machine. 

The cycle of operation is the compression, lique- 
faction and evaporation of the carbonic anhydride or 
ammonia. 

The refrigerating plant comprises three parts. 

1. A compressor in which the gas is compressed. 

2. A condenser in which the compressed warm 
gas imparts its heat to cold water and liquefies. 

3. Expansion coils in which the liquid re-expands 
into its original gaseous state, thereby absorbing heat 
and performing the refrigerating work. 

In order to make the operation continuous the 
.three parts are connected; the charge of gas origin- 
ally put into the machine being used over and over 
again going progressively through the process of 
compression, condensation and evaporation. Thus 



308 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

only a small quantity of gas is required to replace any 
losses. 

The compressor draws the gas from the expansion 
coils, compressing it to the-- liquefying pressure 
(which pressure depends upon the temperature of the 
cooling water in the condenser). The compressed 
gas is discharged into the condenser where it im- 
parts its heat to the water in the condenser and be- 
comes a liquid. This liquid is then returned to the 
expansion or cooling coils, expanding through same 
and thereby absorbing heat. 

The surface of the cooling coils is so proportioned 
that all of the liquid evaporates as it passes through 
same. From there the gas again returns to the com- 
pressor to resume the cycle of operation. The pres- 
sure of the gas in the coils is controlled by means of 
a valve. 

Direct Expansion System. 

In the direct expansion system extra heavy 
wrought iron pipe coils are placed in the rooms to 
be cooled, either on ceiling, walls or in lofts built for 
this purpose. Connections are made between the 
coils and liquid receiver at outlet of condenser. An 
expansion or regulating valve is placed between the 
small liquid pipe and large expansion coils. The 
liquid is fed through the expansion valve and allowed 
to expand through the coil to a gaseous state. Dur- 
ing its evaporation the carbonic anhydride or am- 
monia absorb heat from the surrounding atmosphere 
and then return to the compressor. 

For general cold storage plants, breweries, packing 
houses, candy factories and similar plants the direct 
expansion system is preferable. It is the simplest 
system, requires less machinery, is more efficient, 
needs less attention and for these reasons is used 
where possible. With carbonic anhydride the direct 
expansion system can be used in many places where 
it would not be advisable with ammonia. In case of 
a leak in the expansion coils with the carbonic an- | 
hydride system no damage can result, while with the 
ammonia system the result might be disastrous. 

Brine System. 

The brine system is an indirect method of refrig- 
eration; the carbonic anhydride or ammonia do not 
evaporate in coils placed in the rooms to be cooled, 
but instead evaporate through coils placed in an in- 
sulated steel tank, or through double pipe brine 
coolers. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 309 

Brine is made by dissolving calcium chloride in 
water; in some instances common salt (sodium chlo- 
ride) is used. This brine is cooled by circulating it 
through a double pipe cooler or tank equipped with 
carbonic anhydride or ammonia coils and then 
pumped through the coils in the different refriger- 
ators and rooms. The brine absorbs heat in passing 
through the coils and upon returning to the cooler 
it imparts this heat to the carbonic anhydride or 
ammonia. 

In plants with a large number of small refrigera- 
tors, where the pipe runs are long, it is cheaper to in- 
stall the brine system, as brine piping costs less than 
direct expansion piping. When the refrigerating ma- 
chine is not operated at night and even temperatures 
are required, the brine pump may be kept running, 
circulating the brine which is still cold. 

Whether the brine or direct expansion system 
should be used, depends entirely upon conditions, 
which should be thoroughly investigated before 
either system is installed. 

The Manufacture of Ice. 
There are two methods of ice making, namely, the 
can system and the plate system, both of which offer 
special advantages under certain conditions. 

The Can System. 

In order to produce clear and pure ice by this 
method, it is necessary to distill the water used for 
freezing, so as to free it from all organic matter, air, 
disease germs, etc. The distilling apparatus which 
serves this purpose is therefore a very important fac- 
tor in an ice plant. The distilling plant comprises a 
steam separator, steam condenser, skimmer, reboiler 
and flat cooler. The steam separator is connected 
to the exhaust pipe from the steam engine. All im- 
purities, such as grease, etc., carried by the exhaust 
steam, are removed and then the vapors are passed 
through a 'steam condenser, over which the waste 
water from the gas condenser is allowed to flow. 
After leaving the steam condenser the condensed 
water passes through a skimmer where most of the 
impurities are removed. The condensed, distilled 
water contains air and sometimes other volatile sub- 
stances, possessing more or less objectionable odor. 
To free it from this, the water is subjected to a vig- 



310 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

orous re-boiling in a separate tank. The distilled 
and re-boiled water is then passed through a flat 
cooler, over which the cold water passes, and its tem- 
perature reduced. 

As a still further means of purification, charcoal 
filters are used, through which the water passes into 
a storage tank provided with a direct expansion coil. 
In this tank the water is cooled as near to its freez- 
ing point as possible and is then drawn off and filled 
into the ice molds or cans, which are immersed in a 
tank filled with brine. Cooling coils are submerged 
in this tank, through which the expanding gas trav- 
els, absorbing the heat from the brine and reducing 
it to the required low temperature of 12 to 15 degrees 
Fahr. The brine in the freezing tank is well agitated, 
causing an even temperature throughout and slowly 
freezing the water in the ice cans. After the ice is 
frozen solid, the can is hoisted out of the tank (by a 
hoisting apparatus, which is movable) and conveyed 
to the thawing apparatus, where the ice in the can is 
loosened from it (either by immersing the can into a 
bath of warm water, or by an automatic sprinkling 
and dumping apparatus) and discharged into the 
storage room. 



The Plate System. 

The plate Ice system has an advantage in that it is 
not necessary to distill or boil the water if otherwise 
pure. The ice, which forms slowly on hollow freez- 
ing plates immersed vertically into tanks filled with 
water, purifies itself of any air or other impurities. 
On the other hand, it is an established fact that the 
plate system requires more skill to operate success- 
fully and the plant is generally more expensive to in- 
stall and keep in repair. Local conditions, price of 
coal, quality of water, etc., determine which system 
should be given the preference. 

The plate system embraces three distinct types. 
The brine plate system, in which the direct expansion 
coil is submerged in brine between two plates a few 
inches apart, the brine acting as a medium of contact 
between the direct expansion pipes and the plates, the 
ice freezing on the outside of the plates. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 311 

In the dry plate system, the gas coil is clamped be- 
tween two plates which are rapidly cooled by direct 
expansion coils, the ice forming on the plates. 

The third system is the block system, in which the 
water freezes directly to the bare direct expansion 
coils, from which it is harvested by cutting it into 
blocks with a vertical steam cutter. 

The freezing time required for a plate ten to twelve 
inches thick is from six to eight days. After the ice 
has formed to the required thickness it is loosened 
from the plates, hoisted out of its compartment, cut 
into blocks of proper size and discharged into the 
storage room. 

This system of ice-making is independent of the 

use of steam, except the small amount required for 

loosening the ice ends in the compartments and for 

cutting the ice plates, so that electric or water power 

can be applied wherever available at a low rate. 

Properties of Saturated Carbonic Acid Gas 

Transformed Into United States Measures From 

Professor Schroeter's Table. 

Direct Expansion Piping. 

The evaporation or expansion of the carbonic an- 
hydride takes^ place in coils of extra heavy wrought- 
iron pipe. For brine tanks, water coolers, small re- 
frigerators and rooms the pipes are welded into coils 
of continuous lengths and in large rooms the pipes 
are connected by flange unions. 

Safety. 
-In connection with the high pressure side of the 
cylindeT is a safety valve for the purpose of insuring 
against accidents. This safety valve is placed in the 
high pressure channel between the gas discharge 
valves and the discharge stop valve. The purpose 
of this valve is two-fold. It will relieve the cylinder 
and also the system of a pressure that has risen above 
the normal in case of a fire or through lack of con- 
denser water, and it will also guard against careless- 
ness of the operator who might attempt to start the 
machine without first opening the discharge stop 
valve. As the action of the safety valve is accom- 
panied by a loud report it will direct the attention of 
the operator to the machine. When the pressure 
again becomes normal this valve closes automatic- 
ally. This safety valve is designed to blow off at a 
pressure considerably below that at which the ma- 
chines are tested. 



312 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

The time of freezing a certain cake of ice depends 
largely upon the amount of water to be frozen. 
Cakes 8 to 11 inches thick require from 38 to 54 hours, 
with brine at 14 to 15 degrees Fahr. 

All water for condensing and cooling purposes 
goes through a series of operations. It is first used-f 
on the gas condenser, then on the steam condenser"' 
and cooling coils of the distilling outfit and finally, 
when quite warm, it is used for feeding the steam 
boiler. 

The best arrangement of an ice factory operating 
on the can system, with distilled water, is to locate 
the gas condenser high enough to allow the water 
used on same to flow by gravity to the distilling appa- 
ratus and down to the feed water heater. 

The inlet and outlet of the cylinder are provided 
with stop valves by means of which the system can 
be shut off, allowing access to the cylinder without 
loss of gas from any part of the system. 

Meat, fish and butter, zero to 10 above zero. 

Beer, 25 to 35 above zero. 

Ice manufacturing, 10 to 20 above zero. 

One ton of good coal will make 6 tons of ice. 

Ice Machine and Its Power. 

One and one-half to two H. P. will take care of a 
ton machine in the small class, such as butcher shops, 
creameries and cold storage. 

Handy Information for Mechanical Refrigeration. 

Joints. 

The way in which the piping Is attached to the 
fittings Is interesting. The piping of strictly wrought 
iron comes to us from the mills with plain ends, cut 
in exact lengths. Upon receiving an order in our 
shops for a stock of condensers, the pipe is carefully 
threaded to suit the fittings. A workman then grinds 
the pipe on an emery wheel about 1 Inch back of the 
thread. While this is being done the fittings are al- 
lowed to swim in a solder bath; directly next to this 
is a bath of tin, in which the threads are thoroughly 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 313 

tinned. The fitting is taken from the solder bath and 
placed in a positive position in a form. The pipe is 
then screwed into the fitting, after which the recesses 
in the return bend and the threads exposed are thor- 
oughly solder-covered and in cooling, the pipe and 
fitting shrink into practically a homogeneous mass. 

After cooling, this pipe is fitted with a blank flange 
on one end and to the other end is attached an air 
connection, admitting from 300 to 400 pounds of air. 
The pipe is next submerged in a tank of water, when 
any leak present would be indicated by bubbles on 
the surface of the water. All pipes which do show 
leakage, are at once rejected. The result of this 
painstaking process is that leaks and the Triumph 
ammonia condenser are not found together. 

Cost of ice for cooling 2700 cubic feet, $50 per 
month. 

Cost of mechanical refrigeration in same plant, $5 
per month. 

The double pipe type of ammonia condenser is in 
use in far more than 50 per cent of the plants built 
today — evidence that this style of apparatus is giving 
abundant satisfaction under almost every condition 
an ammonia condenser must meet. 

The Ice Tank. 

Not many years ago, tanks of wood were consid- 
ered satisfactory for ice making service. This is no 
longer true, however, since thoroughly seasoned lum- 
ber has become more and more scarce and expensive. 
Then, too, tanks of steel offer advantages lacking in 
the wooden construction. 

The steel sheets may be easily transported and 
erecting labor is considerably reduced by using the 
metal tank. When correctly installed, the durability 
of the metal tank cannot be surpassed. 

The steel tank which is used Is usually of ^ Inch 
material, from 3 to 6 feet deep, depending upon the 
size of cans. 

Comparison of Thermometers. 

General Dimensions in Feet for Ice Making Plants. 

Table Giving Number of Cubic Feet of Gas That Must 
Be Pumped Per Minute at Different Condenser and 
Suction Pressures, to Produce One Ton of Refrig- 
eration in Twenty-Four Hours. 



314 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Table of Chloride of Calcium Solution. 

Horse Power Required to Compress One Cubic Foot 

of Ammonia Per Minute. 

Table of Brine Solution. 

(Chloride of Sodium — Common Salt.) 

Table VI— Strength of Ammonia Liquors. 

Correction for Temperature of Aqua Ammonia. 

Continuation of Table VII. 

Correction of Temperature of Aqua Ammonia — Con 
tinuation of Table VII. 

Horse Power Required to Produce One Ton of 
Refrigeration. 

Soldered Joints. 

Soldered joints may be made in a number of ways, 
one of which will be described. Muriatic acid is used, 
a few pieces of zinc having been dropped in the ves- 
sel containing it to make the acid work. Powdered 
sal ammoniac is used to make the solder flow freely 
and the tools required are: an iron spoon to distribute 
the solder, and a soldering hook made of iron or 
copper wire about ^ inch in diameter, with the end 
flattened and bent at an angle so that it can be placed 
in the recess of the flange to be filled with the solder. 
Before making the joint, all oil should be wiped off 
the threads and the pipe should be filed clean for an 
inch or more back of the threads. The flange or fit- 
ting is then screwed on tightly and, together with the 
pipe, is heated with one or more blow lamps. As 
soon as the parts are heated enough to flow solder, 
a little acid is poured into the recess back of the 
flange and acts to remove all grease and dirt. This 
being done, a small amount of solder is flowed into 
the recess and rubbed against the surfaces with the 
soldering hook. In this way the solder is made to 
take hold of the iron and the use of the hook elimi- 
nates the burnt acid and any particles of dirt that 
may be present. Having tinned the surfaces in this 
way, the recess back of the flange is filled with solder, 
a little sal ammoniac being used to keep the solder 
fluid. While the solder is being poured, the blow 
lamp must be used to keep it flowing so that all parts 
of the recess are filled evenly. When this has been 
accomplished and the solder has hardened, the joint 
is washed thoroughly to remove any traces of the 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 315 

acid and a coating of rust-proof paint is applied. 
From this it will be seen that the process of making 
the soldered joint is simple, being nothing more than 
the act of filling in the recess cut out in the back of 
practically all flanges used in ammonia piping work. 

The shrunk joint is the most thorough and at the 
same time the most expensive of all the methods of 
making pipe connections. The process of making 
the joint consists of heating the pipe and fitting in a 
charcoal fire, rubbing the parts to be joined in sal 
ammoniac for a few seconds and then plunging them 
into a pot of melted solder. From the pot, the parts 
are taken again to the sal ammoniac and thoroughly 
rubbed, after which they will be found to be per- 
fectly tinned. The pipe is then allowed to cool while 
the fitting is kept hot and screwed on in the heated 
condition, it being somewhat expanded owing to the 
heat. The fitting must be screwed on quickly and 
tapped with a hammer while being turned so that 
there is no chance for it to cool or for a film of solder 
to be formed between the joining surfaces. The idea 
is to have the solder fill up all imperfections and 
holes but not to form a film between the joining sur- 
faces as is the case where the lead was disconnected 
and a spare one put in place. 

The Refrigerating Machine. 

The refrigerating machine is the heart and soul of 
the plant and should be of the best design, with proper 
proportions to give the required capacity when op- 
erating under the local conditions of the plant. The 
compressor with its driving engine or motor is placed 
in the machine room with the water pumps and other 
auxiliary apparatus, while the condenser is placed on 
the roof of the building under a cover or in the third 
story of a tower as shown in Fig. 16. With this ar- 
rangement the water from the ammonia condenser 
can be passed over the exhaust steam condenser to 
take up heat from the steam before passing to the 
feed-water heater and thence to the boilers. As 
shown in Fig. 16, the ammonia and steam condensers 
are of the atmospheric type, which is in general use. 
The cooling water is run over the top pipe of the coil 
and drips down over the lower pipes until collected 
in a trough under the coils. About 80 square feet of 
cooling surface is allowed per ton of ice made in 24 
hours. 



.6 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Where space Is limited and the condenser must be 
Dlaced in the building with other machinery, the 
5-j>ray from water flowing over the coils is objection- 
able and the double-pipe condenser is used. This is 
nothing more than a coil of pipe within a coil, so that 
an annular space is formed between the two pipes 
forming the double coil. Ammonia enters this space 
at the top of the coils and flows downward, while the 
cooling water enters the smaller pipe at the bottom 
and flows upward. Thus the coolest water is in the 
part of the coil containing the hottest ammonia and 
the highest possible efflciency of heat transfer is had,. 
Submerged condensers, consisting of a pipe coil in a 
tank filled with water, may be used if circumstances 
require, but this form of condenser is difficult to clean 
and requires a large amount of cooling water. Also 
it is difficult to detect leaks, as the leaking ammonia 
is absorbed by the water. Where the water supply 
for the condensers is not as cool as could be desired, 
good results may be had by rigging the double-pipe 
condenser so that water can be run over the outside 
of the coils as in the case of the atmospheric con- 
denser. 

Compressors are made both single and double act- 
ing and have the cylinders either horizontal or ver^ 
tical. The driving engine should be of the Corliss 
type with a good releasing valve gear, so that the 
steam consumption will not be so great that more 
distilled water is made than is needed for the ice cans. 
In all except the smallest units and in some designs 
of extremely large machines, the engines are direct- 
connected to the same crankshaft as the connecting 
rods of the compressors. Both simple and com- 
pound engines are used and are run condensing or 
•'non-condensing as may be required by the local con- 
ditions. Where compound engines are used, the cyl- 
inders may be connected in tandem or they may be 
cross-connected, ■ the latter method being preferred 
for large machines and for machines of the vertical 
type where two single-acting cylinders are used. 
The connecting rod of the engine may be connected 
to the same crank pin as that of the compressor, or 
it may be on a separate crank of the same sha^t. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL-. 317 

In small vertical machines having one compressor 
cylinder, the engine may be set vertical and be con- 
nected to the opposite end of the crank shaft from 
the connecting rod of the compressor, a flywheel be- 
ing placed on the middle of the shaft. One form of 
the horizontal machine is that in which the engine is 
connected to one end of the shaft, the other end of 
which drives two single-acting horizontal com- 
pressors. In still another arrangement, the engine 
is connected to the middle of a shaft on each end of 
which is a crank that drives a compressor of either 
the horizontal or vertical construction. In all of the 
different arrangements, flywheels are used to give 
steady working, being placed in various ways accord- 
ing to the disposal of the other parts of the machine. 
Very large units sometimes have a band wheel on the 
middle of the crank shaft between the two com- 
pressors so that the machine may be driven by belt 
from a separately mounted engine of proper size. 

It is important that the builder of a plant should 
understand the relative advantages and disadvantages 
of the different types of construction so that he may 
make a selection of a machine suited to the condi- 
tions under which it is to be operated. It is evident 
in the first place that the stuffing-box of the single- 
acting machine can be kept tight easily because it is 
subjected only to the comparatively low pressure of 
the suction gas instead of the pressure of the con- 
denser, which ranges from 125 pounds upward. On 
the other hand, the double-acting compressor is more 
economical because, at each revolution of the crank 
shaft, it deals with almost twice as much gas as a 
single-acting machine of the same cylinder diameter 
and stroke. With the exception of the extra friction 
resulting from the necessarily tighter stuffing-box 
gland of the double-acting machine, the friction of 
the two machines is the same. Notwithstanding this 
extra friction, it is estimated that, in comparison with 
a machine having two gas compressors, the amount 
of saving with the double-acting compressor is one- 
eighth of the whole amount of power required to 
compress the gas. 

As the double-acting machine is capable "of doing 
the work of two single-acting compressors, there is 
considerable saving in the first cost for construction 
m.aterial. This saving is partly offset by the extra 



318 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

care and expense necessary to properly construct the 
double-acting machine and by the fact that this ma- 
chine is rather complicated in the arrangement of 
valve ports and connecting passages. In any com- 
pressor it is important that clearance be made as 
small as possible consistent with safe working, and 
this is rather difficult to do successfully with the 
double-acting machine. In plants using a single ma- 
chine and the direct expansion system, as where; the 
gas is expanded direct in the coils of freezing plates 
used with the plate system of ice making, it is im- 
portant that the compressor be kept in operation. 
On this account there is an advantage in having two 
single-acting compressor cylinders instead of one 
doubling-acting machine, as any accidental damage 
to one of the compressors can be remedied while the 
other is kept in operation. By running the single 
cylinder at increased speed, the plant will make ca- 
pacity, whereas with the double-acting machine it 
would be necessary to shut down and allow the tem- 
perature of the freezing tank to rise until the machine 
could be put in operation again. 

In considering the relative value of the horizontal 
and vertical types of machines, it is seen that the 
vertical machine has the advantage in that the parts 
wear uniformly. In compressors other than those 
using the oil injection, the least possible amount of 
oil is used, and prevention of undue wear on any of 
the parts is an important consideration. Vertical 
machines are not subject to bottom wear of the pis- 
tons, as are horizontal compressors in which the 
weight of the piston is supported by the lower part 
of the cylinder wall. In the horizontal machine, the 
tendency is to wear the cylinder into an oval shape 
and to reduce the diameter of the piston until leakage 
occurs past it. This kind of leakage is difficult 
to detect and is often neglected. As the cylin- 
der wears, part of the weight of the piston is 
supported by the stuffing-box gland when the piston 
nears the crank end of the stroke. This causes un- 
equal wear on the stuffing-box glands so that it is 
difficult to keep them tight. In the vertical com- 
pressor, the suction and discharge valves work up 
and down so that the wear on their stems is equal in 
all directions, thus ensuring correct and accurate 
seating at all times. Other things being equal, the 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 319 

engineer will give better attention to the horizontal 
machine because he can see any defect that may show 
up without having to climb a ladder to hunt for it. 
It costs more money to build a vertical machine, and 
for this rea,son a horizontal machine is in favor where 
floor space is plentiful. In the end it will be found 
that the cubic feet of space occupied by machines of 
the two types is about the same, so that it all de^ 
pends on which kind of space, vertical or horizontal, 
is more valuable. 

Loss of Liquor. 

After a machine has been in operation for some 
time, the liquor level in the generator may show a 
tendency to fall until, by restoring it with increased 
speed of the ammonia pump, the level in the absorber 
falls out of sight in the gauge glass. This will occur 
without any apparent cause, the density of the rich 
liquor meantime remaining standard at 26 degrees. 
In a new plant, this may be due to insufhcient charge, 
but if after supplying more liquor to restore the 
proper level in both generator and absorber, the level 
falls again, something must be done. As a first move 
the cooling water and the brine in the bath should be 
tested with litmus to see if there has been any leak- 
age. If the trouble is not found to be leakage, it 
must certainly be due to some of the liquor being 
pocketed in a low place in the piping system or in the 
expansion coils where these are not laid oiit for the 
gravity return to the absorber. In such a case, the 
liquor will be drawn over by making a vacuum on the 
absorber as in the case of a boil-over. If it is found 
that there are no leaks and none of the ammonia is 
pocketed in the coils, the trouble must be due to air 
in the topmost pipes of the condenser and cooling 
coils, which has gradually found its way into the ab- 
sorber and been burnt at the purge cock. 

Making Up Ammonia Losses. 

Aqua ammonia should at all times be kept up to 
the standard density of 26 degrees, and if the am- 
monia pump is in first-class order a somewhat higher 
density may be used to advantage up to about 28 de- 
grees. The greater the density, the easier the gas is 
jiberated and in case the density has fallen below 



320 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

standard, to say, 24 degrees, aqua or anhydrous am- 
monia must be added. The amount of ammonia to 
be added may be found by consulting the percentage 
table in Chapter IV, in which it will be seen that aqua 
ammonia at 26 degrees density contains in round 
numbers 28 per cent of pure anhydrous ammonia and 
at 24 degrees density 24 per cent of ammonia, the loss 
being 4 per cent of pure ammonia. Supposing, for 
example, that the original charge was 10,000 pounds, 
28 per cent of which or 2800 pounds is pure ammonia, 
we have then to supply 4 per cent of this quantity or 
112 pounds of liquid anhydrous ammonia to bring the 
density of the whole charge up to 26 is restored. 
Where the freezing tank is elevated to give the grav- 
ity return to the absorber, this will be all that is nec- 
essary, but otherwise it will be necessary to close the 
poor liquor valve on the absorber, and start the pump 
to create a vacuum in the absorber, so that the am- 
monia will be drawn over from the expansion coils. 
After the coils are emptied of the liquid, the weak 
liquor valve to the absorber is opened and the pump 
kept running in the regular way, or at reduced speed 
if necessary to keep the liquor in the generator at the 
proper level. As the temperature of the bath will 
rise during the righting of the distribution of am- 
monia in the system, the machine will require special 
attention until normal conditions have been restored. 

Vacuum Test. 

To make the vacuum test, the air remaining in the 
system is pumped out to form a vacuum of 28 or 29 
inches, as already mentioned. In doing this, the stop 
valve on the discharge pipe of the compressor is 
closed as are also all the valves of the system that 
communicate with the atmosphere. Communication 
is made with the atmosphere between the compressor 
cylinder and the stop valve on the discharge line, this 
being done by an air valve provided for the purpose 
or by opening a flange connection as was done on the 
suction line for the pressure test. All valves con- 
necting the different parts of the system are opened 
and the machine is started to pump out the air in the 
pipes. When the desired vacuum is obtained, the 
machine is left standing for about 6 hours to see if 
there are leaks of air into the system. If in this time 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 321 

no leaks are indicated by a fall in the vacuum, the 
joints may be considered tight and preparations may 
be made to charge with ammonia. 

Before making the pressure test of the system, it is 
well to test the steam, water, waste, and exhaust 
steam piping and connections to see that all joints are 
proof against leakage. Live steam is turned into the 
steam pipes and a moderate back pressure is had in 
the exhaust piping by setting the back pressure valve 
or by throttling the exhaust with stop valves where 
there is no back pressure valve. Water pipes are 
subjected to a pressure about 30 per cent in excess 
of the ordinary working pressure by partially closing 
the stop valves on the pipes near the condenser and 
the inlet to the water jacket of the compressor. 

When the piping connections of the entire system 
have been made and the machinery has been set up, 
adjusted, examined, and found in good condition 
with the stuffing-box gland properly packed, the 
plant is ready to be tested for leaks under both in- 
ternal and external pressure. It is customary to sub- 
ject the system to internal pressure for the first test 
and after all leaks that show up in this test have 
been mended the air may be pumped out until the 
system shows a vacuum of about 28 or 29 inches. 
To make the pressure test the stop valve on the suc- 
tion line is closed and the valves provided between it 
and the compressor to connect with the atmosphere 
are opened. Where no such valves are provided, a 
flange joint between the stop valve and the compres- 
sor cylinder may be broken and held open with 
wedges to admit air to the system. All other valves 
of the system except those communicating with the 
atmosphere as at the drains of oil traps, etc., are 
opened so that the pressure when raised will be 
equalized over the entire system. Provision is made 
to lubricate the compressor piston with the smallest 
possible amount of mineral oil that will prevent the 
piston rings from seizing and if the interior of the 
cylinder cannot be lubricated in any other way, 
the heads must be removed and the oil smeared 
over the inner walls. The heads are then replaced 
and the bolts set up evenly and tight. 

Making Tight Joints for Ammonia Work. 

Select good strong piping of reliable manufacture, 
the next point is to see that the threads are properly 



322 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

cut. All threads on the ends of pipe and in fittings 
should be cut true and sharp and if cut on the lathe, 
should be chased with care. If a die stock is used, it 
should be in the best of condition with the dies good 
and sharp. No amount of -doctoring with solder, lead 
or other joint-making materials will do any good if 
the threads are not properly cut and the parts ac- 
curately fitted together. Solder has its place in joint 
making where the joint is to be permanent, but in 
work of this kind all the greater care should be taken 
to have the threads properly cut. Where the threads 
are so poorly cut that they do not fit down closely 
into the grooves, ammonia has no trouble in leaking 
out and solder can do little or no good, as it is im- 
practicable to sweat it into all the openings in the 
threaded joint. 

A joint having threads of this kind presents a great 
temptation to a careless workman or an unscrupulous 
contractor to jam the two parts of the joint together 
in an effort to make the joint hold. In doing this, 
the pipe is screwed into the fitting further than it 
should go, so that the threads are stripped or addi- 
tional threads are cut on the pipe. In this way- the 
workman may make a joint that will hold until the 
contractor gets off the job and out of reach, when it 
becomes the duty of the unfortunate engineer to shut 
down the plant or impair its operation by cutting 
part of the piping out of service for mending the bad 
joint. Generally it will not be a case of mending, as 
the threads on the pipe and in the fitting will be found 
damaged beyond repair so that new threads must be 
cut on the pipe and a new fitting purchased. Prob- 
ably the best way to avoid such troubles as this is to 
have the engineer, who is to operate the plant, on the 
ground during its erection. If he is a competent man 
and is given authority to have the worlc properly 
done, there will be little trouble in store for the 
future. 

After all, the simplest way to make joints in an 
ammonia piping system is not to make them. That 
is to say, every joint that can possibly be dispensed 
with should not be made, and as few fittings as will 
do the work should be used. One of the readiest 
methods of eliminating joints is the use of pipe bends 
instead of elbows and return bends. It costs money 
to bend pipe, but where every joint eliminated may 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 323 

mean the saving of several pounds of ammonia, the 
price of which quickly runs up into dollars, the in- 
creased first cost by using the bent pipe system is of 
no material consequence. Pipe bends require more 
space than ordinary elbows and return bends, but the 
piping may usually be arranged so that little if any 
additional ground space need be bought. 

Even if the pipe bends should necessitate larger 
buildings and more ground space, there are com- 
pensating advantages, one of which is reduced fric- 
tion of the gases and liquid ammonia passing through 
the pipes, so that a greater back pressure may be car- 
ried with a resulting increased efficiency. Then again 
there is better provision for expansion and contrac- 
tion where the bends are used, so that strains in the 
pipe line are largely eliminated and there is less like- 
lihood of leaks being sprung. The number of joints, 
used in a plant where the bent pipe system is adopted, 
depends on the lengths in which the pipe can be man- 
ufactured and handled and to some extent on the use 
to which the pipe is put. In the case of a condenser, 
for example, where the pipe comes in the same length 
as the coils are to be made, there will be one joint for, 
every length of pipe instead of two as would be the 
case if return bends were used. These joints are 
alternated at opposite ends of the condenser on every 
other pipe of the coil and are placed about 2 feet from 
the end of the condenser. 

Making Brine. 

When ready to make the brine, the tank should be 
filled about two-thirds full of water and the apparatus 
for mixing the salt with the water should be put in 
place. This may be nothing more than an ordinary 
barrel having a false bottom about 4 inches above the 
real bottom. Water is admitted to the space between 
the two bottoms and flows through ^-inch openings 
with which the false bottom is perforated into the 
upper part of the barrel, which is filled with salt to 
within about 6 inches of the top. A pipe connection 
for carrying off the brine is made to the upper part 
of the barrel and a box strainer is placed in the space 
above the salt over the pipe opening. A well is pro- 
vided in this strainer box for the hydrometer, and the 
water supply must be so regulated that this instru- 
ment registers 90 degrees. The apparatus may be 



324 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

placed in any convenient position, as on the floor of 
the tank room and is simple and inexpensive. It may 
also be used when the brine is to be strengthened at 
any time during service. Water is supplied to the 
bottom of the barrel by the brine circulating pump 
where one is installed, and in lieu of this one of the 
water supply pumps may be connected for the pur- 
pose, the suction of the pump in any case being con- 
nected to draw from the brine tank. Where there is 
no brine pump, however, and the water pump has to 
be used, it, may be more convenient to start with the 
tank empty and not partially filled as above in- 
structed. In this case there is no necessity for mak- 
ing a suction connection from the tank to the pump. 
Even under the most favorable conditions, some 
air will be present in the system after the vacuum 
test and for this reason it is advisable to charge the 
ammonia by degrees, about 70 per cent of the whole 
charge being pumped in at the first trial. After the 
plant has run some time and the ammonia has been 
well circulated through the system, the air will col- 
lect in the highest parts of the piping and may be 
, exhausted at the purge valve on the condenser. The 
rest of the ammonia will be charged in one or two 
installments as may seem best under the circum- 
stances. To disconnect the drum, close the valve on 
it first and then close the charging valve. 

About one-third pound of ammonia should be used 
for each running foot of 2-inch pipe or its equivalent 
in the expansion coils, so that about 275 pounds 
would be required for a 25-ton plant. It is better to 
put in too small rather than too large a charge, as 
more ammonia can be added with little trouble at 
any time it may be needed. Too small a charge is 
indicated by the tendency of the delivery pipe of the 
compressor to heat and this should be watched care- 
fully, the regulating valve being manipulated so that 
the normal temperature of the pipe is the same as 
that of the cooling water leaving the condenser. 

Bending Pipe. 

In adopting the bent pipe system, care should be 
taken not to bend the pipes on so small a radius as to 
injure them nor yet to make the radius so large that 
the bend looks ungainly and out of proportion. Al- 
though some latitude may be allowed in making 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 325 

bends for certain locations, there should be uniform- 
ity throughout the system and the work of bending 
should be accurate, the turns being made exactly 90 
and 180 degrees as the case may be. The bending 
radius, other things being equal, depends on the size 
of the pipe and when once a ratio of size of pipe to 
radius of bend has been decided on, it should be ad- 
hered to as far as practicable. Otherwise the plant 
will present the spectacle of a small pipe, bent on a 
large radius, along side of a larger pipe bent on a 
smaller radius. Nothing could be more unsightly. 
All pipes must be heated before bending and if there 
is any doubt about the pipe being able to stand the 
strain of bending, it should be filled with dry sand 
and capped on the ends before heating. This will in- 
sure a smooth bend without kinks. As a precaution 
against opening the weld, the line of the weld should 
be put on the side of the bend. 

Why Is Raw Water Ice Clear? 

Produces pure clear Ice by keeping the water in 
movement or in agitation while it is being frozen. 
Process does this by feeding a small jet of air 
through the freezing water from below, and in this 
way keeping it stirred or in a state of gentle ebulli- 
tion. When so agitated while freezing, the ice nat- 
urally and of necessity freezes crystal clear. 

Freezing clear ice from raw water by keeping it 
agitated with air is not new, but is many years old. 
Apparatus is so constructed that this essential air 
feed is outside of the cans and not exposed to the 
action of cold brine, and hence can never be inter- 
rupted by freezing up, which would result in white 
or opaque ice, until the trouble was located and cor- 
rected. Very little power is needed for this air feed, 
about a cubic foot of air per minute per ton capacity 
under a pressure of from 3 pounds to 3^ pounds is 
all that is needed. 

Temperature of Brine and Time to Freeze. 

To produce cakes of standard weight, from 50 
pounds to 400 pounds, as desired, but the 200, 300 
and 400-pound cakes are preferably only 10 inches in 
thickness, and the preferred temperature of the brine 
is zero or thereabouts. The fact that there is a posi- 
tive forced circulation of this cold brine in the jackets 



326 • JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

of the can results in greatly shortening the time of 
freezing, and a 10-inch cake of either of the above 
standard weights, is frozen nearly solid in about 18 
hours, and the freezing progresses to a solid cake and 
the ice is tempered and harvested in 4 more hours, 
thus completing the freezing, tempering and harvest- 
ing of the larger cakes in 22 hours, which allows a 
margin for the completion of the freeze and the start- 
ing of another within the 24-hour period. 

The plants are built in separate units or batteries, 
each producing a certain fraction of the daily prod- 
uct required, the proportion represented by each unit 
to the daily quantity to be produced, depending on 
the size of the plant. A 5-ton plant would thus be 
built in two or three units. A 30-ton plant in six 
units, or separate batteries, and in still larger plants 
the units or batteries may run up as high as 20 or 25 
tons in each battery. One of these units is usually 
being tempered and harvested, while the others are 
freezing. 

Hotels and Restaurants. 

Refrigerating plants are now being used in lead- 
ing hotels and restaurants with the best of success. 
They are particularly well adapted to the require- 
ments where there are a variety of refrigerators to 
be kept cool. One plant will cool the large meat 
storage, the vegetable and general storage, the short 
order box, bakery or pastry box, fish and oyster 
box, ice cream box, beer storage and back bar, if 
necessary. It will also make the requisite ice for 
table use and will cool the drinking water — in fact, 
do any cooling that is required. 

The sanitary feature of a hotel plant cannot be 
over-estimated, to say nothing about the saving of 
waste because of improper cooling, and the satis- 
faction of being able to keep goods day after day in 
the best of condition without the use of ice with its 
expense and attendant discomforts. 

Creamery Plants. 

Refrigerating plants in creameries are usually in- 
stalled with a brine system. The brine tank is lo- 
cated in the upper part of the cold storage room, 
keeping the air cold and at the same time furnishing 
brine to be run through ripeners and milk and cream 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 327 

coolers. The brine is supplied to the apparatus re- 
quiring it by use of a brine pump. It is not neces- 
sary to run the ammonia compressor" all day, but 
only long enough to reduce the brine to the required 
temperature; then when the milk is ready to be 
cooled, the pump is started and circulates the cold 
brine to do the necessary work. 

The creamery man knows the importance of being 
able to control the temperature of cream during the 
ripening process regardless of weather conditions. 
To be able to turn out a fine uniform grade of 
butter, a refrigerating plant is a valuable asset — in 
fact, it is necessary to properly control tempera- 
tures. One of our plants will soon pay for itself in 
labor, cost and increased value of product. To 
creameries using power for other purposes, the cost 
of operating a refrigerating plant is very light, as 
about the only expense is the power and a few cents 
for oil. 

The storage of perishable food stuffs, such as 
fruits, vegetables, butter, cheese, eggs and poultry, 
has revolutionized commerce in edibles. It has 
meant preservation for long periods, transportation 
for long distances, and re-storage until required, 
thus making it possible for dealers to buy in quan- 
tities when prices are low, Vv^ithout fear of deteriora- 
tion before sale. 

Cold storage, in connection with refrigerating or 
ice-making plants, has become common and a very 
profitable business. Many wholesalers of beer and 
soft drinks, that will preserve their value only in 
cold temperatures, are using artificial refrigeration 
for this purpose. 

Artificial Refrigeration. 

During the past ten years the science of artificial 
refrigeration has had a very remarkable growth, due 
to -the fact that the experimental element has been to 
a large extent eliminated. 

The refrigerating machine manufacturers have in 
their own factories made extensive tests on the vari- 
ous types of machines, now offered to the trade; 
with the result that the prospective purchaser of this 
class of machinery will receive the apparatus best 
suited to his particular needs. 



328 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

The York Manufacturing Company of York, Pa., 
has been especially active in this test work and the 
results obtained have been published in bulletin form 
for the convenience of the trade. 

At the present time the larger consumers of ice, 
such as ice cream manufacturers, retail butchers, etc., 
are exceedingly active in the installation of small ma- 
chines to furnish the required refrigeration. The 
many advantages of mechanical refrigeration over 
the old method of ice, or ice and salt, is in a large 
measure responsible for this condition. 

With a small outfit the butcher is able to maintain 
low^er temperatures in his refrigerator, as well as to 
keep both the meat and box in a better condition. 
As an advertising medium, the refrigerated show- 
case is without an equal, permitting the shopkeeper 
to display his commodity without becoming con- 
taminated by the handling of his many customers and 
without deterioration while being displayed in this 
manner, which is the case in the ordinary display 
methods, and the loss subsequent thereto. 

It is not necessary to operate the refrigerating 
plant continuously; by installing brine congealing 
tanks, a sufficient quantity of refrigeration can be 
stored In these tanks while the plant Is in operation, 
so that during the periods that the machine Is shut 
down, proper temperatures may be maintained In the 
compartments refrigerated. 

The Ice cream manufacturer makes use of me- 
chanical refrigeration for the freezing of Ice cream, 
hardening of the same after It is frozen and for the 
manufacture of Ice, which Is necessary for packing 
the cream for delivery to the consumer. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



329 




330 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL, 



At the present time the enclosed type single-acting 
vertical oil enclosed refrigerating machine is the best 
suited for this class of work that has yet been manu- 
factured. They are made both steam and belt driven, 
as well as single and double cylinder, according to 
capacities required, and are built in sizes ranging 
from one-half ton to twenty tons refrigerating ca- 
pacity. The belt driven machines can be operated 
by any power available, such as electricity, gasoline 
or gas engine, or water power. 

'The manufacturers of these small machines have 
endeavored to build an outfit that will meet a wide 
range of conditions, with the result that these ma- 
chines are partically "fool-proof." It is not neces- 
sary to employ experienced help to operate these 
small plants, and with a reasonable amount of care 
and judgment in operation, the results obtained are 
so much better than those secured by the old meth- 
ods, that it is a question of only a short time until 
mechanical refrigeration will be used by every up-to- 
date retail butcher and ice cream manufacturer. 

The uncertainty of the natural ice crop, which is so 
often of a poor quality, and the inadequate supply of 
artificial ice in many localities, together with the high-, 
prices which prevail under these conditions, makes, 
to the large consumer of ice, a necessity of what but 
a few years ago was considered a luxury — a small 
mechanical refrigerating plant to replace the use 
of ice. 

Standard Ice Making Units 



Capacity 
Lbs. 


Cans 


Weight 
Lbs. 


Rows 


Outside Dimensions 


180 


3 


60 


1 


r 4" X 2' 6" X 4' 1" 


360 


6 


60 


2 


r 4" X y 2" X 4' 1" 


360 


6 


60 


3 


5' 10" X 3' 10" X V 1" 


540 


9 


60 


3 


7 4" X y 10" X 4' 1" 


720 


12 


60 


3 


8' 10" X 3' 10" X 4' 1" 



Size of cans 5" x 14" x 32" 
Mechanical refrigeration to the market is no 
longer an experiment — it is a necessity, and once a 
plant is installed, the owner will never go back to 
the old, unsatisfactory, wasteful and unsanitary 
method. He knows that he has refrigeration when 
he needs it; his stock is in much better condition 
and can be held for a much longer time; choice cuts 
can be aged without deterioration; veal and pork 
do not get wet and slimy. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 331 

Cold Storage Boxes and How to Build Them. 

Artificial refrigeration has in the last ten years or 
so, to a great extent, taken the place of cooling with 
ice. It is much cleaner and convenient and also 
cheaper. 

With a machine it is possible to keep the tempera- 
ture at all times to within a few degrees of the tem- 
perature wanted. Nowadays we find in all up-to- 
date butcher and grocery stores, etc., also in hotels, 
big and small and even in modern apartment houses, 
the cooling of boxes done by means of a refrigerating 
machine. These machines are of two kinds, one 
using ammonia, the other carbonic acid gas (called 
C02). 

The best refrigerating rooms and boxes are made 
of pure cork boards. The most approved way of 
building these rooms or boxes is shown in the ac- 
companying plan view of a refrigerating box. The 
walls are always erected of two thicknesses of 3" 
cork boards with a Yi inch to Y^ inch thick Portland 
cement mortar coat between. 

Care should be taken to break joints both hori- 
zontally and vertically. The exposed cork surfaces 
should be covered with expanded metal and receive 
two coats of Portland cement plaster. The first coat 
being a scratch coat, the second a float or smooth 
finishing coat. Ceiling and floor should also hat^e 
four inches of cork insulation. For boxes located in 
a basement, when floor in the box is to be level with 
floor outside of the box, excavate to a depth of ten 
inches below the floor grade and lay a four inches 
thick concrete bed of the same size as the outside di- 
mensions of the box. Then lay two thicknesses of 
two inch thick cork boards with a half inch cement 
coat between, breaking joints both ways. On top of 
the cork boards lay a 2^/^ inch thick cement floor, Y\ 
inch of this being a finishing coat. 

The floor of the box should be Y\ inch to one inch 
higher than the floor of the basement to prevent 
water running in. Cement floor should not be laid 
until the walls are erected. If box is built on a wood 
floor then lay two thicknesses of heavy water proof 
building paper. The first dry, the second in hot 
asphalt cement on the wood floor, then two layers of 



332 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

two inch thick cork boards as described before, or 
they can also be laid in hot asphalt cement. - After 
the walls are erected, put in the 2^^ inch thick cement 
floor. Ceiling of a box is made as follows: 

After the walls are up to the required height, nail 
a 2" X 6" wall plate to the top of the four cork walls, 
then place 2" x 8" joists on 18" centers. To the lower 
edge of the joists nail a %" thick D. & M. flooring. 
Apply either hot asphalt cement or Portland cement 
mortar to the cork boards and nail them securely to 
the flooring. The second layer of cork boards should 
also be set in either hot asphalt cement or Portland 
cement mortar and also be nailed to the first layer of 
cork boards, as the nailing will hold the boards in 
place until the cement is set. Ceiling should also 
have a two coat cement plastering. 

A very convenient way to apply the Portland ce- 
ment plaster to the cork boards is to build a wood 
frame 18" x 36" inside dimension and 2^" high 
(the size of standard cork boards), hinged together 
at one corner. Lay the frame on a table and insert 
the cork board, then fill in to the edge of the frame 
with the Portland cement mortar and scrape off. 
Open the frame, remove the board and place it on the 
walls or ceiling, as may be the case. When applying 
the boards to the walls or ceiling, rub them slightly 
ba?ck and forth and up and down, as they then will 
adhere better to the wall. It is well to use a straight 
edge to see that there are no low or high places. 
Should there be a high corner or side, it can easily 
be forced, in with a hammer or mallet. 

Cement mortar should be of the following propor- 
tions: One part of Portland cement to two parts 
of sharp clean sand. Doors and windows should be 
of what is called the "cold storage" kind and should 
never be of the home-made variety, as it is very im- 
portant that they are air proof. 

Doors are ^from 5" to 6" thick cork lined. Win- 
dows have triple glass, forming two air spaces. 
There are many manufacturers of this kind of doors 
and windows. One of the best make is made by 
Jones Cold Storage Door and Window Co., Hagers- 
town, Md. 






JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



533 







^^£ttl^^?^<s•«.^e^s«?^^9e8^5?ce •^^mmm^m^'^*- s 



A7 



334 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Insulation for Cold Storage 

Several materials are manufactured for use as in- 
sulating materials for cold storage rooms, buildings, 
tanks, etc., where temperatures lower than the out- 
side temperatures are to be carried. Previously to 
the time these materials were manufactured for this 
purpose, it was the practice to insulate these sur- 
faces with an air space construction made by erect- 
ing alternate layers of sheathing, building paper, 
furring strips, etc., forming one or more air spaces, 
given the so-called name of "dead air-spaces." An- 
other type of construction was the erection of suit- 
able studding with one or more layers of sheathing 
and building paper nailed to each side and the space 
between the studding filled with mineral wool, saw- 
dust or mill shavings. These constructions had the 
serious defect that moisture was condensed either 
in the air spaces or in the filling material, causing 
rapid deterioration of the insulation or building con- 
struction, and due to the accumulation of moisture, 
a great loss of insulating efficiency after same was in 
use one or more seasons. It was with the idea of 
overcoming the deposit of moisture in the material 
and with the idea of manufacturing an insulating ma- 
terial suitable for use in the modern type of masonry 
constructed building that the manufactured type was 
designed. 

There are at the present time three types of manu- 
factured material: the piire cork sheet, consisting of 
100 per cent pure cork, the granules composing this 
sheet cemented together with natural cork gum; im- 
pregnated cork board made from granulated cork 
and a pitch binder; and a mineral wool type of sheet, 
having more or less variation from a composition 
consisting of mineral wool and peat, to mineral wool, 
peat and flax fibre. 

For severe cold storage service, practice has shown 
that either the pure cork sheets or the impregnated 
cork boards are better adapted to the service and 
both are able to resist the absorption of moisture, 
thereby maintaining their insulating efficiency in- 
definitely, and also protecting the building structure 
from deterioration due to absorption of moisture. 
Of the two cork boards, the pure cork sheet is more 
efficient and better suited to general insulating con- 
ditions. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. ?,35 

Where insulating sheets are to be erected against 
wooden surfaces one or more layers of insulating 
paper should first be erected, and a course of the 
cork sheets well nailed to the surface. If two courses 
are desired, it is recommended that the second course 
be erected against the first in a Portland cement bed^ 
the same as tile or other similar material is erected, 
after which the surface can be given a surface coat 
of Portland cement approximately Y^" thick. If the , 
surface against which the insulation is to be erected 
is of masonry construction, either brick, concrete, 
tile or stone, the first course can be erected in a bed 
of Portland cement the same as described above, the 
second course erected in a similar manner and fin- 
ished with Portland cement. The sheets may also 
be erected in a bed of hot asphalt, but this type of 
construction is not recommended generally, except 
for floors, for the reason that the average asphalt on 
the open market is liable to deterioration in time, 
due to evaporation of volatile oils, and also for the 
reason that the bond between the cork sheets and 
the asphalt is not as strong as between the cork 
sheets and Portland cement. In laying insulation 
on floors asphalt may be used to good advantage and 
is therefore recommended. 

Any kind of a working floor suitable to the indus- 
try may be laid directly on top of the cork board, A 
concrete floor consisting of 2" of stone or cinder con- 
crete and a 1" Portland cement top is most generally 
used. For work in breweries or other industries 
where considerable water is experienced, an inch and 
a half asphalt mastic floor is often used. Where a 
wooden floor is desired, suitable nailing strips may 
be let in the top course, to which any thickness of 
wooden floor desired may be nailed. If a sheathed 
surface is desired against the wall or ceiling insula- 
tion instead of Portland cement as described above, 
such a surface may be had by letting in the top 
course of cork sheets suitable nailing strips, to which 
the sheathing may be erected. It is to be noted, 
however, that this type of finish is now almost abso- 
lutely discarded in favor of the Portland cement,- 
since it is likely to deteriorate under cold storage 
conditions, due to the moisture usually met with in 
this service. 



336 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Where the building is so designed that air-spaces' 
will be formed, it is recommended that these spaces 
be filled with granulated cork so as to prevent the 
absorption of moisture, same as described above for 
dead-air space construction, which was formerly; 
used. 

For the insulation of brine and ice making tanks 
the floor on the tanks can be insulated with one or 
more courses of cork sheets, each course laid in hot 
asphalt and the top heavily coated with hot asphalt, 
after which the tank may be placed directly on top 
of the insulation. For insulating around the sides'^ 
of these tanks two methods are suggested. One- 
the building, of a suitable retaining wall either of 
brick or wooden sheathing, located the proper dis- 
tance from the tank and the space between the re- 
taining wall and the tank filled solidly with granu- 
lated cork. The other construction is the erection 
of suitable studding directly against the tank sides 
and nailing of sheet cork to the outer edge, and fill- 
ing between the studding solidly with granulated 
cork and finishing'the exposed cork sheets with Port- 
land cement same as described above for cold stor- 
age rooms. 

Experience has shown that the following thick- 
nesses of sheet insulation are good practice: 
For temperatures from 50 degrees upwards 2" 
For temperatures from 32 to 50 degrees... 3" 
For temperatures from 20 to 35 degrees... 4" 
For temperatures from 10 to 25 degrees... 5" 
For temperatures from to 15 degrees... 6" 
For temperatures from and below 6" to 8" 

The above thicknesses are good for rooms to 
which maximum refrigeration is applied 24 hours per 
day. If it is desired to maintain practically con- 
stant temperatures with the machine shut down, say 
12 hours per day, one to two more inches of insula- 
tion should be erected than above given. 

The care with which insulation is erected has a 
great bearing on the length of life and its value to 
the owner. Insulation erected by those not thor- 
oughly experienced is liable to fall, is liable to col- 
lect moisture and be unsatisfactory regarding effi- 
ciency, appearance and length of life. All joints 
should be butted tight and properly broken so as to 
prevent passage of moisture or air through the in- 
sulation and all the work erected solidly and with 
the proper care. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



337 



The Raw Water System of Ice Making. 

During the past very few years, the system of 
manufacturing ice direct from raw water, i. e., un- 
distilled water, has come into extraordinary favor, 
so much so that by far the greatest amount of in- 
stallations in tonnage in new ice making plants has 
been (particularly in large centers) raw water and 
not distilled water plants. The reason for this is 
quite obvious, as, in the first place, raw water ice 
is — in many respects — superior to distilled water ice 
on account of its freedom from lubricating oils, 
boiler compounds and the consequent undesirable 
odors; secondly, because in ice made from raw water, 
all essential salts and beneficial chemicals are re- 
tained and not boiled off, as in the case in making 



THE " H. & C." SAFETY COMPRESSOR 
Patented July 5, 1904 
Built by 
THE HUETTEMAN & CRAMER COMPANY 
Detroit, Mich., U. S. A. 




iistilled water ice. Thus, raw water ice results in 
a more palatable product by far — the difference in 
taste being detectable at once. 

Electrically driven raw water ice plants are of 
extraordinary simple construction and possess these 
advantages: the up-keep and cost of repairs and 
supplies are nominal as compared with other types, 
the depreciation is less than half that of distilled 
water plants. The labor for operating a raw water 
plant is not required to possess any particular skill 
or knowledge and on account of the absence of the 
steam boiler, the fireman is eliminated. No coal or 
ashes need be bothered with and this also results in 
a greater degree of cleanliness and sanitation about 
the ice plant. Further, an electrically driven raw 
water plant can be located anywhere desired and not 



338 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 

necessarily adjoining a railroad, unless, of course, ' 
the bulk of the ice is shipped; otherwise, particu- 
larly in large cities, such plants — to avoid long 
hauls in delivering — can be located directly within a 
residence district, as there is no nuisance, such as 
smoke or noise, connected with them. 

Electric power companies have recently become 
enthusiastic over the possibilities presented by raw 
water ice plants as power users — because of the 
fact that such plants have a maximum demand for 
power when other demands, such as for light and ,i 
street railway service, are at their lightest and vice '^ 
versa. As a result electric power companies are 
encouraging the building of such plants, as they tend 
to balance up the electric power plant load and, in 
consequence, more attractive rates for electric cur- 
rent are quoted ice making plants than most any [ 
other industry. i 

The elevation and ground plan on preceding page ' 
of a 60 ton electrically driven raw water plant gives 
an idea of the neatness and compactness to which 
such an installation can be brought. It will be noted 
that the ice machine consists of two units, this being 
done to make the plant more flexible; that is to say, 
when operating the year round one of the com- 
pressors can be unhooked and remain idle during 
the late fall, winter and early spring, when ice con- '. 
sumption is at its low point, thereby cutting down j 
the power bill during this period. In addition to ' 
the compressors, air blowers are supplied for agitat- 
ing the water within the cans, also a core pump for 
removing the core water, which contains what minor 
impurities — not extracted by the filters — might re- 
main in the water with which the cans are filled, 
these minor impurities having been cast off during 
the process of freezing into the unfrozen core, which 
is extracted through a special sucker tube connected 
by hose with the core pump. The core pockets are 
next filled with filtered water, so that each cake is 
frozen solid throughout and becomes exceptionally 
clear and crystal-like when finished. The usual pro- 
peller is found as in other plants for agitating the 
brine in the freezing tank. In the plant shown in 
the diagram a special type of electric crane is used, 
which has a capacity of lifting three 400 pound cakes 
at once, transporting them to the dip and dumping 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 339 

table on harvesting. The plant shown has — in addi- 
tion — an electrically driven centrifugal water pump 
which pumps the water used on the condenser back 
over the cooling tower, the purpose of this being to 
economize on condenser water, which is used over 
and over again. 

As water is supplied from city mains, which is 
charged for at meter rates, by means of the cooling 
tower, the consumption of water is limited to that 
which is actually converted into ice in the freezing 
process and the small amount required to replace 
that carried off by evaporation at condenser and 
cooling tower. 

With a well-balanced plant — such as the one 
shown — the electric power consumed is very low 
compared with the ice output, a matter of from 35 
to 45 K. W. hours per ton of ice produced. A very 
great advantage in electrically driven plants — ^which 
is also the case with any other type of refrigerating 
or ice making plant — is to provide abundant am- 
monia condensers for the purpose of keeping the 
high pressure down as low as possible and a very 
large can surface to permit of higher brine tempera- 
tures which — resulting in a slower freezing proc- 
ess — produces a better cake of ice and one not liable 
to crack in harvesting, and, what is of greatest im- 
portance, the bringing nearer together of the high 
and low ammonia pressures, results in a much lower 
power, consumption per ton on account of the greater 
volume of ammonia gas being pumped while these 
pressures do not range so far apart. 

The ice machines used in this installation are of 
an extraordinary type known as the SAFETY am- 
monia compressor, which has been patented and is 
being built by THE HUETTEMAN AND CRAMEE 
COMPANY of Detroit, Mich., U. S. A., who likewise 
designed and completely equipped the plant of which 
diagram is shown. A feature of the SAFETY com- 
pressor is the peculiar location of the suction and 
discharge valves, as will be noted on the skeleton 
drawing shown. The possibility of wreck and conse- 
quent loss or damage resulting from breakage of 
valve or the dropping of valve part into cylinder and 
also from- liquid shock is by this construction entirely 
eliminated. 



SECTIONAL 
ELEVATION 




FLOOR PLAN 



JOHNSONS HANDY MANUAL 



341 





t*3f i 



VIEWS OF A 60 TON RAW WATER ICE PLANT DE- 
SCRIBED ON PAGES 337 TO 339. 



342 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



t^^^ »M# 



!:zi 



tl] 



'AMMA ] 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 343 

A Modern Ice Making Plant 

Illustration A shows an elevation of a modern 10- 
ton ice making plant of brick construction. Reader 
will observe that the building to the left is an engine 
room — portion of the plant — same being two floors 
in height. The Triumph Ammonia Compressor has 
a 9" X 18" double acting cylinder and is driven by a 
slide valve engine, although in many instances a Cor- 
liss engine is used in a plant of this capacity, and a 
Corliss engine will be somewhat more economical 
in the use of steam. On the second floor of the en- 
gine room is located the ammonia condenser. On 
the roof is that portion of the distilling system aside 
of the exhaust steam separator, steam condenser and 
reboiler. To the right on the same floor with the 
engine and compressor, but in the adjoining room, 
is located a 50-horse power boiler which supplies 
steam to the plant. To the right of the illustration 
will be seen the ice making room, in which is located 
a VaJ' steel ice making tank containing one hundred 
and sixty 300-pound ice cans. These cans are lifted 
from the bath or brine by means of the traveling 
crane. The ice is thawed from the can by being im- 
mersed in the dip tank shown at the end of ice mak- 
ing tank in illustration B. After the ice is thawed 
from the can it is hoisted and delivered from the can 
by means of the ice dump placed adjacent to the dip 
tank. From the plan view in illustration B will be 
seen the ice storage room which is cooled by means 
of brine piping. A small duplex pump takes a small 
portion of the brine from the tank and circulates 
through the brine piping, which in turn enters the 
ice storage room at a temperature below freezing 
point. The cycle of operation is as follows: The 
ammonia in a gaseous form is pumped by means of 
the compressor in through an oil intercepter or oil 
trap, which is located near the ammonia condenser. 
This robs the gaseous ammonia of the oil used for 
lubricating the valves of the compressor. The am- 
monia is then delivered into the ammonia condenser, 
which condenses it into a liquid. The pressures 
from the discharge side of the compressor through 
the oil trap and ammonia condenser is from 150 to 
200 pounds pressure, depending on the temperature 
of the water that flows over the ammonia condenser. 



344 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

The liquor that has been condensed is deposited in j 
a liquid receiver, which is shown in an upright posi- ' 
tion directly in front of the compressor and engine. 
From this receiver the liquid is conducted to the 
ice making tank coils, which coils are located be- 
tween the various rows of ice cans. The ammonia 
is liberated from its high pressure, allowed to expand 
to a lovvT pressure of about 15 pounds, and in so doing 
boils at a temperature of about zero Fahrenheit. 
This low temperature of the ammonia gas causes the 
brine to be reduced to a temperature of about 10 or 
12 degrees above zero, and this low temperature 
likewise freezes the water in the can, requiring about 
48 to 54 hours to freeze up a 300-pound block of ice. 

The distilling system handles the exhaust steam 
after leaving the engine. This exhaust steam passes 
through a feed water heater shown at the left hand 
side of the engine room, thereby heating the incom- 
ing water that goes into the boiler. From the heater 
the exhaust steam at a pressure of 2 or 3 pounds 
passes up through an oil separator where the oil is 
extracted that has previously been used in lubri- 
cating the valves of the steam engine, thence to the 
steam condenser in which the steam is condensed to 
a liquid, the hot water then being conveyed through 
a 1" galvanized pipe into the reboiler, A small live 
steam coil, located in this reboiler, causes the hot 
water to reboil. This process causes any oil left in 
the water to rise to the surface where a drain is pro- 
vided for its removal. This hot water is then taken 
out" of the bottom of the reboiler through a float 
tank, which keeps the water at a proper level in the 
reboiler and into the flat cooler. This flat cooler is 
composed of two sections of 1^" and 2" galvanized 
pipes, the distilled water passing through the an- 
nular spaces between the pipes and the cold water 
passing through the I'M" pipe. The distilled water 
is then passed through a charcoal filter where any 
impurities or obnoxious odors are trapped. The 
water then passes through the storage tank where 
the water is cooled prior to entering the cans, by 
means of the return gas from the expanded coils 
going through a coil of pipe located in this cooler 
on its way back to the compressor. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



345 




\ 



346 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



347 




•Jo s " 



-i?^« 






cOl -d* LT^ (O r~ 00 



^ 



C 



,5 



g R c ^-^ § 
^•^ S<0 (.^ 









I 

Si S ^ 5 



v:j 



^5 



.§.&, 



«-4 CM e^ -^i m (O 



348 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

The past few years have shown a wonderful awak- 
ening of interest in the subject of artificially cooling 
Dairy and Creamery Products on account of the 
many disadvantages possessed by the old manner of 
cooling by natural ice. 

The progressive creamery and dairyman has not 
been slow to realize the vast superiority of the mod- 
ern method of cooling because of the many sanitary 
features, simplicity, cleanliness and efficiency, — the 
artificial cooling doing away with the contaminating 
influences of natural ice which often being cut from 
filthy ponds, rivers and lakes, is a ready vehicle of 
disease from the time it leaves its place in the ice 
house until it is eventually dragged into the refrig- 
erator, leaving behind it a long train of dirt and 
moisture. The only barrier that formerly stood in 
the way of cooling by machinery was the price, or 
initial cost, which, owing to the crude method of 
manufacture was rather high; it has, however, by 
the use of modern machinery and tools been reduced 
to a very reasonable basis, and the expense of main- 
tenance and cost of operation has also been brought 
down to where this item becomes quite a saving in 
the cooling bill, when once the machinery is installed. 

The Vilter Mfg. Co., Milwaukee, Wisconsin, who 
were among the pioneers in the Ice-making and Re- 
frigerating industry and who have been responsible 
for many of the improvements that have taken place 
in that line of manufacture, have this class of ma- 
chinery in operation with every line of trade where 
artificial refrigeration is required, such as with cold 
storage houses, hotels, restaurants, dairies, cream- 
eries and even private houses, etc. 

There is a constantly growing demand for small 
ice-making and refrigerating machines all over the 
world, and particularly so in the creameries and 
dairies. That this demand must necessarily result 
in a very large volume of business and in the special- 
ization of this branch of the industry by the estab- 
lished manufacturers of ice-making and refrigerating 
machines is a foregone conclusion. 

We designed a perfect small and closed type Verti- 
cal Single Acting Ammonia Compressor and after 
making the requisite test have perfected such. This 
machine has received very favorable consideration 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 349 

by the prospective users of refrigeration in a small 
way, or for the production of a small quantity of ice 
daily. This machine has been placed on the market 
and a large number of them are now in daily opera- 
tion in all parts of the United States and other coun- 
tries. 

The machine, as may be seen from the illustration, 
is designed for operation from any source of power, 
the fly-wheel being faced for belt transmission from 
electric motor, gas or gasoline engines, separate 
steam engine or steam engine on the same bed plate, 
or from a line shaft or such power that is most eco- 
nomically available where the machine is installed. 

In designing this machine the company worked 
from the point of view of the ultimate purchaser and 
user, realizing that the average buyer would require, 
first, a machine of reasonable first cost; second, a 
machine of few parts and utmost simplicity; third, 
a machine that should be nearly automatic and prac- 
tically entirely trouble-proof; and four, a machine of 
steady and durable construction, the last, of course, 
meaning the best of materials, skilled workmanship 
and a sufficient weight and strength to withstand the 
working strain at all speeds. 

To improve upon the existing type of machinery 
and to reduce manufacturing costs at the same time 
could only be accomplished through skilled design 
permitting simplification and through large produc- 
tion, and it is entirely due to the recognition of these 
facts that this new and better small machine is now 
being produced and marketed In large numbers. 

The process of simplification consisted in the elim- 
ination of every unnecessary extra part or- joint re- 
quiring useless machine work for fittings and studs, 
nuts, bolts or cap screws for joining. The modern 
idea of newly construction has been employed just 
as far as it could be made applicable to this class of 
machinery, and In every instance of such application 
has added strength to the machine, giving it a better 
appearance and reduced the labor cost of construc- 
tion. 

To Illustrate this: The complete base, two large 
crank-shaft bearings, the crank case and compressor 
supporting riser are cast in one integral casting, 
avoiding the several operations of machine facing 



350 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



and bolting these parts together. The compressor, 
compressor water jacket, flange inlet and outlet con- 
nection members form another single unit and save 
all work which would be necessary to fit the parts 
together, .were they separately cast. The bolting 
together of the two mentioned units, and the placing 
of the crank case cover and cylinder head completes 
the non-moving structure of the entire machine 
proper. The crank-shaft bearings are so liberally 
proportioned that a straight, round steel crank shaft 
with single arm crank is used, instead of a double 
throw crank shaft with a troublesome bearing in the 
crank case cover, — another illustration of how sim- 
plicity has effected improvements without increasing 
cost. Pressed steel construction has been adopted 
for the compressor discharge valves, permitting a 
valve of larger area to be of light weight and elim- 
inating all the complications of the valve stem and its 
driving mechanism. The piston has been simplified 
and is made gas-tight with simple snap-rings. The 
suction valve forms part of the piston and is not 
in the least complicated. In fact, the design of the en- 
tire machine is based upon the fundamental principle 
that simplicity is the main feature which proves the 
final worth of mechanical devices. 




JOHNSON'S HxVNDY MANUAL. 





m 



X 

^90 








JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



353 




Fig. 16 



354 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Useful Information 



Dimensions of Vertical Compressors 





•o 






n 










Power 






"3 1*4 
Is 


s 





c 


as 


'O 


2xj 

a) o3 


Required 


o 

. « CD 

art 


i 


OD t!l 


cc O 

OH 


fico 


16 X ?,% 


1 


OJ 

h;o 
10 


^s 


fios 

134 


Ei4§ 


^cS 


2 


cSw 


H 


3 X 33/^ 


3 


23x16x35 


540 


3 


1% 


4 X 5% 


24 X 5 


1 


12H 


3K 


134 


32x24x65 


1100 


3 


5 


3 


4x5 


24 X 5 


1 


1214 


4^2 


2/2 


43x24x57 


1700 


5 


7 


5 


^4Kx 7 


30 X 6V2 


IH 


17^2 


4% 


3 


52x30x66 


2800 


10 


1:5 


7 


5^8x 8 


36 X 8J^ 


\% 


173/8 


415/1 e 


35/2 


52x36x70 


3700 


15 


20 


10 


6^x10 


48 xl05^ 


VA 


24% 


51/2 


3^8 


61x48x90 


4300 


20 


25 


15 


8 xl2 


72 xl4 


2 


273/i 


7 


415/l(! 


84x72x74 


5900 


30 


35 



Direct Expansion Piping. 

The evaporation or expansion of the Carbonic 
Anhydride takes place in coils of extra heavy 
wrought-iron pipe. For brine tanks, water coolers, 
small refrigerators and rooms the pipes are welded 
into coils of continuous lengths and in large rooms 
the pipes are connected by flange unions. 



Daily Cc 


ipacity . , Dimensions 


5 to 


ns 30 feet 


56 feet 


10 ' 


35 " 


73 •' 


15 ' 


37 " 


78 " 


20 ' 


40 " 


85 " 


25 ' 


42 " 


95 " 


30 ' 


42 " 


107 " 


35 ' 


42. " 


117 " 


40 ' 


49 " 


120 " 


50 ' 


49 " 


135 " 


60 ' 


54 " 


150 " 


80 ' 


59 " 


154 " 


100 ' 


73 " 


160 " 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



355 



TIME REQUIRED FOR WATER TO FREEZE 
IN ICE CANS 



Size of Cans, 


Weig-ht of Cake, 


Time to Freeze, 


Inches 


Pounds 


Hours 


6 X 12 X 24 


50 


20 


8 X 18 X 32 


100 


36 


8 X 16 X 40 


150 


36 


11 X 22 X 32 


200 


55 


11 X 22 X 44 


300 


60 


11 X 22 X 57 


400 


60 



NOTE— Temperature of bath 14^ to 18^ F. As a rule the higher 
the bath temperature, the slower the process of freezing-, but the finer 
and clearer the ice. 



Table Giving Number of Cubic Feet of Gas that must be Pumped 
per JVlinute at Different Condenser and Suction Pressures, to 
Produce One Ton of Refrigeration in Twenty=four Hours. 



w to 



C3 4) 
0)1—1 

<u to 

C_i CO 



<u - 

-— Ui . 

C 2f cc 

go,- 



<u 



n o. 
Ho . 

t-^ en 
O u-^ 

CO 



Temperature of the Gas in Degrees F. 

65° 70° 75° 80° 85° 90° 95° 100° 105o 



Corresponding Condenser Pressure (gauge), 
pounds per square inch. 

103 115 127 139 153 168 184 200 218 





G. Pres. 




















-270 


1 


7.22 


7.3 


7.37 


7.46 


7.54 


7.62 


7.70 


7.79 


7.88 


-200 


4 


5.84 


5.9 


5.% 


6.03 


6.09 


6 16 


6.23 


6.30 


6.43 


-150 


6 


5.35 


5.4 


5.46 


5.52 


5.58 


-^5.64 


5.70 


5.77 


5.83 


-IQo 


9 


4.66 


4.73 


4.76 


4.81 


4.86 


4.91 


4.97 


5.05 


5.08 


- 50 


13 


4.09 


4.12 


4.17 


4.21 


4.25 


4.30 


4.35 


4.40 


4.44 


0° 


16 


3.59 


3.63 


3.66 


3.70 


3.74 


3.78 


3.83 


3.87 


3.91 


50 


20 


3.20 


3 24 


3.27 


3.30 


3.34 


3.38 


3.41 


3.45 


3.49 


10° 


24 


2.87 


2.9 


2.93 


2.96 


2.99 


3.02 


3,06 


3 09 


3.12 


150 


28 


2.59 


2.61 


2.65 


2.68 


2.71 


2.73 


2.76 


2.80 


2.82 


200 


33 


2.31 


2.34 


2-36 


2.38 


2.41 


2.44 


2.46 


2.49 


2.51 


25° 


39 


2.06 


2.08 


2.10 


2.12 


2.15 


2.17 


2.20 


2.22 


2.24 


30° 


45 


1.85 


1.87 


1.89 


1.91 


1.93 


1.95 


1.97 


2.00 


2.01 


350 


51 


1.70 


1.72 


1.74 


1.76 


1.77 


1.79 


1.81 


1.83 


1.85 



356 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

STRENGTH OF AMMONIA LIQUORS 



Percentage of 
Ammonia 


Specific Gravity 


Degrees Beaume, 


Degrees Beaume, 


by Weight 




Water 10 


Water 


, 


1.000 


10.0 


0.0 


1 


0.993 


11.0 


1.0 


2 


0.986 


12.0 


2.0 


4 


0.979 


13.0 


3.0 


6 


0.972 


14.0 


4.0 


8 


0.%6 


15.0 


5.0 


10 


. 0.960 


16.0 


6.0 


12 


0.953 


17.1 


7.0 


14 


0.945 


18.3 


8.2 


16 


0.938 


19.5 


9.2 


18 


0.931 


20.7 


10.3 


20 


0.925 


21.7 


11.2 


22 


0.919 


22.8 


12.3 


24 


0.913 


23.9 


13.2 


26 


0.907 


24.8 


14. J 


28 


0.902 


25.7 


15.2 


30 


0.897 


26.6 • 


16.2 


32 


0.892 


27.5 


17.3 


34 


0.888 


28.4 


18.2 


36 


0.884 


29.3 


19.1 


38 


0.880 


30.2 


20.0 



TABLE OF BRINE SOLUTION 

(Chloride of Sodium — Cominon Salt) 







.,2^- 




*+H 


M-t 


^4-1 


M-l O 


■^-1 O 


^ o 


be fe 


O , (Tl 




o a 


o c 


o c c 


o o 


o O 


o c o 




m <u Z 


O ^ CD 




■^ o 


CO a o 










CD o a 








in 


•SO 


3 ctn 

P4 ^ 


=3 wO 


tH 


13 rtXl 
OC/j D 
CL, CJ 

TH 


3 ccIq 


^ Q 








1. 


1. 


8.35 


0. 


8.35 


62.4 


0. 


62.4 


32. 


1 


4 


1.007 


0.992 


8.4 


0.084 


8.316 


62.8 


0.628 


62.172 


31.8 


5 


20 


1.037 


0.96 


8.65 


0.432 


8.218 


64.7 


3.237 


61.465 


25.4 


10 


40 


1.073 


0.892 


8.95 


0.895 


8.0.55 


66.95 


6.695 


60.253 


18.6 


15 


60 


1.115 


0.855 


9.3 


1.395 


7.905 


69.57 


10.435 


59.1.34 


12.2 


20 


80 


1.1.50 


0.829 


9.6 


1.92 


7.68 


71.76 


14.352 


57.408 


6.86 


25 


100 


1.191 


0.783 


9.94 


2.485 


■7.455 


74.26 


18.565 


55.695 


1.00 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



157 



o 
o 

.2 
'c 
o 



a 



*•* 


bt 


z 


l-i 


o 


l_ 


s 


<U 


s 


x; 


< 


> 


< 




D 


d 


a 


n 


< 


ID 
J3 


b 




O 


a 




:3 


b] 


75 


Qi 


<j 


D 





o 

43 



Si 

(1> 



(U 

ii 

be 

4) 



a 

o 
ii 

O 



be 
X! 

H 



o 

ON 

o 



o 

CO 

o 



o 

o 



o 
o 
o 



o 

On 



o 

ON 



o 

0^ 



O 
O 



O 
CO 

00 



o 
^^ 
CO 



o 

CO 



o 
00 



o 



o 



o 



o 
00 

NO 



o 

VO 



o 

NO 



o 
o 

NO 



^5^:^ 



Csi 05 C3 CM CNl CSJ CNI 



OOCOO^O^O^a^OOOOO■•-ll-l■.-H■l-l 
T-lT-lT-lT-li-lT-lCMCNJCVlCMCNlCMCMCMCM 



•vOr^t^r^t^ooooco 



• O O -rH -^ T-l -r- CM 

• CM Csl CM CM Csl CM CM 



• r'TN t-* N MX rox MX M\ 

• 00 0^ Cn-CTn CTn O O O 

■T-ll— ItHt— ItHCMCMCM 



r^t^i^r^oocooooc 



■ rnx HXt-N,r*K MX 
• O tH -^ -ri ,-( CM CM 

■ <N CM CM CM CM CM CM 



I N*xfi\-t 

I MXMXfrix 

t^ r^ r^ oc GO 00 c» o^ 



• crNONONOOOO-^ 

•T-lT-f-i-iCMCMCMCMCM 



-'t\ -A, 

r^r^oooooocoo^a^ 



•XftX^ N^XCIX;* 
. »HXr<Vv. MXM\r*VS 

• T-H-^ CMCvlCMCMrO 

• CM CM CM CnJ CM CM CM 



^:^0OCO0OGOC^a^a^ 



•Xjt Nrt 

• (^TX mX 

-ONOOOO-rt-^i-i 
•T-lCNlCMCMCMCMCMCM 



• -rt (VI CM CM CM m CO 

• CM CM CM CM CM CM CM 



S39a;39Q 



00 00 00 00 On ON CTn ON O O O O T-^ -rt th ,-< CM CM CM CM CO CO CO 
T-i-rl tI-i-htHi-It-i-i-cCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCM 



X^XNNrf VfN^Njf Sj)-xpix;it N^XNX^ X^XNX-* x^X,« 

MXMXmx MXMXmx MXuXfnx M\MXrnx wXi-Txr^Jx i-iXt4\ 
OOCOCOOOOvovOvONOOOO-r-iT-i-^t-crxincxiCMrOrorO 
T-lT-iT-lT-i-rHi-iT-ii-lCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCM 



358 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 





cB 




03 








C 




o 




B 


na 


F 


9 


< 


a 


o 






^ 


X! 


a 




"So 
c 


U 


<u 










1 


UJ 


< 

z 


a> 


o 


> 


s 


bo 

n 


s 


rt 


< 


0) 

c 




(U 


< 


J3 


D 


n 


a 


a 


-s: 


3 

7) 




u 


b 


0) 


o 


X! 


U 


c 


Q^ 


<u 


D 


o 


< 


-*-» 


Oi 


(U 


U] 


.a 


OU 


(U 


S 




bJ 




H 


CO 




4) 


fitf 




O 


<u 


b 


TJ 


Z 




o 


o 


^N 


■n 


H 


c 




o 


Oi 


ii 


tt! 


o 


O 




U 


U 




to 




0) 




>-• 




3 




U, 




in 




0) 




x: 




H 



3 



o 

CD 



O 

o 
o 



o 

ON 



o 

ON 



o 

CM 

ON 



o 
o 

ON 



o 



o 
00 



o 
o 

00 



O 



o 

IT) 



o 

C-J 



o 
o 



S 



o 

ID 



o 

s 



• OI ro ro CC ro -^ '^ ■* -^ in ID 
•CNjC-JCMCslCMCMCMCMfNlCMCJ 



■.-ifN)CVlCxiOirorororOocr<0'^rj--Tt-Tj-miOiO 
CNJCNlCMCM^CMOJCNJCaCMOJCMCMCNlC^JCNKMCM 



CNJCNJCgtMCMCMCNJCNlCMCMCM 



hN h^ f<iN i-N »hn 

CNl CM OJ CM ro ro C^ 
CM CM CM CM CM CM C4 






CNj CM o) rc CO OO CO 
CM CM CM CM CM CM CM 



■CMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCNI 



>t:^;^ 



CNi CM ro ro ro CO -* 
CM CM CM CM CM CM CM 



cmcmcmcmcmcmcmcmcmcmcm 



cMmroroco-r)-^-5*-^3-xrir>icvoio^^r>vcvc 

(MCvJCMCOCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCNSCMCMCMCMCM 



rgCMCgC^CMCMC^ICMCMCMCM 



•CMCMCMCMCMCSirMCMCMCMCM 



CMCMCMCMCMC^CMCMC^JCMCM 



inioin^^^-D^^t^r^f^i^ 

...... .CMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCM 

Nrt V*\flN^ \-*-s5)\^ Vl'^^'V* V^NflN:* 
f*VN. MN>-i\r*vs »HXM\frf\ wX>H\f<^ MX»-,N(rK 

CO ■^ -^ ■* TTin m lo to vo v£; vc ^r> t^ i^ r^ r^ oo 

CMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCM 



9iunE3g 



mN m\ rtVs 
CMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMC-ICMCNICMCMCMCMCMCM 



a 


o 


n 


fa 


o 
1- 

-a 




CO 


O 

5^ 




O 


(U 

X 


"o 


<v 


c 


■*-" 


<1) 


x: 




p 


;-< 


-*-• 




-^ 


3 




13 




CO 

Oi 


T3 


C 


c 


a 


0) 




CO 


(1) 


1- 


M^ 


T3 




i-i 
en 


% 


o 


CO 


CO 


o 


C) 


.^^ 


a; 


(J 


CO 


a 


o 


CO 


CO 


in 


o 


C 


c 




-*-» 


'»-' 


o 


•^ 


T) 


(U 


a 


-C 


a 

rrt 


3 


a 


u 




CO 


<; 


x: 


fn' 




o 


ca 


u 


a 


lO 
CM 




> 
o 


o 


o 

"cO 

3 


>-i 


tfl 


to 


n" 


<u 




c 


<i) 


p. 

s 


'S 
O 


*-4-> 

u 

4) 


CO 


11 


a 




tx^' 


XI 


a 


o 
u 


o 




<f 




CX) 


X 




<u 


*1-1 


■*-• 


OJ 


j^ 


o 


^ 


X 


CO 

a 


lU 


rn 


M-t 


1-1 

3 


u 


o 


• 


U 


11 


piH 


CO 


u. 






l-l 


u 
c« 


3 
CO 


CO 


0) 

a 

a 

0) 


•-H 


n. 


•4-> 


o 


a 


CO 


CO 


B 

a 


0) 

-4-> 


c 

o 

a 

F 


•4-» 

CO 
T3 


< 


X 


4) 


C! 


^ti 


< 


3 
to 


< 
o 


X 
X 

o 


"o 

X 


CO 
4) 

a 

CO 




n 


b£ 


n 


>< 

CO 


-4.J 

4) 
CO 


C 
>-. 

CO 


o 

a 
a 


b£ 


CO 


f ) 


< 


o 


C 


m 


o 


U3 


T\ 


X 


:^ 


c; 


n\ 




>^ 


4> 

a 

tn 




X 


CM 

CO 

3 
XJ 


X 


X 

H 


c 


H 




CO 


^ 




1) 


1- 

o 


> 
o 






CO 


XI 




<u 


CO 


CO 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



359 



TABLE OF CHLORIDE OF CALCIUM SOLUTION 



Specific 
'avity at 64 
legrees F. 


Degree 
;aume at 64 
legrees F. 


Degree 
lometer at 
Degrees F. 


O 

So 

0) 


Freezing 
Point in 
egrees F. 


\mmonia 
auge Pres- 
re Pounds 
iT Square 
Inch. 


c50 


W« 




Ph 


Q 


O-Sa 


1.007 


1 


4 


0.943 




-31.20 


46 


1.014 


2 


8 


1.886 


- 


r30.40 


45 


1.021 


3 


12 


2.829 


- 


-29.60 


44 


1.028 


4 


16 


3.772 


- 


-28.80 


43 


1.035 


5 


20 


4.715 


- 


-28.00 


42 


1.043 


6 


24 


5.658 


- 


-26.89 


41 


1.050 


7 


28 


6.601 


- 


-25.78 


40 


1.058 


8 


32 


7.544 


- 


-24.67 


38 


1.065 


9 


36 


8.487 


- 


h23.56 


37 


1.073 


10 


40 


9.430 


- 


-22.09 


35.5 


1.081 


. 11 


44 


10.373 


- 


r20.62 


34 


1.089 


12 


48 


11.316 


- 


-19.14 


32.5 


1.097 


13 


52 


12.259 


- 


-17.67 


30.5 


1.105 


14 


56 


13.202 


H 


-15.75 


29 


1.114 


15 


60 


14.145 


- 


-13.82 


27 


1.112 


16 


64 


15.088 


- 


-11.89 


25 


1.131 


17 


68 


16.031 


- 


- 9.% 


23.5 


1.140 


18 


72 


16.974 


J 


- 7.68 


21.5 


1.149 


19 


76 


17.917 


H 


-5.40 


20 


1.1.58 


20 


80 


18.860 




-3.12 


18 


1.167 


21 


84 


19.803 . 


— 0.84 


15 


1.176 


22 


88 


20.746 


— 4.44 


12.5 


1.186 


23 


92 


21.689 


-8.03 


10.5 


1.196 


24 


96 


22.632 


—11.63 


8 


1.205 


25 


100 


23.575 


-15.23 


6 


1.215 


26 


104 


24.518 


—19.56 


4 


1.225 


27 


108 


25.461 


—24.43 


1.5 


1.236 


28 


112 


26.404 


-29.29 


1 in. vacuum 


1.246 


29 


116 


27.347 


—35.30 


5 " vacuum 


1.257 


30 


120 


28.290 


-41.32 


8.5 " vacuum 


1.268 


31 




29.233 


—47.66 


12 " vacuum 


1.279 


32 




30.176 


—54.00 


15 " vacuum 


1.290 


33 


, 


31.119 


—44.32 


10 "1 vacuum 


1.302 


34 




32.062 


-34.66 


4 " vacuum 


1.313 


35 


... 


33. 


—25.00 


1.5 pounds 



360 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



b 




O 




H 




O 




O 




b 




H . 








CQ 




D 




U 




u 




z 




Ou 


2 






IdZ 


E 






^.« 




03 


« 


Uoi, 


4) 


0<; 


(0 
(A 


^z 




QO 


u 


S^ 




(0 




C 
(U 

c 


a 





(d 




Q^ 




0: 




U 




^ 









fri 




U 




CO 




Qtf 









X 





X 





vDONr^'^OJ>-cN)'vC)t^oo>sCCNi 

vOt^ON-T-irO-^-sCr^oOCT^Oi-H 






M 



T-1 


lot^'^omaNCNioirjr-ooNro 






1^ 


c 

ON 


■^^■^ih^cMcc-*o-]co<Mrn 
'd-mt^ooON-r-cNioo'tj-'^ioin 




00 
vO 




ON 


r^r^oovr>voojcoroiovOro-r-i 

Tfrl-GO-i-irOlO^OOONCNllO'^ 

co'^irit^ooaNO-^'-K^irvjtM 
CMCMCNJCMogcMrorococoroco 




Id 




in 

CO 


uooTj-mONoocO'^'or^cMvD 
ro CO 10 r^ r^ j->. 10 CM -vD 00 CO ^ 
C^l^O^^U"J^0^^CO0^O^0^O^0^ 
<MCV1CNICN1CMCV1CM!MCN1<NCNI(M 






1^ 





00 

CXI 

T— f 

c\ 


^lOO-T-H^t^lOOOOOf-i-^ 

THCvirocMO-J^T-iroro-^iO 

CNICXJCMCMCMCMCVICXICMCMCM 









eg 

CN 



ex 


t-^vDt---root^vOOOxor^ 
osONoovoror^o— 'ocy-in 
o-rHCNiro-^^ioin^-^ro 

CNICMCMCMCMCMCMCMCNICXJCM 




10 








COO^OIOOOOXOO-^O^O 
ON -^ CXJ CM cxj CM CN) CJ T^ CD 
•rHCNKMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCNl 




- 


0, 
10 


1 


^t-^-^oor'5vr>ox'!i-cx)r^c30 

v^rOO^^GOOXCOi-CCTNO^^ 
OOTNOOOOOOOxcOt^ 
T-iT-lCNlCMCXlCxiCNlCXI-i-lT-i-l 




Q. 


->j 



C 
CN 


00000000000 

ioo.oo./:oioojnoin 
1 1 i 



o 






H 

I 
w 

O 

2 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



361 





COMPARISON 


OF THERMOMETERS 




Cent. 


Reau. 


Fahr. 


Cent. 


Reau. 


Fahr. 


Cent. 


Reau. 


Fahr. 


—40 


—32.0 


-^0.0 


21 


16.8 


69.8 


62 


49.6 


143.6 


—38 


—30.4 


—36.4 


22 


17.6 


71.6 


63 


50.4 


145.4 


-36 


—28.8 


—32.8 


23 


18.4 


73.4 


64 


51.2 


147.2 


—34 


-27.2 


—29.2 


24 


19.2 


75.2 


65 


52.0 


149.0 


-32 


—25.6 


—25.6 


25 


20.0 


77.0 


66 


52.8 


150.8 


—30 


-24.0 


-22.0 


26 


20.8 


78.8 


67 


53.6 


152.6 


—28 


—22.4 


—18.4 


27 


21.6 


80.6 


68 


54.4 


154.4 


—26 


—20.8 


—14.8 


28 


22.^ 


82.4 


69 


55.2 


156.2 


—24 


—19.2 


—11,2 


29 


23.2 


84.2 


70 


56.0 


158.0 


—22 


—17.6 


— 7.6 


30 


24.0 


86.0 


71 


56.8 


159.8 


—20 


—16.0 


— 4.0 


31 


24.8 


87.8 


72 


57.6 


161.6 


—18 


—14.4 


— 0.4 


32 


25.6 


89.6 


73 


58.4 


163.4 


—16 


-12.8 


+ 3.2 


33 


26.4 


91.4 


74 


59.2 


165.2 


—14 


-11.2 


6.8 


34 


27.2 


93.2 


75 


60.0 


167.0 


—12 


— 9.6 


10.4 


35 


28.0 


95.0 


76 


60.8 


168.8 


—10 


-— 8.0 


14.0 


36 


28.8 


96.8 


77 


61.6 


170.6 


— 8 


— 6.4 


17.6 


37 


29.6 


98.6 


78 


62.4 


172.4 


— 6 


- 4.8 


21.2 


38 


30.4 


100.4 


79 


63.2 


174.2 


— 4 


— 3.2 


24.8 


39 


31.2 


102.2 


80 


64.0 


176.0 


— 2 


— 1.6 


28.4 


40 


32.0 


104.0 


81 


64.8 


177.8 





0.0 


32.0 


41 


32.8 


105.8 


82 


65.6 


179.6 


+ 1 


+ 0.8 


33.8 


42 


33.6 


107.6 


83 


66.4 


181.4 


2 


1.6 


35.6 


43 


34.4 


109.4 


84 


67.2 


183.2 


3 


2.4 


37.4 


44 


35.2 


111.2 


85 


68.0 


185.0 


4 


3.2 


39.2 


45 


36.0 


113.0 


86 


68.8 


186.8 


5 


4.0 


41.0 


46 


36.8 


114.8 


87 


69.6 


188.6 


6 


4.8 


42.8 


47 


37.6 


116.6 


88 


70.4 


190.4 


7 


5.6 


44.6 


48 


38.4 


118.4 


89 


71.2 


192.2 


8 


6.4 


46.4 


49 


39.2 


120.2 


90 


72.0 


194.0 


9 


7.2 


48.2 


50 


40.0 


122.0 


91 


72.8 


195.8 


10 


8.0 


50.0 


51 


40.8 


123.8 


92 


73.6 


197.6 


11 


8.8 


51.8 


52 


41.6 


125.6 


93 


74.4 


199.4 


12 


9.6 


53.6 


53 


42.4 


127.4 


94 


75.2 


201.2 


13 


10.4 


55.5 


54 


43.2 


129.2 


95 


76.0 


203,0 


14 


11.2 


57.2 


55 


44.0 


131.0 


96 


76.8 


204.8 


15 


12.0 


59.0 


56 


44.8 


132.8 


97 


77.6 


206.6 


16 


12.8 


60.8 


57 


45.6 


134.6 


98 


78.4 


208.4 


17 


13.6 


62.6 


58 


46.4 


136.4 


99 


79.2 


210.2 


18 


14.4 


64.4 


59 


47.2 


138.2 


100 


80.0 


212.0 


19 


15.2 


66.2 


60 


48.0 


140.0 








20 


16.0 


68.0 


61 


48.8 


141.8 









Freezing point on Falirenlieit scale is +32 degrees; boiling point, 212 
degrees. 

Freezing point on Centigrade scale is +0 degrees; boiling point, 100 
degrees. 

Freezing point on Eeaumur scale is +0 degrees; boiling point, 80 de- 
grees. 

Of water at sea level at normal barometer pressure (29.9 inch). 

The "absolute zero" of temperature denotes that condition of matter 
nt which heat ceases to exist. At this point a body would be wholly de- 
prived of heat and a gas would exert no pressure. 

The absolute zero on the Fahrenheit scale is about 461 degrees below 
zero. 

The absolute zero on the Centigrade scale is about 274 degrees below 
zero. 

The absolute zero on the Reaumur scale is about 219 degrees below zero, 

An English unit of heat (B. T. U.) is the quantity required to raise 
one pound of Water one degree Fahrenheit. A metric unit of heat or met- 
ric caloric (M. C.) is the quantity of heat required to raise one litre of 
water one degree centigrade. 



362 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



en 
H 
Z 

< 

O 
z 

<: 

u 

o 

b 
U] 



en 

z 

o 

CO 
Z 

u 



•J 

z 

o 





H 


o 


O 
H 


o 


o 

H 


o 

r-i 


O 
r-i 


o 

r-i 


o 

r-i 


O 
r-i 


o 

1— ( 


o 

r-i 


o 

r-i 


O 
r-i 


o 

r-i 


o 

rH 


o o o 

rH rH H 




C/3 








r-i 


rH 


rH 


r-i 


rH 


r-i 


cq 

r-i 


cq 

r-i 


cq 

T-i 


cq 

r-i 


cq 

r-i 


cq 

rH 


cq ct cq 

r-i r-i T-i 




« 


»0 


to 


lO 


Id 


la 


O 


lO 


»n 


lO 


lO 


in 


in 


in 


in 


in 


in in in 




O 


CD 


CD 


CD 
rH 


CD 


CD 
rH 


O 

cq 


o 

cq 


o 


O 


O 

cq 


cq 
cq 


cq 
cq 


rH 

cq 


rH 

cq 


t> 

cq 


o o o 

CO CO CO 




^ 


05 


03 


O 


O 
r-i 


O 
iH 


C<J 
r-i 


r-i 


r-i 


r-i 


cq 


cq 

r-i 


cq 


cq 

r-i 


cq 

r-i 


cq 

r-i 


cq cq cq 

r-i r-i r-t 




o 


CD 


CD 


CD 


CD 


CO 


CO 


CD 


CD 


CD 


<» 


CD 


CD 


CO 


CD 


CD 


CO CD CD 




z 


O 


O 


O 


O 


o 


o 

(M 


O 


cq 


cq 


cq 

cq 


cq 
c^ 


cq 
cq 


cq 


in 
cq 


in 
cq 


in in in 
cq cq cq 




s 


CD 
iH 


CD 
r-t 


CD 
r-t 


CD 
r-i 


CD 
r-i 


CD 
r-i 


CD 
r-i 


CD 
r-i 


CO 

rH 


CD 
H 


CD 
H 


CD 
rH 


o 
cq 


o 
cq 


o 
cq 


o o o 
cq cq cq 




1-) 


CO 


CO 


tH 

C^ 


rji 


CO 

cq 


CO 


O 
rH 


CD 
CO 


^ 
^ 


cq 

lO 


O 

CD 


05 
CD 


rH 


cq 
in 


03 
CO 


in in in 

CO 00 CO 


• 


i4 


GO 


CO 


CO 


O 
r-i 


o 


o 

r-i 


rH 


r-i 


r-i 


lO 
r-i 


rH 


in 

r-i 


O 

cq 


o 
cq 


o 
cq 


in in in 

cq CO rH 




1— > 


iH 






CD 


CD 

cq 


CO 


CD 


CO 


cq 

CO 


cq 

CO 


cq 

CO 


cq 

CO 


CO 


CD 


CO 


rH ■ CD 00 

CO 03 cq 

r-i 




ffi 


CO 




CO 


CO 


CO 
CO 


rH 


O 


CD 


rH 


cq 

CD 


o 
t> 


03 


rH 

in 


cq 

CO 


03 


in in in 

05 05 05 




o 


o 


o 

iH 


o 


O 
r-i 


o 

r-i 


O 

r-i 


o 

rH 


o 

r-i 


O 
r-i 


cq 

r-i 


cq 

r-i 


cq 

r-i 


m 

r-i 


in 

r-i 


in 

r-i 


in in in " 

r-i r-i r-i 




fe 


o 


o 


r-i 


iH 


lO 
H 


CO 
rH 


GO 
r-i 


CO 
i-t 


O 

cq 


O 

cq 


o 
cq 


O 

cq 


in 
cq 


in 

cq 


o 

CO 


o o o 

CO CO CO 




w 


CO 
iH 








CO 


CO 


O 
rH 


CO 
CO 


rH 
rH 


o 


CO 

in 


CO 


05 
CO 


rH 


CO 


o o o 

CO 00 CO 




Q 


o 


o 


H 


in 

H 


r-i 


CO 
r-i 


CO 
r-i 


r-i 


O 

cq 


o 
cq 


o 
cq 


o 
cq 


in 
cq 


in 
cq 


o 

CO 


o o o 

CO rH rH 




u 




r-i 


05 




r-i 








in 


in 


CD 

cq 


CO 
cq 


in 

CO 


CO 

CO 


CO 
rj( 


rH CD O 

in t> o 

r-i 




m 


CO 


>* 


CO 


CO 


00 
CO 


rH 


O 

>a 


CO 
rH 


rH 
lO 


cq 

CD 


o 


03 


rH 

in 


cq 

CO 


03 
l> 


in in in 

05 03 05 




< 


l> 


CO 


r-i 

CO 


l> 




GO 


o 

CO 


CO 


03 
CO 


cq 

03 


CO 
05 


CO 

05 


rj) 
r-i 


m 

rH 
r-i 


o 

CD 
r-i 


00 t> CO 

t^ rH CO 
rH cq CO 




a c 
rt o 


N 


ta 


CO 


o 


r-i 


lO 
H 


CO 
rH 


o 


cq 


o 

CO 


in 

CO 


o 


O 

in 


O 
CD 


in 
t> 


o o o 
o in o 

r-i H cq 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



363 



00- 


O 

in 
o 

r-i 


1.6910 
1.7300 
1.5093 

1.3964 
1.2547 
1.2121 

1.1294 

1.0603 

.9736 

.8922 
.8172 
.7629 


O 

o 


O 
O 

o 


OCON OiTjtrH lOCOr-l 05 O Oi 
OJiOlO 00500 05^C0 0D05O 
O^CO (MiHCO 10050 (MiOO 
CDiO'* Ce(Mr-i O0505 ODI>t> 

iH iH i-l iHr-l H H 




O 
id 

Oi 


f-l05H t>l>CD t-i-^O t>Tj<00 
»COt> COCOiO iHCqM (D^Oi 
0^(0^ «^^eD 05(M'* t005CC 
lO^^CO C^.i-lO O5O5 00 t><^.=o 

iHiHH iHiHrH 


00 
vO 


o 

o 

a> 


OiHCq 050000 lOMCO CTCOt)< 
(MOO I>>Ht> 0005 (M»00 
rffiHCO C0O05 (NOO OCOOO 
•^^^^(N HO 05 05 00t> l>OiC 

f-ir-ir-i HiH 




o 
lO 
00 


r-ltHCO IC0500 IOtJIOO C1ir5TJ< 
iHO<M miHI> -^CN-^j* 05lOrH 
C0005 05O(N lO05iH 050CN 
COCOr-l . OO05 O0C>l> " lOmO 




o 
o 

CO 


(Mr-IM OOCCO -^'-O^ tHXCO 
COC^OO C0(M05 ^t-r-j Ot>0 
O0!MiH (MCOiO ^^t;: '^'1^3 
(N(Mr-t O05 00 t-.t^.^. lfilOTJ<_ 





lO 

t> 


iHOCO t>0DCO Oi-iCO tXMiH 

icioio oo'^^Tj* s.iCS ^::i9, 

O^tH 10C005 C^CD05 ^^'-^ 
(MrHO 0500l> t>0»0 IC •^ -^ 

iHiHH 


1^ 


o 
o 


rj(C^t> COOON 0500O 05«3CD 
O05t> COOrH C^05rf lOtOrlH 

wxio oooco COO5C0 coom 

H 05 0000t> COmiO •'^TitCO 
Hr-I 


M5 
O 


o 

lO 

CD 


rJlfMCO ■^(MO inoio coosin 

XI>(N OOlOCO iHrHTjt OOO 
10050 iHCOCO 05-*I> tHlOO 

O0505 ooi>co ino^ Ti<wco 
i-i 


O. 


-t-> 


OOO OOO OOO OOO 

oioo moo omo moio 

III 1 




a 


^sOCN fCOO ^QCi^ Ol^^r 
^'-N MMfO n^*^ 




•draaj 


\ puB 9jnssaj<j jo;BjaJguj9-3 



3 

a 

43 



a 



o 

J3 



a 

3 

a 

'S 

a 

o 

X! 






XI 



Xio 

I = 

en 
aj 

0) 



363a 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 




u 

o 

s 

a 



c/: 



Artificial Ice-Skating Rinks 

Artificial skating- rinks should l^e in connection 
with cold storage or ice making plants. This makes 
a fine investment the year around. On all sides 
Delavergne Machine Co. of New York has the far 
been the most successful on the biggest skating 
rinks in the United States and has quite a number 
in operation all over this country and Canada. Coils 
in the rink floor are usually made of inch and quarter 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 363b 

pipe. They run either way, lengthwise or crosswise 
of the rink floor. In this one rink the coils are 
shown running lengthwise. In either case inlet and 
outlet headers are provided which are simply mani- 
folds with a connection for each inch and a quarter 
pipe. Each coil is usually provided with inlet valve 
and outlet valve so that each can be cut off from 
the rest if necessary. 

For cooling the brine, one of two methods is gen- 
erally employed. In one case there is provided a large 
steel tank in which direct expansion ammonia coils 
are submerged in the brine, similar to the freezing 
tank of an ice plant. The other arrangements con- 
sists of the use of a brine cooler of the shell and 
tube type which resembles very much a horizontal 
tubular steam boiler. The brine passes through the 
tubes, making several passes, while the ammonia 
is on the inside. of the shell and evaporates there, 
producing the cooling effect. In connection with 
this latter type of cooler, it is necessary to use a 
small tank known as a balancing or compensating 
tank, since the volume of brine contained in the 
cooler is rather small, and it is necessary to have 
this tank in order to provide for a larger amount. 

For circulating the brine through the coils, usually 
a centrifugal pump is used when electric power is 
used for driving the plant. The electric motor is 
direct connected to the pump, and in connection with 
the shell cooler, the section of the pump is con- 
nected to the balance of the tank and the discharge 
leads to the cooler and from there to the coils. In 
case "the plant is steam-driven, an ordinary direct 
connected Duplex steam pump could be used, al- 
though this type is very economical in the use of 
steam. 

Freezing System. 
There are two standard systems of cooling and 
freezing. We refer to the brine system and the 
direct expansion system. The direct expansion 
system provides for the direct expansion of ammonia 
in pipes whch are located directly in the rooms, 
chambers, tanks or whatever must be refrigerated. 
With the brine system, the ammonia is first ex- 
panded to cool a strong solution of salt or calcium 
brine which is circulated in the various rooms or 
chambers or tanks. 



363c JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 

In the first system there is only one medium, 
while in the second system there are two mediums. 
This means an additional step, which reduces the 
economy. Therefore, the direct expansion system 
affords better economy. 

In skating rinks, however, the use of the direct 
expansion system would be entirely impractical. 
The reason lies in the absolute necessity of freezing 
a smooth and even surface. On account of the 
length of the cooling coils which must be used for 
freezing such a surface, it v/ould be impossible to 
regulate the direct expansion of ammonia in any 
manner to give good results. 

Our Experience 

The first artificial ice-skating rink in the United 
States was erected by us in New York City about 
twenty years ago. We refer to the well-known St. 
Nicholas Skating Rink, which has been in constant 
operation since that time. 

With no other rinks to copy from, our engineers 
were compelled to make original designs in building 
the St. Nicholas Rink. The success of the plant was 
quite remarkable and only one difficulty was en- 
countered after the rink started in operation. 

It was found that considerable snow accumulated 
on the surface after each session, and to remove it, 
a mechanical scraper was experimented with, bul 
proved to be impractical. After a short time, the 
trouble was overcome by removing the snow with 
artificial hand scrapers or a planer drawn by a 
donkey. 

After the snow is removed, the surface is flooded 
with a thin film of water and then refrozen for the 
next session. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



363d 




o 
o 

cc 

<u 
u 
o 

<L) 






bo 

G 

% 

O 

n 

a 

(5 

bo 

ca 
173 



o 



C/2 




O 
O 



363e JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 

Circulation 

The brine circulating system is the most important 
consideration in the mechanical equipment of a 
successful rink. It is necessary that the same tem- 
perature should exist throughout the entire freezing 
floor. 

As the brine must travel through a considerable 
length of pipe and will naturally increase in tem- 
perature in its passage, it is evident that special 
steps must be taken to maintain the same tempera- 
tures at every point. 

After the building of the first skating rink, it was 
though by some engineers that the amount of sur- 
face could be cut down and an attempt was made 
in one or two rinks to achieve the same results with 
30 or 40 per cent less surface. The experiments were 
not successful and much trouble was experienced 
in maintaining a good skating surface. 

The skating rinks built by us have very large 
cooling surfaces and large distributing mains, with 
a full complement of valves. The brine circulation 
is such that an even temperature is carried through- 
out and a perfectly smooth even skating surface is 
guaranteed. 

Owing to the importance of a constant and rapid 
circulation, two large brine pumps are furnished to 
provide a spare unit. 

Facts About Skating Rinks 

Standard dimensions of floor surface for hockey 
games: 200 ft. by 85 ft. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 363f 

Approximate number of persons which can skate 
on rink of standard size at one time: From 500 to 
600. 

Usual admission charge for skating: 25 to 50 
cents per session. 

Usual admission charge during hockey matches: 
Standing room, 50c. to $1.00; seats, 75c. to $2.00; 
box seats, $1.50 to $3.00, depending upon size of city 
and representation of the hockey teams playing. 

Usual period of skating session: From October 
1st to April 1st. 

. Usual number of skating sessions per day: Three 
—First session from 10 A. M. to 12:30 P. M'.; Second 
session from 2:30 to 5 P. M.; Third session from 8 
to 10:30 P. M. 

Standard system of freezing floor surface: Brine , 
circulation. 

Approximate total refrigerating capacity of ma- 
chines necessary for standard skating rinks: 100 
tons every 24 hours, preferably in two units of 50 
tons each. 

Approximate ice-making capacity of same ma- 
chines: 50 tons every 24 hours. 

Approximate dimensions of building: 250 ft. long 
by 150 ft. wide or equivalent. 

Approximate size of arena room: 225 ft. by 125 ft. 

Approximate size of engine room:* 40 ft. by 40 ft. 

Approximate size of 50-ton freezing tank room: 
50 ft. by 100 ft. 

Operating force, engine room: 1 Chief Engineer, 
2 Assistant Engineers, 2 Firemen (if boilers are 
used). 

Office force: 1 Manager, 1 Bookeeper. 

Attendants (approximate) : 1 Ticket Seller, 1 
Ticket Collector, 2 men to distribute skates, 1 maid, 
1 coat room boy, 2 or 3 instructors, 3 or 4 attendants 
to put skates on, suitable band of music, 2 or 3 
cleaners. 

Floor Surface 

The standard size of skating rinks for hockey 
games is now understood to be about 200 feet in 
length and about 85 feet in width. Some of the 
surfaces are slightly smaller, but these dimensions 
are recommended. For rough calculations, it can 



363g JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 

be assumed that for comfortable skating, about 3( 
square feet should be allowed for each person. 

In other words, if a rink has 18,000 square feet 
it will accomodate about GOO people at one time an 
not be over-crowded. The attendance may be large 
than this precise number because there will always 
be a certain percentage coming, going and resting. 






Machinery Equipment 

The most practical arrangement of the refrigerat 
ing, plant is to have two units. Both machines must 
be operated when freezing the surface and then on 
machine is usually sufficient to maintain it. Twd 
machines, each of a refrigerating capacity of 50 tons 
every 24 hours are ample for taking care of the 
standard skating rink, the dimensions of which have 
already been given. 

These two machines would also be capable of 
operating an ice-making plant of 50 tons daily capa 
city when the skating surface is not required. Such 
a plant is a good commercial size and can be operatec 
with profit in any city where a skating rink might 
be located to advantage. 

If only one machine is used, it can be of 75 ton^ 
refrigerating capacity, as this size would be sufficient 
to freeze the surface, although it would require a 
longer period to do the work than two 50-ton 
machines. 

Two machines are surely the better layout, since 
they not only make it possible to shut down one 
unit when the surface is frozen, but also provide 
ample capacity to freeze the surface quickly and to 
manufacture 50 tons of ice in the summer months. 
Moreover, two units are always an advantage in case 
of accidents. 

There may be situations where rinks of a smaller 
size than the standard surface would be practical, 
but it is doubtful if the surface could be any less 
than 13,000 or 14,000 square feet and offer any 
pleasure to skaters. It is essential to hav*e about 
150 feet in length and 80 or 90 feet in width, in order 
that the patrons will have room to skate without too 
many turns. 



100 


50 


5000 


100^ 


80 


80C0 


150 


80 


12000 


200 


80 


16000 


250 


100 


25030 


300 


100 


30000 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 363h 

• ' Estimated 

SURFACE Total Refriger- first cost 

^ Total No. of ating Capacity complete 

i Length Width Sq. feet Machines per mechanical 

24 hours equipment 

1 30 tons $15,000. 

1 50 " 21,000. 

2 70 " ■ 30,000. 
2 100 " 37,500. 
2 140 " 51,000. 
2 160 " 60,000. 

Costs are based on ordinary steam driven plants 
including- boiler. . Motor drive will be found advan- 
tageous in some localities. Oil engines are especially- 
suited to operate the machinery because the opera- 
! tion is not continuous and one m.achine in the larger 
plants is often shut down. The economy of this 
type of prime mover is emphasized under such con- 
ditions, as there are no standby losses and the 
moderate service reduces repair expense to a mini- 
mum. A very unusual arrangement can be found 
•pn the skating rink in Vancouver, B. C. Instead of 
large distributing headers, the brine is supplied to 
the circulating pipes from a long narrow tank located 
at one end at a height above the floor. The tank is 
just as long as the floor is wide and each floor pipe 
is connected up to the tank. The cold brine is not 
pumped through the coils, but flows by gravity from 
the supply tank. No particular advantage is found 
with this method and the layout proved more ex- 
pensive than the regular design. 



3631 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 







Engine Room, St Ntchola«; Skating Rink, New York City; 
two motor-driven "De La Vergne" Machines 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



363j 



For Plant Owners and Operators of. AbsorpUon Machines This Sketch of The New Atmos- 
pheric Type Carbondale Refrigerating Machine and Connections is ValuabI.e. 

Ammonia Gas Comiectiona between parts of^appahatus are shown'b"y\:J(SjD LINES. ' ' >s^* ' ' 
Ammonia Gaa in weak solution \Ath water, known as Weak Aqua Liqubr shown by BRoK^r* LINES.—TpP^ ' 
Ammonia Gas in strong solution with watbr, known as Strong Aqua Liquor, showti by 

double; lines. X .JL, fe - 




NOTES-Pure ammonta liquid boiU at 28]4° below zero [Fahr.l. Water boils at 212° Fahr. above zero. A mixture of ammonia' and 
waicr will have a boiling point somewKere benve«n cKese two temperatures, dependins on the strength of the aqua ammonia* solution. 
Roughly, a pound of steam nondensed m the generator coiU will distill from ammonia liquor a pound of ammonia gas. Approximately 26 lbs. 
of anhydrous ammonia must be discharged into the condenier by any refrigerating machine per hour per ton of refrigerating effect. The 
ammonia liquor circulating pump must handle approximately 120 cubic inches of strong liquor per minute per ton of work done. Aqua am- 
monia is employed in the absorption machine aa a conveyor, transferring continuously the used charge of^ammonia gaa to the generator, to 
be diaCiUed, reliquefied and used again in the expansion chamber. 



«1^> 



The operation of any Carbondale Absorption Type Refrigerating Machine is based on the fact thar pure water readily absorbs, and 
tiolds in solution, ammonia gaa. The quantity of ammonia it will absorb and hold depend* only on the efficieniiy of the mixing device, the 
pressure of the gas and the temperature of the solution of aqua ammonia Strong solution aqua ammonia is pumped through the exchanger 
into the generator. Steam coils heat the solution and drive out the ammonia gaa. which is passed through the rectifier or moisture separator, 
into the condenser. This operation is similar to the discharge stroke of the compression machine and accomplishea the same result, and 
the same number of pounds of high pressure ammonia gas must be discharged into the condenser, cooled and liquched per hour per tOn of 
refrigerating effect It is then conducted to the expansion coils through the feed valve, where it is allowed to evaporate, as in the compression 
system gathering heat from the obiects to be refngerated. Since strong aqua liquor is being continually pumped into the generator and the 
gas driven o^ to the condenser, a continuous supply of weak liquor results, which passes out of the generator, through the exchanger and 
weak liquor cooler to the absorber, through a regulating valve for a fresh charge of ammonia gas. The weak liquor enters the absorber 
through an injector device dtawmg gas from the cooler and absorbing it and this process compares with the sucti'on sitoke of a compressor. ■ 
The resultant strong aqua ammonia is taken from the absorber by the aqua pump and fo-ced through the exchanger healer to the generator. 
The steam coils heat the liquor, distilling off the gas. and the process is repeated continually ■ 

The above information is of educational value and interest to owners and operators who wjsh lo learn (he meihod of operahon by 
which their machine produces refrigeration For the experienced engineer this sketch will simplify the breaking in of green operators. Frame 
this diagram and reading matter under glasa where it may t^e consulted frequently by i^e operator, who should in a short time be able to locate 
corresponding lines in the plant ll the ralves in your plant are similarly letteied and marked it will help the engineers and in case of a fire 
or break, the valves already being familia.'. the necessary ones eloped proriiptly. thereby ammonia losses and other damage prevented. Wo 
can furnish marked metal tags at small ost 

When writing for information, if Me know you have ihie diagram, it will gicaily simplify our instructions. 

Keep A Log of Operation. Coal. Repaiis and Results. Keep your generator steam pressure as uniform as possible. 

Keep your anhydrous receiver ourlet sealed always. Slow ammonia piston speed means long rod and packing'life. 

*^<ep your generator coils covered with aqua a]yfay». Clean oioe surfaces, mean lower operating cosu and greater CApvity. 



Example of saying by Carbondale System A 

w°runVl8o"-ir, ^T"f °P^"''"? ^°"^"-'"S 
Win use say 1800 lbs. of steam per hour Put 3 

pounds back pressure on low pressure cylinder and 

o?^2TooTb" ''^r' ^' ^^''•?.^ ''''^' P^^ H. P hour 
or 2400 lbs. The engine will deliver the same horse- 

uZ'\ " r\^'^^ P°""^^ °^ ^^h^^st per hour is 
used in a Carbondale generator, it will freeze 40 
tons of water to ice per day. This ice will in- 
crease the steam consumption of the engine 600 lbs 
per hour or 14 400 lbs. per day. Assume steam costs 
40c per 1000 lbs, 40 tons of ice will require less 
than $6.00 worth of additional steam. 



363k 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 






to 

C 
50 

M 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



3G3! 




£ 
111 

I- 
<n 

J) o 

•-I 
u S 
ii. Z 

u u 
o 

u - 

bo 

Z J 

^^ 

ii? 

o ^ 



Cubic feet displaced by different size ice cans. 

Size Ice Cans Displace brine 



Ice Cake 

100 lbs. 
200 " 
300 " 
400 " 



Size 

8 xl6 x32 
113^x223^x32 
113^x223^x44 
11^^x223/^x57 



in ice Tank 

1.6 cu. ft. 
3.2 " " 
5.0 " " 
6.5 " " 



For Direct Expansion Coils in ice tank-top feed allow 
300 lineal feet of 13^-incti pipe. 

For flooded coils properly designed and not over 350 
feet of 134-inch pipe per coil allow 220 lineal feet per ton 
of ice capacity. 



363m 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



Bent Pipe Efficiency 




Bent Pipe is far superior to that of screw pipe. 
The efficiency of bent pipe for coil work for either 
refrigeration or heating is far superior to that of 
screw pipe on account of expansion, contraction and 
friction. In this way more back pressure can be 
carried. 

In order to use bent pipe coils more room must 
be provided for, as bent coils take up more space. 
The shortest bend that inch and a quarter pipe will 
stand is 4 inches, center to center. This is the size 
that is ordinarily used on small work, such as 
' creameries, butcher shops and hotels. Two inch 
pipe would take up a great deal of room. That is 
for refrigeration work like cold storage and ice 
storage for ice-making plants. But it pays and saves 
money in the long run to use bent pipe coils, doing 
away with leaks entirely. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



363n 



THE CARBONDALE MACHINE CO. 

2-4- 
Tonnage & Piping Tables 
Cu. Ft. Space to 1 Ft. of Pipe 



1910 



Cubic 
Space 


Cubic 

Foot 

per 

Ton 

Ref. 


Temperature 40° F 


m 
Box or 


Direct Exp. 


Brine f 


Room 


1-in. 


IM-in. 


2-in. 


1-in. 


iM-in. 
4. 


2-in. 


12 


150 


3. 


5. 


2.5 




20 


185 


3.1 


5.1 




2.6 


4.1 




50 


225 


3.2 


5.2 




2.7 


4.2 




100 


300 


3.4 


5.5 




2.8 


4.4 




250 


500 




6.3 






4.8 




500 


850 




7.5 






5.6 




1,000 


1200 




8.7 






6.4 


9.5 


3,000 


1600 




10. 






7.3 


11. 


5,000 


2300 




12. 


18. 




9. 


14. 


10,000 


3000 




15. 


22. 




11. 


16. 


20,000 


3700 




18. 


26. 




12. 


18. 


40,000 


4500 




20. 


30. 




14. 


21. 


70,000 


5S00 




25. 


37. 




17. 


25. 


100,000 


7200 




30. 


45. 




20. 


30. 



Cubic 
Space 


Cubic 

Foot 

per 

Ton 

Ref. 

113 




Temperature 20° F 




m 
Box or 


Direct Exp. 


Brine t 


Room 


1-in. 


• 13^-in. 


2-in. 


1-in. 


IM-in. 


2-in. 


12 


1.6 


2.2 




1.4 


2. 




20 


137 


1.7 


2.3 




1.4 


2. 




50 


160 


1.8 


2.4 




1.5 


2.1 


- 


100 


205 


2. 


2.6 




1.6 


2.2 




250 


348 




2.8 






2.4 




500 


580 




3.2 






2.7 




1,000 


820 




3.8 


5.5 




3. 


4. 


3,000 


1100 




4.5 


6.5 




3.4 


4.5 


5,000 


1600 




6. 


8. 




4. 


5.5 


10,000 


2100 




7. 


10. 




4.7 


6.5 


20,000 


2600 




8. 


12. 




5.5 


7.5 


40,000 


3200 




9. 


14. 




6.5 


8.5 


70,000 


4000 




11. 


17. 




7.5 


10. 


100,000 


4900 




14. 


20. 




9. 


12. 



Mean Temp. Ammonia Expansion 0°F. 

" Brine in Coils *5°, IIO^F. & tl50. 

Tables based on continuous operation 24 hours per day. 
If Ammo, is expanded half the time use equal length of 
pipe in brine tank and double the tonnage. ~ ' 



363o 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



THE CARBONDALE MACHINE CO. 

2-4-1910 

Tonnage & Piping Tables 
Cu. Ft. Space to 1 Ft. of Pipe 



Cubic 
Space 


Cubic 

Foot 

per 

Ton 

Ref. 

130 


Temperature 30OF 


m 
Box or 


D] 

1-in. 
2.3 


irect Exp. 


Brine f 


Room 


iM-in. 


2-in. 


1-in. 
2. 


IM-in. 

2.8 


2-in. 


12 


3.5 






20 


159 


2.4 


3.6 




2. 


2.9 




50 


200 


2.5 


3.7 




2.1 


3. 




100 


260 


2.7 


3.9 




2.2 


3.1 




250 


430 




4.5 






3.4 




500 


710 




5.4 






4. 




1,000 


1000 




6.5 






4.5. 


7. 


3,000 


1300 




7.5 


10. 




5. 


8. 


5,000 


1900 




9. 


12. 




6. 


9. 


10,000 


2600 




11. 


15. 




7. 


11. 


20,000 


3100 




13. 


17. 




8. 


12. 


40,000 


3700 




15. 


20. 




10. 


14. 


70,000 


4800 




18. 


24. 




12. 


17. 


100.000 


6000 




20. 


28. 




14. 


20. 



Cubic 
Space 


Cubic 

Foot 

per 

Ton 

Ref. 

93 


Temperature 10°F 


m 
Box or 


Direct Exp. 


Brine * 


Room 


1-in. 


iM-in. 


2-in. 


1-in. 
.6 


IM-in. 
1.1 


2-in. 


12 


1. 


1.2 






20 


112 


1. 


1.2 




.6 


1.1 




50 


130 


1.1 


1.2 




.6 


1.1 




100 


168 


1.2 


1.3 




.6 


1.2 




250 


280 




1.4 






1.3 




500 


470 




1.6 


2.5 




1.5 




1,000 


650 




2.2 


3. 




1.7 


2.3 


3,000 


840 




2.5 


3.6 




1.9 


2.6 


5,000 


1140 




3.2 


4.6 




2.2 


3.3 


10,000 


1600 




4. 


5.7 




2.6 


4. 


20,000 


2100 




4.8 


6.8 




3. 


4.7 


40,000 


2600 




5.5 


8. 




3.5 


5.5 


70,000 


3100 




6.5 


10. 




4.2 


6.7 


100,000 


3800 




8. 


12. 




5. 


8. 



Mean Temp. Ammonia Expansion 0°F. 

Brine in Coils *5°, JIO^F. & 115° 

Tables based on continuous operation 24 hours per day. 
If Ammo, is expanded half the time use equal length of 
pipe in brine tank and double the tonnage. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



363p 



it 
I? 

* 4 



!?' 



Ir > 






i' 



^ r.i 



:i«? 



5 ; s V* i '■ 



llUU 
5 5 < ' j! 



,J 



;«'? 









' ; < i 



] 8- 

1 { 5 i 



3* 

} s 






L « j 

' ; J < i 



i V 



J:4 



<•^l 



' 5 * » . 



•t ; 



:: 



vi:?.r 



'■ *^i 






» ! S 1 



'sit 






lU: 



It 



J ' : J 







* • » 



i 



' » sU' '-■■ ?' L- 



I'i 



i* !' 5 1 : » J'J' 
;<ptJiai^iLS>,ii-ic:.jy 



ij 



Hi 






im- 




» : * ! « s » ' ; 5 
5 ; i I s 1 J 1 5 1 



THE BAKER MACHINE 

The. Most Economical and Efficient Machine Made for 

Medium Plants, Capacity from 2 to 25 Tons 



363q 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 




The proper way to pipe a cold storage for storing 
artificial ice 



I 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



363r 




364 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



HEAT OF COMBUSTION OF FUELS 



FUEL 



Coal of average composition 

Coke 

Lignite 

Asphalt 

Wood desiccated 

Wood, 25% moisture 

Wood, charcoal, desiccated.. 

Peat, desiccated 

Peat, 30% moisture 

Peat, charcoal, desiccated . . . 

Straw 

Petroleum » • 

Petroleum oils 



Coal gas per cu. ft. at 62° F. 



Air chemically 
consumed per 
pound of fuel 



Lbs. 



10.7 

10.81 

8.85 

11.85 

6.09 

4.57 

9.51 

7 52 

5.24 

9.9 

4.26 

10.33 

17.33 



Cu. ft. at 
62JF. 



140 

142 

116 

156 

80 

60 

125 

99 

69 

130 

56 

188 

2.35 



Total 
heat of 
combu- 
tion of 

one 
pound 
of fuel 



Units 



14,700 
13,548 
13,108 
17,040 
10,974 

7.951 
13,006 
12,279 

8,260 
12,.325 

8,144 
20,411 
27,531 



630 



Equivalent 

evaporative 

power from 

and at 212° 

F., water 

per pound 

of fuel 



Lbs. 



15.22 
14.02 
13.57 
17.64 
11.36 

8.20 
13.46 
12.71 

9.53 
12.76 

8.43 
21.13 
28.50 



.70 



RELATIVE VALUE OF VARIOUS WOODS 



WOOD 


o >> 


u 

mo 

C o 




Relative 
value of 
Wood 


Val. with 
Hickory 
at $5.00 
per Cord 


Hickory Shell bark 

White Oak 

White Ash 


1.000 
0.885 
0.772 
0.728 
0.724 
0.681 
0.665 
0.644 
0.597 
0.5,50 
0.567 
0.418 
0.552 


62 

53 

49 

45K 

45 

42% 

35 

40 

37 

34 

35K 

26 

32 


4.469 
3.821 
3.450 
3.254 
3,236 
3,044 
2.525 
2,878 
2,668 
2.463 
2,.534 
1,866 
2.333 


1.00 
0.81 
0.77 
0.69 
0.65 
0.65 
0.56 
0.60 
0..54 
0.54 
0.51 
0.42 
0.52 


$5.00 
4.05 
3.85 


Red Oak 


4.45 


White Beech 

Black Walnut 

Red Cedar 


3.25 
3.25 
2.08 


Hard Maple 

Soft Maple 


3.00 
2.70 


Yellow Pine 

Butternut 


2.70 
2.55 


White Pine 

Chestnut 


2.10 
2.60 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 365 

Properties of Saturated Carbonic Acid Gas 

Transformed into United States Measures from 
Professor Schroeter's Table 



Temp. 
Fahrenh. 


Press, 
Atm. 


Total Heat 
B.T.U. 

Above 32° 


Heat of 

Liquid 

B.T.U. 

Above 32° 


Latent 
Heat of 
Evapor 


Weight of 

Vapor 

Lbs. per 

cu. ft. 


80 


68.0 


104.0 


63.0 


41.0 


17.5 


70 


60.5 


103.9 


44.0 


60.0 


13.1 


60 


52.5 


103.6 


29.4 


74.0 


10.6 


: 50 


46.2 


103.2 


17.6 


85.6 


8.7 


40 


40.0 


102.8 


7.5 


95.0 


7.0 


30 


34.5 


102.2 


— 1.8 


104.0 


5.9 


20 


29.5 


101.6 


—10.0 


111.0 


5.0 


10 


25.0 


100.9 


—17.5 


118.0 


4.17 





21.2 


100.3 


—24.0 


124.0 


3.5 


—10 


17.7 


99.5 


—30.9 


130.0 


2.9 


20 


14.8 


98.5 


—36.5 


134.0 


2.45 


—30 


12.4 


97.5 


—41.5 


140.0 


2.0 



Gallons of 

Ice Water 

Cooled 


Floor Space Required 
in Feet 


Capacity 

Plant 

Required 

Tons Ref. 


Index 

Nnmbpr 


per Hour 


A 


B 




50 


10 


. 8 


1^ 


AW 


125 


10 


10 


4 


BW 


. 200 


15 


14 


6 


CW 


i 300 


20 


18 


10 


DW 


400 


20 


22 


14 


EW 



366 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

RULES FOR SPRINKLING SYSTEM 

WATER SUPPLIES. 

Double Supply. — Two independent supplies are ab- 
solutely necessary for a standard equipment. At least 
one of the supplies to be automatic and one to be 
capable of furnishing water under heavy pressure. 
The choice of water supplies for each equipment 
to be determined by the Underwriters having juris- 
diction. 

Size of Connection. — Connection from water sup- 
ply or main pipe system to sprinkler riser to be equal 
to or larger in size than the riser. 

PUBLIC WATER WORKS SYSTEM. 

(Rules also applicable to private reservoir and 
stand pipe systems.) 

1. Pressure Required. — Should give not less than 
25 pounds static pressure at all hours of the day at 
highest line of sprinklers. 

Where the normal static pressure complies with 
the above, the supply to be also satisfactory to the 
Underwriters having jurisdiction, in its ability to 
maintain 10 pounds pressure at highest sprinklers, 
with the water flowing through the number of sprink- 
lers judged liable to be opened by fire at any one 
time. 

Size of Mains. — Street mains should be of ample 
size, in no case smaller than 6 inches. 

' Dead Ends. — If possible, avoid a dead end in street 
main by arranging main to be fed at both ends. 

Meter. — No water supply for sprinklers to pass 
through a meter or pressur,e regulating valve, except 
by special consent. 

STEAM PUMP. 
Type. — To be in accordance with the National 
Standard specifications. 

Capacity. — To be determined by Underwriters hav- 
ing jurisdiction in each instance, but never less than 
500 gallons rated capacity per minute. 

8. Pump for Filling. — It is desirable to have water 
fed to tank by a pump so that proper water level 
may be restored at any time without reducing air 
pressure. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 367 

3. Risers and Feed Mains. — Central feed risers: 

13^ inch. Not over 6 heads. 

2 inch. Not over 10 heads. 
2>4 inch. Not over 20 heads. 

3 inch. Not over 36 heads. 
3^ inch. Not over 55 heads. 

4 inch. Not over 72 heads. 

For gridiron side feed risers, use the same sizes 
counting to the center of each line. If number on 
line, is odd the center head may be neglected in fig- 
uring size of side risers except that pipe feeding both 
risers must take into account all sprinklers which it 
feeds. Where feed main (including risers to the first 
branch line) is over twenty-five feet in length feed 
main to be at least a size larger than the tables re- 
quire. Where there is more than one riser size of 
feed mains to be determined by the Unde'rwriters 
having jurisdiction but never to be less than the full 
equivalent of the two largest risers. 

11. Drip Pipes. — Drip pipes to be provided to 
drain all parts of the system. Drip pipes at main 
risers to be not smaller than two (2) inches, and 
when exposed to the weather to be fitted with hood 
or down-turned elbow to prevent stoppage with ice. 

12. Drainage. — All sprinkler pipe and fittings to 
be so installed that they can be thoroughly drained, 
and, where practicable, all piping to be arranged to 
drain at the main drips. On wet pipe systems the 
horizontal branch pipes to be pitched not less than 
% inch in 10 feet. (See also Sec. H 2.) 

12. Exhaust Pipe. — Each pump to be provided 
^with an independent exhaust pipe, free from liability 

to back pressure and equipped with an open drain 
pipe at lowest point. 

13. Steam Pressures. — Steam pressure of not less 
than 50 pounds to be maintained at the pump at all 
times. 

14. Boilers. — Provision to be made for sufficient 
steam power to run pump to full rated capacity; not 
less than 40 H. P. for each 250 gallons rated capacity 
of pump. Boilers to be supplied with ample water 
supply not liable to be crippled in case of fire. Where 
forced draught is necessary, provisions should be 
made for safe, independent control of the same. 



368 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

(d) Heating: Where there is exposure to cold, 
tank to be provided with a steam coil inside and at 
the bottom. Coil to be made of brass or galvanized 
iron to prevent rusting and provided with a return 
pipe to the boiler room, or, tank to be provided with 
a direct steam pipe from boilers discharging into 
water near top and fitted with a check valve and per- 
forated fitting to prevent siphoning. 

2. Hydrant Mains. — No. 4-inch pipe to be used. 

3. For Pipes Extending to a Dead End: — 

a. Allow 200 feet 6-inch pipe with one 3-way hy- 
drant. 

b. Allow 500 feet 6-inch pipe with one 2-way hy- 
drant. 

This might be extended in special cases. 

c. Allow 1,000 feet 8-inch pipe with one 3-way hy- 
drant. 

d. Allow 500 feet 8-inch pipe with one 4-way hy- 
drant or its equivalent in hose streams. 

e. Allow 300 feet 8-inch pipe to first hydrant, 
where there is a hydrant equivalent of 6 streams. 

SECTION S— MISCELLANEOUS RULES. - 
1. Circulation in Pipes. — Circulation of water in 
sprinkler pipes is very objectionable, owing to greatly 
increased corrosion, deposit of sediment and con- 
densation drip from pipes; sprinkler pipes not to be 
used in any way for domestic service. 

Location. — To be so located on the premises as 
to be free from damage by fire or other cause. Pump 
room should be readily accessible and provide easy 
and safe egress for attendant. 

PRESSURE TANK. 

Capacity. — Total capacity of tank to be specified by 
Underwriters having jurisdiction, but not less than 
4,500 gallons, except by special permission. 

Location, — Tank not to be located below upper 
story of building. 

Tank Service. — Tanks to be used as a supply to 
automatic sprinklers and hand hose only. 

Capacity. — Total capacity of tank to be specified 
by Underwriters having jurisdiction, but not less 
than 4,500 gallons, except by special permission. 

Location. — Tank not to be located below upper 
story of building. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 369 

GRAVITY TANK. 

1. Capacity. — To be specified by the Underwriters 

having jurisdiction. In no case to be of less than 

5,000 gallons capacity. 

Capacity of the tank to be computed from the net depth 
measured from the top of the discharge pipe to bottom of 
overflow pipe. 

2. Elevation. — Elevation of bottom of tank above 
highest line of sprinklers on system v^hich it supplies 
to be specified by the Underwriters having jurisdic- 
tion. The greater the elevation of a gravity tank the 
less likelihood of inefficient service. Underwriters 
having jurisdiction are urged to have such tanks 
placed at the greatest practicable elevation. 

3. Tank Service. — Tank to be used as a supply 
to automatic sprinkler system only, except that, at 
the discretion of the Underwriters, tank may be 
made larger than called for, and so arranged that 
the excess supply only may be used for other pur- 
poses. 

4. Independent Drain. — Provision to be made to 
drain each tank independently of other tanks and 
the sprinkler system. The practice of placing drain 
valves at lower levels and accessible from the exterior 
of buildings is not approved. 

5. Test. — Tank to be tested and proved tight at 
a hydrostatic pressure of at least 25 per cent, m excess 
of the normal working pressure required. Water 

.then to be drawn off to the two-thirds line and 
tank tested at the working air pressure required. 
In this condition and with all valves closed, tank 
not to show loss of pressure in excess of Y-z pound in 
34 hours. 

6. Fittings and Connections. — (a). Gage Glass: 
To be placed on the end of horizontal and side of 
upright tank so that the two-thirds line wfU be at 
the center of the glass. Gage glass valves to be 
of the best quality angle globe pattern. 

The two valves in the water gage connections to be kept 
closed and opened only to ascertain the amount of water in 
the tanks; as breaking of or leakage about glass will cause 
the escape of pressure. 

SECTION P— STEAMER CONNECTIONS. 
1. Recommendations. — In addition to the above 
required double supply, it is recommended that a 
hose inlet pipe to sprinkler system be provided for 
connection from hose or steamer of public fire de- 
partment. 



370 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

2. Pipe Size. — To be not less than four (4) inches 
in size and fitted with a straightway check valve, but 
not with a gate valve. Siamese connections to be 
provided with check valves in the "Y." 

A ^-inch drip pipe and valve to be installed so 
's to properly drain the piping between the check 
valve and the outside hose coupling. 

Connections to be so located as to provide for 
prompt and easy attachment of hose. 

3. Where Attached. — To equipments having a sin- 
gle riser, attach on the system side of the gate valve 
in the riser if a wet system, but on the supply side 
if the dry valve if a dry system. 

To equipments having two or more risers, attach 
on the supply side of the gate valves, so that with 
any one riser shut off the supply will feed all the 
remaining sprinklers. 

4. Threads. — Each hose connection to be made of 
good brass, having thread to fit coupling of public 
fire department. Malleable iron or brass caps, se- 
cured to connection by chains and having suitable 
lugs at sides to fit spanner wrench of public fire de- 
partment, to be provided for each connection. 

Each hose connection to be designated by raised 
letters at least 1 inch in size, cast in the fitting in a 
clear and prominent manner, and reading: "Auto, 
spkr." 

2. Painting and Bronzing. — Where pipes are 
painted or bronzed for appearance, the moving parts 
of sprinkler heads should not be so coated. 

3. Piling of Stock. — Sprinkler heads to be free 
to form an unbroken spray blanket for at least 2 feet 
under the ceiling from sprinkler to sprinkler and sides 
of room. Any stock piles, racks or other obstructions 
interfering with such action are not permissible. 

4. Settling of Building. — Where a building settles 
and deprives a dry pipe system of its drainage, the 
ends of lines should not be raised to violate Sec. B, 3. 
The drainage should be restored by shortening the 
vertical piping. 

5. Position of Deflector. — Notice that it is the de- 
flector of a sprinkler which should be at least 3 inches 
(and not over 10 inches) from ceiling or bottom of 
joists; 6 to 8 inches is the best distance with average 
pressure and present types of sprinklers. (See Sec. 
B, 3.) 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 371 

6. Hanging Stock to Piping. — Sprinkler piping 
should not be used for the support of stock, clothing, 
etc. 

7. Alterations. — It is not permitted' to change, 
plug up or remove the fittings pertaining to dry pipe 
valve, pressure tanks, pumps, gages, etc. If such 
fittings leak or become deranged, they are to be put 
in order. 

8. Extra Sprinklers. — There should be maintained 
on the premises a supply of extra sprinklers (never 
less than six), to promptly replace any fused by fire 
or in any way injured. 

9. Use of High Degree or Hard Sprinklers. — High 
degree sprinklers should be used only when abso- 
lutely necessary. When used, the fusing points should 
be as low as the conditions will safely permit. Under- 
writers having jurisdiction should be consulted in 
each instance before the installation of high degree 
sprinklers. 

Ordinary degree sprinklers should be substituted 
for high degree sprinklers where the latter are made 
unnecessary by change in occupancy. 

10. Hand Hose Connections. — Hand hose to be 
used for fire purposes only, may be attached to 
sprinkler pipes within a room under the following 
restrictions; 

Pipe nipple and hose valve to be 1 inch. 

Hose to be 1% inch. 

Nozzle to be not larger than ^ inch. 

Hose not to be connected to any sprinkler pipe 
smaller than 2^ inches and never to be attached to 
a dry pipe system. 



372 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



j5I 



6 

u 










O O O O < O 0- 



-00* 



oooooeao- 



- o o o » 



O O «> • 



-O -O- 



0- 



u ft OOOO DO- 



o o o o o o o- 



O Q O O 



2 

a;' 
c 

O 

(0 



t: 

be 

(8 
*» 

o 

2q ® 

ZJOJ 

O O •- 

■<;> J 

C o 

{J 



e ^ o oa fl- 



oe oooo oo i 



JQHNSON 



WA 



(^ V«IVCE 




Cawwais* t» Flic IHm o I R vaed ) 



Arrows Sh 




If HOJiE l4:"j)ie/<lv-« C.OCK.& 1K4 if V-Vt-Vt-a.. Ce>--«»& 

t^l"n"tj> Swiv-4<3, CMt.<l.K-5> IVJ ■*>0»-l»t T>^»-.«>_H. 2>Te-A^v( 



^\"-t.. 



'S HANDY MANUAL. 



TYPICAL ARRANGEMENTS 

OF 

lTer supplies, connections and valves 

FOR 

JTOMATIC SPRINKLER EQUIPMENTS 

NOTE: — ^The initial source of water supply is from the pressure tanks, or fire 

p, followed by water from the gravity tank in case the other sources are exhausted. 

The water can only flow in the direction of the open sprinklers, therefore, should 

re Engine be connected to the steamer connection for sprinklers, and water 

ped into the underground main, the water would go direct to the open sprinklers. 

The shut -off valves on each floor are for the purpose of shutting off the water 

ae floor and leaving the balance of building under protection. 

As there may be more than one riser in the building care should be observed to 

off only the system in operation. 

Where the system is without floor shut-off valves, the main valve at base of 

;m riser must be closed to control the water. 

The alarm valve at base of system riser gives alarm when water flows through 

ripe. 




«n OliccUon a> Water Flon 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



377 







— 


^ 


(!) 

C 


\ 


' 


. 




r "j 






> ^ 




' 




i 




' * 




» 1 


. . 


-J 




i 




i 








' 


1 ' 1 


o 

-J 








' ■ 


■ 


< 




i 


' 


1 














■ 


1 


■ 1 


? s 








1 




( 




' 


1 










1 


> 1 






■ 


, 


o *» 








' 


1 


< 




> 


■ 








1 


K 




' ' 


t 


1 


t ' > 










r \ 








y i. 


T 


o O «/ 






1 ( 


1 1 


> 


1 ( 


1 1 


1 ( 


< 


4J a: 2 

(1; CL C 






d 


c 


1 




r 1 


< 


< ) 








' 


\ ( 


f ( 


' ' 


► < 




1 1 


"5 « 

1 ? 






1 


) t. 


> 




y i. 




< 1 


u J 

12 ^ 








1 1 


' ' 


► i 






( 


O o 

o 








> ' 




1 


t • 


1 1 


1 ' i 








> ''< 


t 1 


( 


< 


1 


1 1 1 








• 


1 


i 1 


1 . \ 


' ' 


1 i 






* 



JQHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



/- 



<i^ VetvrE a 



TYPICAL ARRANGEMENTS 

OF 

WATER SUPPLIES, CONNECTIONS AND VALVES 

FOR 

AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER EQUIPMENTS 

NOTE: — The initial source of water supply is from the pressure tanks, or fire 
pump, followed by water from the gravity tank in case the other sources are exhausted. 

The water can only flow in the direction of the open sprinklers, therefore, should 
a Fire Engine be connected to the steamer connection for sprinklers, and water 
pumped into the underground main, the water would go direct to the open sprinklers. 

The shut-off valves on each floor are for the purpose of shutting off the water 
on one floor and leaving the balance of building under protection. 

As there may be more than one riser in the building care should be observed to 
shut off only the system in operation. 

Where the system is without floor shut-off valves, the main valve at base of 
system riser must be closed to control the water. 

The alarm valve at base of system riser gives alarm when water flows through 
the pipe. 




m SIf flinCf CoMMCMA 
r to«prtnltlcfs 



BtoFtrcPMIDilliiMd) 



Ariowfi Show Orrcctton ot Witer f Ion 



378 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Pertaining to the Care of Sprinkler 
Equipments 



Inspection 

All portions of the equipment should be inspected each 
day and a report made to some one in authority. Such in*- 
spection should include a thorough examination of all tanks, 
pumps, valves, sprinkler heads, alarms and couplings for 
city department. 

Pressure Tank 

Should be kept exactly two-thirds full of water and under 
an air pressure of not less than 75 pounds. Water gauge 
valves should be kept closed except when opened to ascertain 
the amount of water in tanks. 

Gravity Tank 

Should be kept full of water and free from ice. Ladders 
should be kept in safe condition. 

Fire Pump 

Should be kept in working order and operated at least 
once each week. Steam boiler pressure should never be 
allowed to fall below 50 pounds. Change recording steam 
gauge dials daily, date same and keep on file, noting all 
reasons for discrepancies in record on back of dial. Internal 
leakage or slip, if exceeding 10 per cent, should be eliminated 

Steamer and Fire Bdkt Couplings 

See that they are not removed or damaged in any way. 
Keep swivel and threads clean and well lubricated with 
graphite and oil. 

Valves 

Make sure that all valves are open. It is desirable to seal 
them open with light half-inch leather straps and small brass 
padlocks. Wet system alarm contacts and dry valve con- 
tacts should be kept clean and properly adjusted. Main- 
tain an air pressure of not less than 25 pounds nor more than 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 379 

40 pounds on dry pipe valves. Make certain that dry system 
is thoroughly drained before it is set up dry. Set valve in 
absolute accordance with instructions accompanying valve. 

Alarms 

Should be tested at least twice each week. See thiat bat- 
teries are well charged and that wiring is in good condition. 

In General 

All stock should be kept 12 inches below sprinkler piping. 

Uprights, ceiling blocking, hangers or other obstructions, 
should not be placed nearer than 12 inches to sprinkler heads. 

Piping should not be raised in hangers to avoid belts, 
pulleys, or other interferences. 

Sprinkler heads should never be covered with paint or white- 
wash; they should be carefully protected with small paper 
bags when decorating is being done. 

Replace all corroded heads with new heads. 

Keep all heads free from large accumulation of dirt and 
dust. 

Keep an extra supply, one or two dozen, of sprinkler heads 
on hand at all times. 

When extra heads are installed, maintain the following 
standard for pipe sizes: 

No. of ' Pipe Sizes 

Heads in Inches. 

1 M 

2.. 1 

3 IH 

5 iy2 

10 2 

20 2^ 

36 3 

55 3H 

80 4 

140 5 

200 6 

Difference in temperature between outside air and air in room, in 
degrees F. 

Be sure to replace all sprinklers, or lines of sprinklers, that 
have been removed. This fault has caused many serious 
losses. 

Decks or galleries should not exceed 30 inches in width 
unless sprinkler protection is provided for under side of 
same. If a gallery or deck 30 inches wide is placed against 
a wall or partition, a 6-inch clearance should be maintained, 
and the back of the gallery or deck should be framed in to 
keep stock clear of the opening. 



380 ' JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Do not build fixtures over 5 feet in width. Fixtures over 
30 inches in width should be bulkheaded with tight partitions; 
compartments should not exceed 5 feet deep, 8 feet long and 
3 feet high. 

Tables more than 30 inches in width and less than 53^ feet 
in width, under which stock is stored, should be provided with 
tight upright partitions not exceeding 8 feet on centers; tables 
wider than 5}^ feet should be provided with sprinkler pro- 
tection underneath. 

Never install more than 500 heads on one dry system, 
because it takes too long for air to clear out of system and 
allow valve to trip. 

Curtain boards, 12 inches deep, should be placed around 
all open floor openings; this construction will bank the heat 
on the ceiling. 

When an alarm rings in, do not shut a sprinkler valve until 
the cause of the alarm is definitely ascertained. 

When a partition extending to ceiling is erected, it should 
be located midway between sprinkler lines and heads; if off 
center, install extra heads necessary to. cover properly. 

Never gag a dry valve because of leak; hunt the leak and 
repair it immediately. Often the leaving of water in a dry 
system a day or two during warm weather will rust up small 
leaks. 

Do not wait for a fire to discover defects which may exist 
in your protective devices. Give the system careful attention 
and it may reasonably be expected to perform efficient 
service. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 

The New 1919 Fridger 



381 






The 1919 FRIDGER has a white enameled, pressed 
steel, welded case, insulated with three-to four inches 
of granulated cork. The overall dimensions of 
FRIDGER are thirty inches in width, twenty-four 
inches in depth and sixty inches in height. The food 
compartment is twenty-four inches wide by seven- 
teen inches deep by twenty-four inches high. The 
freezing or chilling compartment is twenty-four 
inches by seventeen inches by twelve inches. 

The mechanical apparatus, it can readily be seen, 
has been placed in the least accessible space, the 
extreme upper and lovv^er chambers being used for 



382 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL , 

this. So there is no stooping or lifting in placing 
food in or taking it from FRIDGER, as the food 
compartments occupy the most accessible place in 
both FRIDGER and FRlDGER GRANDE. 

FRIDGER is the most beautiful of all household 
necessities that have ever been brought into the 
home of today. 

FRIDGER cen be installed any place where there 
is an electric current service station, house or farm 
lighting plant, in fact all that is required to install 
FRIDGER is a connection to a source of electric 
power. 

Fridger Is Simplicity Itself 

FRIDGER comes to you complete, ready for 
operation. The refrigerating fluid is already in it, 
and FRIDGER requires only to be connected to 
an electric light socket — as simple an operation as 
your electric iron, vacuum cleaner, or electric fan. 
In fact, it is even more so, for FRIDGER automatic- 
ally turns itself on or off, as the needs require. 

FRIDGER gives you a cold storage plant, limited 
in possibility only by its size. You can buy the 
most perishable food in quantities — fresh dressed 
chickens, fish, eggs, butter — pack them away in 
Fridger and rest assured that they will be delightful 
in their freshness when you are ready to use them. 
You can close the hous'e for days or weeks, if need 
be, and return at any time, and find FRIDGER has 
kept your perishable foods in a state of purity un- 
like you have ever known before. FRIDGER truly 
makes you independent of the torrid waves of" 
summer and lightens household cares. FRIDGER 
in addition makes ice sufficient for your table use 
and makes it from pure water — thus eliminating 
any possible chance of the introduction of conta- 
gious diseases into your household through con- 
taminated ice; so FRIDGER is an insurance against 
many of the summer ailments. 

FRIDGER is guaranteed indefinitely and that it 
willwork indefinitely is evidenced by the very sim- 
plicity of its design. Its mechanical parts consists 
of but an ordinary electric- motor and a small com- 
pressor, there are no intricate valves and there is no 
complicated mechanism to provide opportunity for 
flaws and faults. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 383 

The durable lead pipe coils through which the 
harmless fluid circulates will last forever. 

The thermostat gives it positive control of tem- 
perature and marks a decided improvement over 
anything of its kind ever offered. Its design is 
such that its action is positive and perpetual. Then 
due to the clever arrangement of FRIDGER, the 
upper and lower compartments, the least accessible 
of its compartments contain the apparatus, the 
housewife, in using FRIDGER does not have to lift 
nor stoop as its food compartments are in the 
center, the most convenient place. 

FRIDGER requires no replacements, and no 
replenishment of the refrigerating fluid. 

FRIDGER is made in two sizes. Here is 
FRIDGER GRANDE — a magnificent cabinet, splen- 
didly insulated, with white solid porcelain interior, 
finished in natural wood exterior, with handsome 
hardware. 

The dimensions are 44x27x75 inches, and can 
best be likened in size to an old-style 200-pound ice 
capacity refrigerator. FRIDGER GRANDE operates 
with a ^ H. P. motor, and is furnished for all 
nominal voltages, both direct and alternating cur- 
rent. It requires an average operating current of 
1 2/10 K. W. daily. It has eight 14x16 inch shelves, 
with plenty of room in between. 

The ice making and cooling apparatus is self- 
contained, is built in as part of the refrigerator, 
and occupies the lower compartment, which provides 
ample space for the motor, compressor, and return 
radiating circuit. The upper compartment is the 
ice making section and contains the circulating coil 
and thermostatic controlling device. 

FRIDGER can be installed any place where their 
is an electric current service station, house or farm 
lighting plant in fact all that is required to install 
FRIDGER is a connection to a source of electric 
power. 

FRIDGER requires no wiring and is connected 
by merely screwing in an ordinary lighting socket. 

FRIDGER motors can be supplied for any voltage. 
Fridger Saves Food, Health and Money 

Due to the perfect state of dryness existing within 
its walls, FRIDGER preserves food without contam- 
ination or deterioration, resulting in a beneficial 



TOHKSDN'S^ETANDY MANUAL 3S4 

effect on the health of those within the home. So 
FRIDGER contributes to health, and in doing so, 
saves lives. Many of the common diseases can be 
traced directly to the ordinary ice box or refrig- 
erator. 

FRIDGER consumes nothing but the small 
amount of current necessary to operate the motor, 
and in doing this requires far less current than is 
required to operate an electric iron. Besides this, 
it is not necessary to run FRIDGER constantly, for 
the thermostat automatically takes care of that, 
turning the current on and off as is required to keep 
the different chambers low enough in temperature 
to preserve foods indefinitely. 

FRIDGER requires no water, neither does it 
require to be connected to any drain, and so can be 
located conveniently or can be moved from room 
to room, if desired. Wherever their is a lamp 
socket that can be reached by the extension cord, 
there is a place for FRIDGER. 

FRIDGER'S fluid is harmless, non-explosive, and 
is used over and over again. FRIDGER fluid is a 
chemical combination of two simple articles of 
common every-day use — salt and alcohol. 



The Ice Question. 

Stop taking ice — get rid of the bother, dirt and 
uncertainty of delivered ice. 

Get the really low temperatures that the cold 
storage man knows are necessary to keep food fit 
to safely eat. 

Cut down the cost of maintaining the ice box to 
a fraction of the cost of uneconomical horse-drawn, 
man-handled delivered ice. 

Keep your refrigerator so cold that it is always 
sweet and fresh as winter air. 

Mould and moisture are half-brothers and both 
are the offspring of melting ice. 

Changes your refrigerator from an ice-taking ice 
box into an ice-making refrigerator. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



385 




Combination furnace for hot water with a simplex kerosene 
oil burner for fuel 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



387 



Heat and Cook with Kerosine Oil by Installing the 



SIMPLEX OIL BURNER 




'^:i-r:r7tji':-~-^£s^:> . 



m& 



Can be installed in your heating apparatus, parlor 

or cook stove without changing or disturbing 

the same. No ashes. No coal dust. 

No work. No odor. 



388 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Simplex Oil Burner 

There is a modern, clean, efficient way to heat 
your Residence, Apartment or Office Plant without 
dirt, soot, ashes, janitor worries and without anx- 
iously waiting for the "coal dealer" to make de- 
livery at a price that is out of all reason. 

The Simplex Oil Burner, installed in your furnace, 
boiler or stove will render a greater efficiency, more 
even heat, with less work, and will save you Money 
and Time; there are hundreds in use, and each has 
proven to its purchaser the facts as above stated. 

The many reasons for your adoption of this mod- 
ern and highly satisfactory method of heating are 
escaping your attention, but as a Business proposi- 
tion, they are sure to commend themselves to you 
for consideration for the following reasons: 

1st. — Kerosene is the only absolutely safe oil that 
can be used for fuel purposes, endorsed by fire 
underwriters; 

2nd. — Kerosene is instantly efficient as a heat 
creator, when vaporized and mixed with air, produc- 
ing a Hydro-Carbon Gas; 

3rd. — Kerosene is clean, odorless and cheap as a 
heating fuel when used with a Simplex Oil Burner; 

4th. — Installation of the Simplex Oil Burner, and 
assured prompt delivery of the oil, relieves the 
worries as to the coal situation. 

A match, a turn of the valve, a flame, and your 
heat "is there" — no waiting, no ashes to remove, no 
clinkers, no banking of fires. 

Call and see our demonstrations or write for 
further particulars. 

Many people ask us to state how long a barrel 
of oil (which contains 50 gallons) would last them 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUA 389 

in heating an eight-room house. This is impossible 
for us to state, owing to various reasons; some 
houses are much easier to heat than others and no 
two people living in an eight-room house, using 
the same make of furnace or boiler, will use the 
same number of tons of coal in the same length of 
time, so we give you the following facts with regard 
to what can be obtained out of the coal and oil: 

The average hard coal will run 13,500 British 
thermal heat units per pound. Allowing thirty per 
cent efficiency, which is more than most people get 
from coal in stoves or furnaces, 3^ou realize 7,100,000 
British thermal heat units in a ton of coal, which 
would cost you, say $9.50. 

In oil there are 20,000 British thermal heat units 
per pound, 8 pounds to the gallon, and allowing 
seventy-five per cent efficiency, which is low, you 
will get 7,800,000 British thermal heat units out of 
65 gallons of oil, and would cost you $5.53 at 8^ 
cents, so the comparison is this: In burning oil 
you buy 7,800,000 British thermal heat units for 
$5.53, and in burning coal you buy 7,100,000 British 
thermal heat units for $9,50. You can use it up in 
any quantity you wish. The oil burner offers you a 
much greater opportunity of economizing than burn- 
ing coal, as you do not have the waste, and you 
have your heat just as you require it. 

REMEMBER: No ashes, no smoke, no coal dust, 
no coal gas explosions, no coal bills to worry about, 
no changes necessary in your heating plant. 

Hydro-Carbon Gas generated in your own stove 
and furnace, by the use of Simplex Burners, is the 
cheapest and Most Efficient Fuel known to science. 

An entirely new principle is applied for using 
kerosene for fuel in steam, hot water or hot air 
plants. You can heat your own home or any size 
plant, producing sufficient heat to heat a large 
apartment house or hotel. 



390 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Where more than one burner is used, a separate 
valve is installed on each burner, enabling you to 
run them all until the system or house is heated to 
the temperature required, then you can shut off one 
or more burners and the others will keep up the 
required heat, which is much more economical than 
designing one large burner with sufficient capacity 
to carry the load. 

Hydro-Carbon Gas for Your 
Furnaces 

By installing theSimplexOil Burner in your heater 
or furnace, you can produce any desired heat you 
require, at a much less cost than coal, and eliminate 
the handling of coal and ashes and kindling of 
fires. In mild weather you can start your burner 
in the morning, run it for two hours, heat your house, 
shut it off and you have all the heat you can use all 
day. Do the same thing in tlte evening and your 
house is sufficiently warm all night. The result is 
that you get all the heat you can use from four 
hours' fuel, a saving to you of twenty hours, where, 
with a coal fire, you must let it run continually or 
you have to re-kindle your nre, which is a dirty 
job, and you waste a lot of fuel. You can readily 
see by being able to light the fire and turn it out, 
getting the heat just as you want it and when you 
want it, what a wonderful saving oil is over the use 
of coal. In cold weather, if necessary, you can let 
the burner run continually, keeping your house at 
a much more even temperature than is possible with 
a coal fire, for the flow of oil is constant and the 
heat produced in the firepot is continuous and 
uniform. 



i 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 391 

Instructions for Installing 
Furnace Burner 

Dump your grates of your furnace, leave them 
open, take four bricks of ordinary quality, stand 
them on end on the grate of the furnace, place base 
of the burner on same in such a way that you do 
not stop the air-intake of the burner. The space 
between the base of the burner and the fire-pot of 
the furnace is filled in with pieces of brick or any- 
thing that will fill up the space and covered over 
with a good coat of ordinary fire clay so that the 
air must all pass up through the air-drum of the 
burner. The grates of your furnace and drafts, as 
well as the damper in pipe, are always left wide 
open, so that you can take through as much air as 
possible. Also see that the burner is made level. 
A quarter-inch gas pipe is screwed up through the 
cones in the base of the burner, projecting through 
one-eighth of an inch, connected underneath, and 
the pipe leading to a tank or barrel which can be 
placed anywhere in the basement or cellar, in the 
backyard, as long as it is higher than the burner, 
so the oil will flow by gravity. The valve is placed 
in the pipe close to the furnace at a convenient 
place to operate. 



392 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAI,. 

Instructions for Lighting Burner 

A piece of asbestos wick or packing, which can be 
had in almost any hardware store, is placed in the 
bottom of the base of the burner. Lift the stove lid 
or open the furnace door so you can see the wick, 
open valve regulating the oil feed until the oil starts 
to flow into the base of the burner, drop a match 
in and it will light; turn the feed of oil down low 
for two or three minutes until the nozzles of burner 
become heated, then open up the valves gradually 
until you get the required heat you desire. Should 
you shut off the oil when the burner is hot and 
want to start it immediately, always drop a match 
in as soon as you turn on the oil, the same as you 
would do in starting a gas range. 

This new invention will revolutionize the fuel 
question. 

These oils can be bought at a considerably lower 
figure by buying in quantities. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



393 



Be Independent of the Coal Man 

A SIMPLEX BURNER 

Will Convert Your Coal Stove into a Gas Range 



^ no v nin'' " 




! (Courtesy of Popular Mechanics) 

I It is easily placed in the fire-box of stove. Steel 

brackets on each end of the generator base 

make it easily adjustable to the 

proper position in any 

size fire-box." 



394 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Gives Every Home a Gas Service 

In our Simplex Burners we are offering one of the 
greatest inventions of the century. The burner can 
be placed in the fire-box of any family cook stove 
or range, without making any alterations of the 
stove. The oil supply tank hangs on a hook or 
nail on the wall, and small flexible metal feed wires 
connect the supply tank to the valve and generator. 
The oil is fed evenly to the burners by gravity. No 
air pressure necessary. This makes it simple and 
safe. It takes only a moment to generate the burner 
and it is extinguished by the turn of a valve. 

The Simplex Burner will do everything that a gas, 
gasoline or coal stove will do. It has the conven- 
ience of gas, greater safety than gasoline and greater 
heating capacity than wood or coal, and it is more 
convenient than either of them. 

No Ashes to Handle — No Kindling 

Required. All Waste 

Eliminated 

Saving in Fuel. — The Simplex Gas Burner can be 
instantly extinguished without consuming unneces- 
sary fuel. 

Saving in Time. — The Simplex Burner can be 
lighted in a few seconds and after 5 or 10 minutes 
stove is hot. 

Saving in Food. — The heat of the Simplex Burner 
can be regulated so it will furnish a steady uniform 
heat. This prevents scorching or burning of food. 

Saving in Labor. — There are no ashes to carry out. 
No heavy coal buckets to lift. This feature alone 
is worth many times the price of the outfit. 



k 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 395 



In the outfit we furnish 2-Gallon Supply 
Tank*, "Valves, Supply Pipes, Generators, 
Full Instructions for Installing and 
Operating, and a Five-Year Guarantee. 



Price for Complete Outfit 

$12.00 

Simplex Gas Plants Company 



"U 




Address all communications to 

"Week Engineering Company 

850 Cass Street 

Chicago, Illinois, U. S. A. 



396 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 

Richardson's Pantocrat Slide Rules 




The cut showing above shows cur Six-in-One 
Slide Rule which is equal to six other different slide 
rules at a total price of $30.00. Our 100-page book, 
with 135 illustrations, will teach you all there is to 
be known about slide rules. Note the slides are 
all interchangeable with stock of rule. The above 
rules, 10 inch size, all metal celluloid faced scales 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 397 

sold separately, if so desired. Order rules by num- 
ber: Price each, net prepaid. 

No. 812. Mannheim $3.00 

No. 1812. Add and Subtracting 3.50 

No. 1776. Polymetric CI Scale 3.50 

No. 1865-0. Binary Polymeteric with CI scale 

Engineers 4.00 

No. 1860-LL. Logometric (log log) for Frac- 
tional Roots and Powers 4.00 

No. 1860. Business Man's, with special book.. 5.00 

No. 1917. Educator 1.50 

No. 1918. Military Range Finding or Fire Con- 
trol Slide Rule, 18 inch 20.00 

Six-in-One, leather case 10.00 



398 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



Johnson's Patent Combination Pocket Rule 




T|l|,|, ,M|ii'|.iM'i' 'I'l'i'i'i'i'i; 

^•"iTi,irmsi,i,i,i,i, - ' 





The Johnson Folding Pocket Rule is made of 
spring Liberty Silver, accurately and distinctly 
graduated. It can be used as a Square, Hook-rule, 
Caliper-gauge, Protractor, Triangle or Tri-square, 
and can be applied to practically all classes of me- 
chanical work. 

The upper edge is graduated in 32nds, the lower 
edge in I6ths. The Caliper blade is graduated in 
16ths on one side and 32nds on the other. The 
Protractor is divided to five degrees and the Vernier 
to one-half degree. 

Center joint has fibre bearings which will not 
become loose and will remain firm at any angle. 

The illustrations on opposite page show only a few 
of the many uses this Rule is adapted to. 

Price each, net Prepaid: 

No. 46. 6 inch, with case $2.0C 

No. 45. 12 inch, with case 3.0C 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



399 



Combination Caliper 



;jeji|i|iFjHi|ili|ih|i|i|i|iji|i|l|i|i|i|in|ili|ili|i|i|iri|i|i|i|i|i|i|MiliF 

lll,lilJilJilJllililJililJ|l,[,lili|ilililil||,l,[NlihlMjllJililllJil,lnJili!llllildJilJ,lil^ 




Inside Caliper, outside Caliper and Depth Gauge 
made of Spring Liberty Silver, guaranteed not to 
rust. No. 18 Gauge is used for the scale and No. 
15 for the jaws which makes it light to carry in the 
pocket. One edge of the scale is graduated in 16ths 
and the other in 32nd. The jaws are 1 inch deep. 
The nibs can be inserted in holes % inch in diamet- 
er. The sliding jaw is supported with a friction 
spring which makes it the most practical tool of its 
kind. Price each net prepaid when remittance ac- 
companies order. 

No. 132. 4 inch $3.00 

No. 133. 5 inch 3.25 

No. 134. 6 inch 3.50 



INDEX 



Page 

Mr Washer 133-137 

Air Trap 123-124 

An Easy and Correct Method of Ascertaining 

Length of Pipe Required in 45° Angles 14-20 

Art of Soldering 283-285 

Atmospheric System of Steam Heating 104a- 104b 

Bricking for Tubular and Fire-Box Boilers . 84-86 

Blower System 148-165 

Beer Pumps 218-220 

Capacity of Vacuum Pump 104 

Coil Connection 66 

Combustion of Fuel in House-Heating Boilers 41- 42 

Condensing and Power Plants 87- 88 

Connections of Mains and Risers 81 

Construction Long Horizontal Flow Main Hot Water 

Plants 169-171 

Cross Connecting Pumps 3- 8 

Condensation Pumps 138-140 

Combination Hot Water and Air 114-116 

Dimension of Pipe 77 

Draining Ice Boxes 217 

Dry Kiln 9 

Figuring Steam and Hot Water Heating 66- 71 

Forced Circulation of Hot Water Heat 117-119-174-175 

Gas Fitting Rules and Engines 82- 84 

Green House Heating 185-190 

Heating Surface of Boilers 54 

Horizontal Fire-Box Boilers Steam and Water, 53 

Horizontal Tubular Boilers 51 

Horse Power of Engine 89 

How to Clean Water Gauge Glass 45- 46 

How to Make Proper Connections 173-174 

Heat Regulating System 146-147 

Installation of Control Apparatus for Administering 

Hydrotherapeutic Treatment 235-236 

Lead Burning 285-287 

Locating Radiators 56 

Oil Burning; Heating and Domestic Use .,..,... 385-94 



INDEX— Continued 

Page 

Lubricating Systems 182-184 

Measurements of Pipe and Fittings 66 

Measurements of Elbows and Valves 79-80 

Making Tight Joints ^ 165 

Mechanical Refrigeration 303-353 

Offsets of Standard Fl'd'g Ells 21-22 

One Pipe Steam System 13 

Overhead Closed System of Hot Water 9 

Overhead Open Hot Water System 11 

Offset Bends 37 

Plumbing 209-287 

Power House Work 179-181 

Radiator Connections for Steam and Hot Water . . . 58- 65 

Radiation of Expansion Tanks 71- 72 

Rapid Circulation of Hot Water 171-172 

Reaming Pipes . 69- 70 

Radiation Below Water Line 38- 41 

Radiation on Level with Boiler 121-122 

Single Pipe Hot Water System 120-121- 10 

Sizes of Chimneys 43- 45 

Sanitary Screw Connection . 292 

Sewage Disposal Station '. . 229-230b 

Steam Pipes Placed in the Ground 121 

Superheated Steam 167-168 

Street System : 112-113 

Steam Traps 126-129 

Spark System 124-125 

Smoke Burner 130-132 

System of Heating 141-145 

Sprinkling System 366-380 

Tables of Long and Short Legs and Diagonals for 
111^, 223^, 333^, 60, 673^ and 72 Degree Tri- 
angles 24-36 

Tapping for Radiators 57 

Two- Pipe Steam System 12 

Tables of Mains and Branches 47-48 

Table of Measurements for all Kinds of Bends 37 

Tank Capacity 73 

Useful Information . .. 191-201-287-296-354-365 

Vacuum Systems 90-111 

Vacuum Cleaner .^ 297-306 

Water Capacity of Boiler 52 

Wiping Joints 202-208 



V 



